WorldWideScience

Sample records for scattering matrix method

  1. Reflection Matrix Method for Controlling Light After Reflection From a Diffuse Scattering Surface

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-12-22

    REFLECTION MATRIX METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIGHT AFTER REFLECTION FROM A DIFFUSE SCATTERING SURFACE DISSERTATION Kenneth W. Burgi, Major, USAF AFIT-ENP...work of the U.S. Government and is not subject to copyright protection in the United States. AFIT-ENP-DS-16-D-011 REFLECTION MATRIX METHOD FOR...ENP-DS-16-D-011 REFLECTION MATRIX METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIGHT AFTER REFLECTION FROM A DIFFUSE SCATTERING SURFACE DISSERTATION Kenneth W. Burgi, BS

  2. T-Matrix Method and its Applications to Electromagnetic Scattering by Particles: A Current Perspective

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mishchenko, Michael I.; Travis, Larry D.; Mackowski, Daniel W.

    2010-01-01

    This note serves as a short introduction to the reprint of our article "T-matrix computations of light scattering by nonspherical particles: a review" (JQSRT 1996; 55:535:75). We first discuss the motivation for writing that article and explain its historical context. This is followed by a short overview of more recent developments.

  3. Electron re-scattering from aligned linear molecules using the R-matrix method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Harvey, A G; Tennyson, J [Department of Physics and Astronomy, University College London, London WC1E 6BT (United Kingdom)], E-mail: j.tennyson@ucl.ac.uk

    2009-05-14

    Electron re-scattering in a strong laser field provides an important probe of molecular structure and processes. The laser field drives the ionization of the molecule, followed by acceleration and subsequent recollision of the electron with the parent molecular ion, the scattered electrons carry information about the nuclear geometry and electronic states of the molecular ion. It is advantageous in strong field experiments to work with aligned molecules, which introduces extra physics compared to the standard gas-phase, electron-molecule scattering problem. The formalism for scattering from oriented linear molecules is presented and applied to H{sub 2} and CO{sub 2}. Differential cross sections are presented for (re-)scattering by these systems concentrating on the most common, linear alignment. In H{sub 2} these cross sections show significant angular structure which, particularly for a scattering angle of 90 deg., are predicted to vary significantly between re-collisions stimulated by an even or an odd number of photons. In CO{sub 2} these cross sections are zero indicating the necessity of using non-parallel alignment with this molecule.

  4. The theoretical study of passive and active optical devices via planewave based transfer (scattering) matrix method and other approaches

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhuo, Ye [Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA (United States)

    2011-01-01

    In this thesis, we theoretically study the electromagnetic wave propagation in several passive and active optical components and devices including 2-D photonic crystals, straight and curved waveguides, organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs), and etc. Several optical designs are also presented like organic photovoltaic (OPV) cells and solar concentrators. The first part of the thesis focuses on theoretical investigation. First, the plane-wave-based transfer (scattering) matrix method (TMM) is briefly described with a short review of photonic crystals and other numerical methods to study them (Chapter 1 and 2). Next TMM, the numerical method itself is investigated in details and developed in advance to deal with more complex optical systems. In chapter 3, TMM is extended in curvilinear coordinates to study curved nanoribbon waveguides. The problem of a curved structure is transformed into an equivalent one of a straight structure with spatially dependent tensors of dielectric constant and magnetic permeability. In chapter 4, a new set of localized basis orbitals are introduced to locally represent electromagnetic field in photonic crystals as alternative to planewave basis. The second part of the thesis focuses on the design of optical devices. First, two examples of TMM applications are given. The first example is the design of metal grating structures as replacements of ITO to enhance the optical absorption in OPV cells (chapter 6). The second one is the design of the same structure as above to enhance the light extraction of OLEDs (chapter 7). Next, two design examples by ray tracing method are given, including applying a microlens array to enhance the light extraction of OLEDs (chapter 5) and an all-angle wide-wavelength design of solar concentrator (chapter 8). In summary, this dissertation has extended TMM which makes it capable of treating complex optical systems. Several optical designs by TMM and ray tracing method are also given as a full complement of this

  5. Focusing light through scattering media by transmission matrix inversion.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Jian; Ruan, Haowen; Liu, Yan; Zhou, Haojiang; Yang, Changhuei

    2017-10-30

    Focusing light through scattering media has broad applications in optical imaging, manipulation and therapy. The contrast of the focus can be quantified by peak-to-background intensity ratio (PBR). Here, we theoretically and numerically show that by using a transmission matrix inversion method to achieve focusing, within a limited field of view and under a low noise condition in transmission matrix measurements, the PBR of the focus can be higher than that achieved by conventional methods such as optical phase conjugation or feedback-based wavefront shaping. Experimentally, using a phase-modulation spatial light modulator, we increase the PBR by 66% over that achieved by conventional methods based on phase conjugation. In addition, we demonstrate that, within a limited field of view and under a low noise condition in transmission matrix measurements, our matrix inversion method enables light focusing to multiple foci with greater fidelity than those of conventional methods.

  6. A 3D Multiport Scattering Matrix Based-Method for Educing Wall Impedance of Cylindrical Lined Duct Section: Simulation and Error Evaluation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mohamed Taktak

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available The first step to achieve the development of an original indirect method to educe the wall normalized acoustic impedance of a cylindrical lined duct section which includes frequency and modal content pressure field dependence is introduced. It is based on the minimization of the difference between numerical and experimental acoustic power dissipations deduced from the 3D numerical and experimental scattering matrices of a lined duct element. The work presented in this paper is a step toward conducting experiments with a flow duct facility developed during the European DUCAT program. To validate this eduction technique, a simulation of the experiment is performed for no flow conditions assuming an axi-symmetric wall lined with a locally reacting material whose impedance was measured with the two microphone method (TMM. The simulation conducted for two incident pressure vectors with a Monte Carlo's technique also provides an assessment of the uncertainty in three predominant experimental parameters on the scattering matrix coefficients, the acoustic power dissipation, and the educed impedance whose results will be useful during the experiments being conducted.

  7. Electron-{{He}}_{2}^{+} scattering calculation using the R-matrix method: resonant and bound states of He2

    Science.gov (United States)

    Epée Epée, M. D.; Motapon, O.; Darby-Lewis, D.; Tennyson, J.

    2017-06-01

    The UK molecular R-matrix codes are used to study electron collisions with the {{He}}2+ molecular ion. Full configuration interaction calculations are performed to obtain the potential energy curves of the ground X {}2{{{Σ }}}u+ and the first excited A {}2{{{Σ }}}g+ electronic states of {{He}}2+. Resonances, effective quantum numbers, and resonance widths as a function of the internuclear separation are determined for the lowest singlet {}1{{{Σ }}}g+,{}1{{{Σ }}}u+,{}1{{{\\Pi }}}g and {}1{{{\\Pi }}}u and triplet {}3{{{Σ }}}g+,{}3{{{Σ }}}u+,{}3{{{\\Pi }}}g,{}3{{{\\Pi }}}u and {}3{{{Δ }}}u states, which are relevant for the study of the reactive collision of {{He}}2+ with low-energy electrons. In addition, bound states are also calculated for each symmetry of {{He}}2 at several geometries.

  8. Invariant properties and rotation transformations of the GPR scattering matrix

    Science.gov (United States)

    Villela, Almendra; Romo, José M.

    2013-03-01

    We analyze the properties of the scattering matrix associated with the incident and scattered electric fields used in GPR. The elements of the scattering matrix provide information produced by different polarizations of the incident wave field. Rotationally invariant quantities such as trace, determinant and Frobenius norm lead to images that combine the information contained in the four elements of the scattering matrix in a mathematically simple and sound manner. The invariant quantities remove the directional properties implicit in the dipolar field used in GPR allowing the application of standard processing techniques designed for scalar fields, such as those used in seismic data processing. We illustrate the non-directional properties of the invariants using a 3D simulation of the wavefield produced by a point scatterer. The estimation of the azimuth angle of elongated targets is also explored using rotation transformations that maximize alternatively the co-polarized or the cross-polarized responses. The angle estimation is essentially an unstable process, particularly if low amplitudes or noisy data are involved. We apply the Frobenius norm ‖S‖F as a criterion for selection of the best amplitudes to use for a more stable and significant angle estimation. The performance of our formulation was tested with synthetic data produced by a 3D model of an air-filled metal pipe buried in a homogeneous halfspace. The images resulting from the invariants show a clear diffraction hyperbola suitable for a scalar wavefield migration, while the azimuth of the pipe is neatly resolved for amplitudes selected with ‖S‖F ≥ 0.4. A field experiment conducted above an aqueduct pipe illustrates the proposed methods with real data. The images obtained from the invariants are better than those from the individual elements of the scattering matrix. The azimuth estimated using our formulation is in agreement with the probable orientation of the aqueduct. Finally, a field

  9. The study of electromagnetic wave propagation in photonic crystals via planewave based transfer (scattering) matrix method with active gain material applications

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Ming

    In this dissertation, a set of numerical simulation tools are developed under previous work to efficiently and accurately study one-dimensional (1D), two-dimensional (2D), 2D slab and three-dimensional (3D) photonic crystal structures and their defects effects by means of spectrum (transmission, reflection, absorption), band structure (dispersion relation), and electric and/or magnetic fields distribution (mode profiles). Further more, the lasing property and spontaneous emission behaviors are studied when active gain materials are presented in the photonic crystal structures. First, the planewave based transfer (scattering) matrix method (TMM) is described in every detail along with a brief review of photonic crystal history (Chapter 1 and 2). As a frequency domain method, TMM has the following major advantages over other numerical methods: (1) the planewave basis makes Maxwell's Equations a linear algebra problem and there are mature numerical package to solve linear algebra problem such as Lapack and Scalapack (for parallel computation). (2) Transfer (scattering) matrix method make 3D problem into 2D slices and link all slices together via the scattering matrix (S matrix) which reduces computation time and memory usage dramatically and makes 3D real photonic crystal devices design possible; and this also makes the simulated domain no length limitation along the propagation direction (ideal for waveguide simulation). (3) It is a frequency domain method and calculation results are all for steady state, without the influences of finite time span convolution effects and/or transient effects. (4) TMM can treat dispersive material (such as metal at visible light) naturally without introducing any additional computation; and meanwhile TMM can also deal with anisotropic material and magnetic material (such as perfectly matched layer) naturally from its algorithms. (5) Extension of TMM to deal with active gain material can be done through an iteration procedure with gain

  10. Transmission Enhancement of High-$k$ Waves through Metal-InGaAsP Multilayers Calculated via Scattering Matrix Method with Semi-Classical Optical Gain

    CERN Document Server

    Smalley, Joseph S T; Shahin, Shiva; Kanté, Boubacar; Fainman, Yeshaiahu

    2015-01-01

    We analyze the steady-state transmission of high-momentum (high-$k$) electromagnetic waves through metal-semiconductor multilayer systems with loss and gain in the near-infrared (NIR). Using a semi-classical optical gain model in conjunction with the scattering matrix method (SMM), we study indium gallium arsenide phosphide (InGaAsP) quantum wells as the active semiconductor, in combination with the metals, aluminum-doped zinc oxide (AZO) and silver (Ag). Under moderate external pumping levels, we find that NIR transmission through Ag/InGaAsP systems may be enhanced by several orders of magnitude relative to the unpumped case, over a large angular and frequency bandwidth. Conversely, transmission enhancement through AZO/InGaAsP systems is orders of magnitude smaller, and has a strong frequency dependence. We discuss the relative importance of Purcell enhancement on our results and validate analytical calculations based on the SMM with numerical finite-difference time domain simulations.

  11. A study of light scattering by wavelength-sized particles covered by much smaller grains using the superposition T-matrix method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    J. M. Dlugach

    2011-09-01

    Full Text Available By using the results of a direct, numerically exact solution of the Maxwell equations we analyze the behavior of the light scattering characteristics for polydisperse spherical particles covered with a large number of smaller grains. We show that the effect of the presence of microscopic dust on the surfaces of wavelength-sized particles depends on the particle absorption and the relative size of irregularities. In our computations, a new parallel superposition T-matrix code developed for use on parallel computer clusters is applied.

  12. Small-angle light scattering by monolayer of liquid crystal droplets in polymer matrix

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A. V. Konkolovich

    2011-09-01

    Full Text Available A method for modeling the angular distribution of light scattered by a monolayer of liquid crystal droplets dispersed in polymer matrix is developed. It is based on the anomalous diffraction and interference approximations.

  13. Linearized T-Matrix and Mie Scattering Computations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Spurr, R.; Wang, J.; Zeng, J.; Mishchenko, M. I.

    2011-01-01

    We present a new linearization of T-Matrix and Mie computations for light scattering by non-spherical and spherical particles, respectively. In addition to the usual extinction and scattering cross-sections and the scattering matrix outputs, the linearized models will generate analytical derivatives of these optical properties with respect to the real and imaginary parts of the particle refractive index, and (for non-spherical scatterers) with respect to the ''shape'' parameter (the spheroid aspect ratio, cylinder diameter/height ratio, Chebyshev particle deformation factor). These derivatives are based on the essential linearity of Maxwell's theory. Analytical derivatives are also available for polydisperse particle size distribution parameters such as the mode radius. The T-matrix formulation is based on the NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies FORTRAN 77 code developed in the 1990s. The linearized scattering codes presented here are in FORTRAN 90 and will be made publicly available.

  14. Fundamentals of ophthalmic diagnostical methods based on laser light scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tuchin, Valery V.; Maksimova, Irina L.; Kochubey, Vyacheslav I.; Semyonova, Tatjana N.; Tatarintsev, Sergey N.; Babkova, N. L.

    1995-05-01

    The basic principles of light scattering methods which should be very useful for ophthalmic disease diagnostics and monitoring are discussed. As an example a human eye lens tissue was considered. Angular-dependent scattering spectra and scattering matrix elements M12, M33, M34 and M44 are suggested as informative parameters for eye lens aging and cataract monitoring.

  15. The S-matrix for scattering of composite systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Nieuwenhuizen, P. van; Ruijgrok, Th.

    1967-01-01

    It is shown that the asymptotically stationary states, as introduced by Van Hove1), provide a natural tool to describe the scattering of composite systems. The scattering problem is formulated in terms of these a.s. states and a unitary S-matrix is defined. In this paper we treat the formal aspects

  16. Hanle-Zeeman Scattering Matrix for Magnetic Dipole Transitions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Megha, A.; Sampoorna, M.; Nagendra, K. N.; Sankarasubramanian, K., E-mail: megha@iiap.res.in, E-mail: sampoorna@iiap.res.in, E-mail: knn@iiap.res.in, E-mail: sankar@iiap.res.in [Indian Institute of Astrophysics, Koramangala, Bengaluru 560 034 (India)

    2017-06-01

    The polarization of the light that is scattered by the coronal ions is influenced by the anisotropic illumination from the photosphere and the magnetic field structuring in the solar corona. The properties of the coronal magnetic fields can be well studied by understanding the polarization properties of coronal forbidden emission lines that arise from magnetic dipole ( M 1) transitions in the highly ionized atoms that are present in the corona. We present the classical scattering theory of the forbidden lines for a more general case of arbitrary-strength magnetic fields. We derive the scattering matrix for M 1 transitions using the classical magnetic dipole model of Casini and Lin and applying the scattering matrix approach of Stenflo. We consider a two-level atom model and neglect collisional effects. The scattering matrix so derived is used to study the Stokes profiles formed in coronal conditions in those regions where the radiative excitations dominate collisional excitations. To this end, we take into account the integration over a cone of an unpolarized radiation from the solar disk incident on the scattering atoms. Furthermore, we also integrate along the line of sight to calculate the emerging polarized line profiles. We consider radial and dipole magnetic field configurations and spherically symmetric density distributions. For our studies we adopt the atomic parameters corresponding to the [Fe xiii] 10747 Å coronal forbidden line. We also discuss the nature of the scattering matrix for M 1 transitions and compare it with that for the electric dipole ( E 1) transitions.

  17. Quasinormal-Mode Expansion of the Scattering Matrix

    Science.gov (United States)

    Alpeggiani, Filippo; Parappurath, Nikhil; Verhagen, Ewold; Kuipers, L.

    2017-04-01

    It is well known that the quasinormal modes (or resonant states) of photonic structures can be associated with the poles of the scattering matrix of the system in the complex-frequency plane. In this work, the inverse problem, i.e., the reconstruction of the scattering matrix from the knowledge of the quasinormal modes, is addressed. We develop a general and scalable quasinormal-mode expansion of the scattering matrix, requiring only the complex eigenfrequencies and the far-field properties of the eigenmodes. The theory is validated by applying it to illustrative nanophotonic systems with multiple overlapping electromagnetic modes. The examples demonstrate that our theory provides an accurate first-principles prediction of the scattering properties, without the need for postulating ad hoc nonresonant channels.

  18. T-matrix based inverse light scattering analysis using angle resolved low coherence interferometry

    Science.gov (United States)

    Giacomelli, Michael; Chalut, Kevin; Ostrander, Julie; Wax, Adam

    2009-02-01

    Inverse light scattering methods have been applied by several groups as a means to probe cellular structure in both clinical and scientific applications with sub-wavelength accuracy. These methods determine the geometric properties of tissue scatterers based on far field scattering patterns. Generally, structure is determined by measuring scattering over some range of angles, wavelengths, or polarizations and then fitting the observed data to a database of simulated scattering selected from a range of probable geometries. We have developed new light scattering software based on the T-matrix method that creates databases of scattering from spheroidal objects, representing a substantial improvement over Mie theory, a method limited to simulating scattering from spheres. The computational cost of the T-matrix method is addressed through a simple but massively parallel program that concurrently simulates scattering across hundreds of PCs. We are exploring the use of these T-matrix databases in inverting interferometric measurements of angle-resolved scattering from spheroidal cell nuclei using a technique called angle-resolved low coherence interferometry (a/LCI). With a/LCI, we have previously distinguished between healthy and dysplastic tissue in both cell cultures and in ex vivo rat and hamster tissue using Mie theory to measure nuclear diameter. We now present nuclear volume and spheroidal aspect ratio measurements of unstained, living MCF7 cells using the improved T-matrix database to analyze a/LCI data. We achieve measurement accuracy equivalent to conventional image analysis of stained samples. We will further validate the approach by comparing experimental measurements of scattering from polystyrene microspheroids, and show that the T-matrix is a suitable replacement for Mie theory in ex vivo tissue samples.

  19. Matrix Methods to Analytic Geometry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bandy, C.

    1982-01-01

    The use of basis matrix methods to rotate axes is detailed. It is felt that persons who have need to rotate axes often will find that the matrix method saves considerable work. One drawback is that most students first learning to rotate axes will not yet have studied linear algebra. (MP)

  20. Scattering matrix measurements and light-scattering calculations of calcite particles

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    D. D. Dabrowska

    2011-09-01

    Full Text Available We present measurements of the complete scattering matrix as a function of the scattering angle of a sample of calcite particles collected near Lecce, Italy. The measurements are done at a wavelength of 647 nm in the scattering angle range 3°−177°. FESEM and SEM images show that the sample consists largely of flake-like particles. Ten different flake-like geometries are randomly generated and their scattering properties are simulated with DDA for sizes from 0.1 μm to 1 μm. Some preliminary comparisons of the simulations and the measurements are shown.

  1. Selective optical scattering characterisation of tissue malignancy using Mueller matrix polarimetry: a simulation study

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fathima, Adeeba; Sujatha, N.

    2016-04-01

    Quantitative Mueller polarimetry optically characterizes a medium and is reflected upon by the ultrastructural changes in it. Tissue morphology changes occur during advent of diseases like cancer neoplasia. This alters the Mueller matrix characterizing the tissue as an optical element. The nucleus size undergoes an approximate doubling during the development of cancer. Cell crowding during cancer increases the number density of the nuclei per unit volume. Modeling the cell nuclei as main scattering centers, a systematic computational study on how Mueller matrix elements vary for an increase in scatterer size and number density is performed. Simulation on polarized light transport of wavelength 633nm through a slab of size 3 mm comprising of spherical scatterers in a medium of refractive index 1.33 is carried out. Light propagation is modeled using Monte Carlo method and meridian plane method is adopted for tracking the polarization state change. The stokes vector of the outgoing light is tracked to calculate the Mueller matrix images of the light backscattered from the slab. The Mueller matrix elements as well as depolarization factors are derived. The depolarization index increases with scatterer size. Along with nucleus size, change in the cell number density is also expected in the different stages of the cancer growth. Volume fraction of the scatterers in medium is varied as an indicator of this number density change. Behavior of Mueller matrix with respect to change in scattering coefficient due to variation in scatterer size and volume fraction is studied. It is observed that the depolarization index derived from Mueller matrix has selective discrimination towards the change in scattering coefficient caused due to size change and volume fraction change respectively.

  2. Modal Ring Method for the Scattering of Electromagnetic Waves

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baumeister, Kenneth J.; Kreider, Kevin L.

    1993-01-01

    The modal ring method for electromagnetic scattering from perfectly electric conducting (PEC) symmetrical bodies is presented. The scattering body is represented by a line of finite elements (triangular) on its outer surface. The infinite computational region surrounding the body is represented analytically by an eigenfunction expansion. The modal ring method effectively reduces the two dimensional scattering problem to a one-dimensional problem similar to the method of moments. The modal element method is capable of handling very high frequency scattering because it has a highly banded solution matrix.

  3. Deghosting based on the transmission matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Benfeng; Wu, Ru-Shan; Chen, Xiaohong

    2017-12-01

    As the developments of seismic exploration and subsequent seismic exploitation advance, marine acquisition systems with towed streamers become an important seismic data acquisition method. But the existing air–water reflective interface can generate surface related multiples, including ghosts, which can affect the accuracy and performance of the following seismic data processing algorithms. Thus, we derive a deghosting method from a new perspective, i.e. using the transmission matrix (T-matrix) method instead of inverse scattering series. The T-matrix-based deghosting algorithm includes all scattering effects and is convergent absolutely. Initially, the effectiveness of the proposed method is demonstrated using synthetic data obtained from a designed layered model, and its noise-resistant property is also illustrated using noisy synthetic data contaminated by random noise. Numerical examples on complicated data from the open SMAART Pluto model and field marine data further demonstrate the validity and flexibility of the proposed method. After deghosting, low frequency components are recovered reasonably and the fake high frequency components are attenuated, and the recovered low frequency components will be useful for the subsequent full waveform inversion. The proposed deghosting method is currently suitable for two-dimensional towed streamer cases with accurate constant depth information and its extension into variable-depth streamers in three-dimensional cases will be studied in the future.

  4. Comparison of measured single-scattering matrix of feldspar particles with T-matrix simulations using spheroids

    CERN Document Server

    Nousiainen, T

    2003-01-01

    Simulated and measured scattering matrices of feldspar are compared at wavelength 633 nm to evaluate the accuracy of using spheroids to model single-scattering properties of natural irregular mineral particles (feldspar). The results of the comparison show that the model of spheroids, whose scattering properties are calculated using a T-matrix method, is usable and far superior to spheres in describing scattering by feldspar particles not much larger than the wavelength. Simulations with prolate ellipsoids are better in agreement with measurements than those with oblates, and an average over a wide range of axis ratios is better than any single value. The refractive index affects the angle dependence of scattering rather weakly, as long as its real and imaginary parts are varied in reasonable ranges. These findings imply that an inversion of a refractive index or shape information would be quite difficult. On the other hand, they indicate that the T-matrix method is easier to apply to different problems, as l...

  5. Analytical techniques for instrument design - matrix methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Robinson, R.A. [Los Alamos National Lab., NM (United States)

    1997-09-01

    We take the traditional Cooper-Nathans approach, as has been applied for many years for steady-state triple-axis spectrometers, and consider its generalisation to other inelastic scattering spectrometers. This involves a number of simple manipulations of exponentials of quadratic forms. In particular, we discuss a toolbox of matrix manipulations that can be performed on the 6- dimensional Cooper-Nathans matrix: diagonalisation (Moller-Nielsen method), coordinate changes e.g. from ({Delta}k{sub I},{Delta}k{sub F} to {Delta}E, {Delta}Q & 2 dummy variables), integration of one or more variables (e.g. over such dummy variables), integration subject to linear constraints (e.g. Bragg`s Law for analysers), inversion to give the variance-covariance matrix, and so on. We show how these tools can be combined to solve a number of important problems, within the narrow-band limit and the gaussian approximation. We will argue that a generalised program that can handle multiple different spectrometers could (and should) be written in parallel to the Monte-Carlo packages that are becoming available. We will also discuss the complementarity between detailed Monte-Carlo calculations and the approach presented here. In particular, Monte-Carlo methods traditionally simulate the real experiment as performed in practice, given a model scattering law, while the Cooper-Nathans method asks the inverse question: given that a neutron turns up in a particular spectrometer configuration (e.g. angle and time of flight), what is the probability distribution of possible scattering events at the sample? The Monte-Carlo approach could be applied in the same spirit to this question.

  6. Plane-wave coupling formalism for T -matrix simulations of light scattering by nonspherical particles

    Science.gov (United States)

    Theobald, Dominik; Egel, Amos; Gomard, Guillaume; Lemmer, Uli

    2017-09-01

    The computation of light scattering by the superposition T -matrix scheme has been restricted thus far to systems made of particles that are either sparsely distributed or of near-spherical shape. In this work, we extend the range of applicability of the T -matrix method by accounting for the coupling of scattered fields between highly nonspherical particles in close vicinity. This is achieved using an alternative formulation of the translation operator for spherical vector wave functions, based on a plane-wave expansion of the particle's scattered electromagnetic field. The accuracy and versatility of the present approach is demonstrated by simulating arbitrarily oriented and densely packed spheroids, for both dielectric and metallic particles.

  7. Diffraction Scattering in the Ericson Model for the S-Matrix

    CERN Document Server

    Shebeko, A V

    2000-01-01

    Elastic spinless charge particle scattering on nuclei has been considered by using the strong absorption model put forward by Ericson for the S-matrix in the angular momentum representation. Our analytical method for summation of the partial amplitudes is based upon an extension of the Abel-Plana formula, that enables us to account for contributions from possible singularities of the S-matrix in the right l-halfplane. A uniform asymptotics for the scattering amplitude, derived here, offers a fresh sight at origin of diffractive patterns in the elastic heavy-ion angular distributions. Special attention has been paid to the Coulomb-nuclear interference (particularly, refractive phenomena) for the scattering inside the classically - allowed region (the "illuminated" region) and the classically - forbidden region (the "shadow" region). Unlike the existing analytical results, our solutions of the diffraction problem give no reasons for drawing any deep parallels neither with the Fresnel diffraction in optics nor w...

  8. Hybrid transfer-matrix FDTD method for layered periodic structures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Deinega, Alexei; Belousov, Sergei; Valuev, Ilya

    2009-03-15

    A hybrid transfer-matrix finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method is proposed for modeling the optical properties of finite-width planar periodic structures. This method can also be applied for calculation of the photonic bands in infinite photonic crystals. We describe the procedure of evaluating the transfer-matrix elements by a special numerical FDTD simulation. The accuracy of the new method is tested by comparing computed transmission spectra of a 32-layered photonic crystal composed of spherical or ellipsoidal scatterers with the results of direct FDTD and layer-multiple-scattering calculations.

  9. CHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF MUELLER MATRIX PATTERNS FOR POLARIZATION SCATTERING MODEL OF BIOLOGICAL TISSUES

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    E DU

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available We developed a model to describe polarized photon scattering in biological tissues. In this model, tissues are simplified to a mixture of scatterers and surrounding medium. There are two types of scatterers in the model: solid spheres and infinitely long solid cylinders. Variables related to the scatterers include: the densities and sizes of the spheres and cylinders, the orientation and angular distribution of cylinders. Variables related to the surrounding medium include: the refractive index, absorption coefficient and birefringence. In this paper, as a development we introduce an optical activity effect to the model. By comparing experiments and Monte Carlo simulations, we analyze the backscattering Mueller matrix patterns of several tissue-like media, and summarize the different effects coming from anisotropic scattering and optical properties. In addition, we propose a possible method to extract the optical activity values for tissues. Both the experimental and simulated results show that, by analyzing the Mueller matrix patterns, the microstructure and optical properties of the medium can be obtained. The characteristic features of Mueller matrix patterns are potentially powerful tools for studying the contrast mechanisms of polarization imaging for medical diagnosis.

  10. Elastic scattering of positronium: Application of the confined variational method

    KAUST Repository

    Zhang, Junyi

    2012-08-01

    We demonstrate for the first time that the phase shift in elastic positronium-atom scattering can be precisely determined by the confined variational method, in spite of the fact that the Hamiltonian includes an unphysical confining potential acting on the center of mass of the positron and one of the atomic electrons. As an example, we study the S-wave elastic scattering for the positronium-hydrogen scattering system, where the existing 4% discrepancy between the Kohn variational calculation and the R-matrix calculation is resolved. © Copyright EPLA, 2012.

  11. Time Dependent Channel Packet Calculation of Two Nucleon Scattering Matrix Elements

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-03-01

    CHANNEL PACKET CALCULATION OF TWO NUCLEON SCATTERING MATRIX ELEMENTS DISSERTATION Brian S. Davis, Major, USAF AFIT/DS/ENP/10-M03...CALCULATION OF TWO NUCLEON SCATTERING MATRIX ELEMENTS DISSERTATION Presented to the Faculty Graduate School of Engineering and Management...ENPIlO-M03 TIME DEPENDENT CHANNEL PACKET CALCULATION OF TWO NUCLEON SCATTERING MATRIX ELEMENTS Brian S. Davis, BA, MS Major, USAF Approved: ~ !Y

  12. Scattering matrix approach to non-stationary quantum transport

    CERN Document Server

    Moskalets, Michael V

    2012-01-01

    The aim of this book is to introduce the basic elements of the scattering matrix approach to transport phenomena in dynamical quantum systems of non-interacting electrons. This approach admits a physically clear and transparent description of transport processes in dynamical mesoscopic systems promising basic elements of solid-state devices for quantum information processing. One of the key effects, the quantum pump effect, is considered in detail. In addition, the theory for a recently implemented new dynamical source - injecting electrons with time delay much larger than the electron coherence time - is offered. This theory provides a simple description of quantum circuits with such a single-particle source and shows in an unambiguous way that the tunability inherent to the dynamical systems leads to a number of unexpected but fundamental effects.

  13. A multi-dimensional sampling method for locating small scatterers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Song, Rencheng; Zhong, Yu; Chen, Xudong

    2012-11-01

    A multiple signal classification (MUSIC)-like multi-dimensional sampling method (MDSM) is introduced to locate small three-dimensional scatterers using electromagnetic waves. The indicator is built with the most stable part of signal subspace of the multi-static response matrix on a set of combinatorial sampling nodes inside the domain of interest. It has two main advantages compared to the conventional MUSIC methods. First, the MDSM is more robust against noise. Second, it can work with a single incidence even for multi-scatterers. Numerical simulations are presented to show the good performance of the proposed method.

  14. Scattering matrix analysis for evaluating the photocurrent in hydrogenated-amorphous-silicon-based thin film solar cells.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shin, Myunghun; Lee, Seong Hyun; Lim, Jung Wook; Yun, Sun Jin

    2014-11-01

    A scattering matrix (S-matrix) analysis method was developed for evaluating hydrogenated amorphous silicon (a-Si:H)-based thin film solar cells. In this approach, light wave vectors A and B represent the incoming and outgoing behaviors of the incident solar light, respectively, in terms of coherent wave and incoherent intensity components. The S-matrix determines the relation between A and B according to optical effects such as reflection and transmission, as described by the Fresnel equations, scattering at the boundary surfaces, or scattering within the propagation medium, as described by the Beer-Lambert law and the change in the phase of the propagating light wave. This matrix can be used to evaluate the behavior of angle-incident coherent and incoherent light simultaneously, and takes into account not only the light scattering process at material boundaries (haze effects) but also nonlinear optical processes within the material. The optical parameters in the S-matrix were determined by modeling both a 2%-gallium-doped zinc oxide transparent conducting oxide and germanium-compounded a-Si:H (a-SiGe:H). Using the S-matrix equations, the photocurrent for an a-Si:H/a-SiGe:H tandem cell and the optical loss in semitransparent a-Si:H solar cells for use in building-integrated photovoltaic applications were analyzed. The developed S-matrix method can also be used as a general analysis tool for various thin film solar cells.

  15. Testing the Predictions of Random Matrix Theory in Low Loss Wave Chaotic Scattering Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yeh, Jen-Hao; Antonsen, Thomas; Ott, Edward; Anlage, Steven

    2013-03-01

    Wave chaos is a field where researchers apply random matrix theory (RMT) to predict the statistics of wave properties in complicated wave scattering systems. The RMT predictions have successfully demonstrated universality of the distributions of these wave properties, which only depend on the loss parameter of the system and the physical symmetry. Examination of these predictions in very low loss systems is interesting because extreme limits for the distribution functions and other predictions are encountered. Therefore, we use a wave-chaotic superconducting cavity to establish a low loss environment and test RMT predictions, including the statistics of the scattering (S) matrix and the impedance (Z) matrix, the universality (or lack thereof) of the Z- and S-variance ratios, and the statistics of the proper delay times of the Wigner-Smith time-delay matrix. We have applied an in-situ microwave calibration method (Thru-Reflection-Line method) to calibrate the cryostat system, and we also applied the random coupling model to remove the system-specific features. Our experimental results of different properties agree with the RMT predictions. This work is funded by the ONR/Maryland AppEl Center Task A2 (contract No. N000140911190), the AFOSR under grant FA95500710049, and Center for Nanophysics and Advanced Materials.

  16. The physical meaning of scattering matrix singularities in coupled-channel formalisms

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    S. Capstick; A. Svarc; L. Tiator; J. Gegelia; M.M. Giannini; E. Santopinto; C. Hanhart; S. Scherer; T.-S.H. Lee; T. Sato; N. Suzuki

    2007-09-04

    The physical meaning of bare and dressed scattering matrix singularities has been investigated. Special attention has been attributed to the role of well known invariance of scattering matrix with respect to the field transformation of the effective Lagrangian. Examples of evaluating bare and dressed quantities in various models are given.

  17. Electrostatic limit of the T-matrix for electromagnetic scattering: Exact results for spheroidal particles

    Science.gov (United States)

    Majić, Matt R. A.; Gray, Finnian; Auguié, Baptiste; Ru, Eric C. Le

    2017-10-01

    The T-matrix, often obtained with Waterman's extended boundary condition method (EBCM), is a widely-used tool for fast calculations of electromagnetic scattering by particles. Here we investigate the quasistatic or long-wavelength limit of this approach, where it reduces to an electrostatics problem. We first present a fully electrostatic version of the EBCM/T-matrix method (dubbed ES-EBCM). Explicit expressions are then given to quantitatively express the long-wavelength limit of the EBCM matrix elements in terms of those of the ES-EBCM formalism. From this connection we deduce a number of symmetry properties of the ES-EBCM matrices. We then investigate the matrix elements of the ES-EBCM formalism in the special case of prolate spheroids. Using the general electrostatic solution in spheroidal coordinates, we derive fully analytic expressions (in the form of finite sums) for all matrix elements. Those can be used for example for studies of the convergence of the T-matrix formalism. We illustrate this by discussing the validity of the Rayleigh hypothesis, where analytical expressions highlight clearly the link with analytical continuation of series.

  18. Analysis of α-12C elastic scattering at intermediate energies by the S-matrix model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Berezhnoy, Yu. A.; Onyshchenko, G. M.; Pilipenko, V. V.

    The results of calculations of differential cross-sections for α-12C elastic scattering by the S-matrix model are presented for 10 energy values in the energy range 65MeV ≤ Eα ≤ 386MeV in a wide range of scattering angles. The behavior of various scattering characteristics as functions of the projectile energy is analyzed. It is shown that the chosen parametrization of S-matrix allows describing correctly the Fraunhofer oscillations of the cross-sections in the region of small scattering angles and the rainbow scattering pattern in the region of sufficiently large angles.

  19. Elucidating the Wavelength Dependence of Phonon Scattering in Nanoparticle-Matrix Composites using Phonon Spectroscopy

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-07-11

    converted into a solid inorganic matrix afterwards. Metal-chalcogenide complexes (MCCs) have been demonstrated to be soluble precursors for a broad range...AFRL-AFOSR-VA-TR-2016-0246 Elucidating the Wavelength Dependence of Phonon Scattering in Nanoparticle- Matrix Composites using PhononSpectroscopy...SUBTITLE Elucidating the Wavelength Dependence of Phonon Scattering in Nanoparticle- Matrix Composites using PhononSpectroscopy 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER

  20. Corner Transfer Matrix Renormalization Group Method

    OpenAIRE

    Nishino, T.; Okunishi, K.

    1995-01-01

    We propose a new fast numerical renormalization group method,the corner transfer matrix renormalization group (CTMRG) method, which is based on a unified scheme of Baxter's corner transfer matrix method and White's density matrix renormalization groupmethod. The key point is that a product of four corner transfer matrices gives the densitymatrix. We formulate the CTMRG method as a renormalization of 2D classical models.

  1. Reducing the orientation influence of Mueller matrix measurements for anisotropic scattering media

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Minghao; He, Honghui; Zeng, Nan; Du, E.; He, Yonghong; Ma, Hui

    2014-09-01

    Mueller matrix polarimetry techniques contain rich micro-structural information of samples, such as the sizes and refractive indices of scatterers. Recently, Mueller matrix imaging methods have shown great potentials as powerful tools for biomedical diagnosis. However, the orientations of anisotropic fibrous structures in tissues have prominent influence on Mueller matrix measurements, resulting in difficulties for extracting micro-structural information effectively. In this paper, we apply the backscattering Mueller matrix imaging technique to biological samples with different microstructures, such as chicken heart muscle, bovine skeletal muscle, porcine liver and fat tissues. Experimental results show that the directions of the muscle fibers have prominent influence on the Mueller matrix elements. In order to reduce the orientation influence, we adopt the rotation-independent MMT and RLPI parameters, which were proposed in our previous studies, to the tissue samples. Preliminary results in this paper show that the orientation-independent parameters and their statistic features are helpful for analyzing the tissues to obtain their micro-structural properties. Since the micro-structure variations are often related to the pathological changes, the method can be applied to microscope imaging techniques and used to detect abnormal tissues such as cancer and other lesions for diagnosis purposes.

  2. The J-Matrix Method Developments and Applications

    CERN Document Server

    Alhaidari, Abdulaziz D; Heller, Eric J; Abdelmonem, Mohamed S

    2008-01-01

    This volume aims to provide the fundamental knowledge to appreciate the advantages of the J-matrix method and to encourage its use and further development. The J-matrix method is an algebraic method of quantum scattering with substantial success in atomic and nuclear physics. The accuracy and convergence property of the method compares favourably with other successful scattering calculation methods. Despite its thirty-year long history new applications are being found for the J-matrix method. This book gives a brief account of the recent developments and some selected applications of the method in atomic and nuclear physics. New findings are reported in which experimental results are compared to theoretical calculations. Modifications, improvements and extensions of the method are discussed using the language of the J-matrix. The volume starts with a Foreword by the two co-founders of the method, E.J. Heller and H.A. Yamani and it contains contributions from 24 prominent international researchers.

  3. Matrix Krylov subspace methods for image restoration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    khalide jbilou

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available In the present paper, we consider some matrix Krylov subspace methods for solving ill-posed linear matrix equations and in those problems coming from the restoration of blurred and noisy images. Applying the well known Tikhonov regularization procedure leads to a Sylvester matrix equation depending the Tikhonov regularized parameter. We apply the matrix versions of the well known Krylov subspace methods, namely the Least Squared (LSQR and the conjugate gradient (CG methods to get approximate solutions representing the restored images. Some numerical tests are presented to show the effectiveness of the proposed methods.

  4. On the Subspace Projected Approximate Matrix method

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Brandts, J.H.; Reis da Silva, R.

    2015-01-01

    We provide a comparative study of the Subspace Projected Approximate Matrix method, abbreviated SPAM, which is a fairly recent iterative method of computing a few eigenvalues of a Hermitian matrix A. It falls in the category of inner-outer iteration methods and aims to reduce the costs of

  5. The absorbing boundary method. III. Tunneling decay and scattering resonances

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bacskay, George; Nordholm, Sture

    1980-02-01

    The recently developed absorbing boundary method (ABM) is applied to the calculation of tunneling decay rates and corresponding shape resonances in the scattering cross section. The analysis is carried out in terms of the contribution to the density of states from the resonant region of the spatial domain. One-dimensional test calculations have been carried out using the ABM and several related continuum state methods. While the ABM produces practically useful predictions for the location and shape of the resonance lines, it cannot in its present forms match the accuracy of the best continuum state methods. We have compared results obtained by the ABM (SMA and ISMA), the R-matrix method, the recently developed CGFEM and Bloch corrected R-matrix method, the stabilization method of Hazi and Taylor, and a simple pseudo bound state method.

  6. Classical-limit S-matrix for heavy ion scattering. [S matrix

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Donangelo, R.J.

    1977-01-01

    An integral representation for the classical limit of the quantum mechanical S-matrix is developed and applied to heavy-ion Coulomb excitation and Coulomb-nuclear interference. The method combines the quantum principle of superposition with exact classical dynamics to describe the projectile-target system. A detailed consideration of the classical trajectories and of the dimensionless parameters that characterize the system is carried out. The results are compared, where possible, to exact quantum mechanical calculations and to conventional semiclassical calculations. It is found that in the case of backscattering the classical limit S-matrix method is able to almost exactly reproduce the quantum-mechanical S-matrix elements, and therefore the transition probabilities, even for projectiles as light as protons. The results also suggest that this approach should be a better approximation for heavy-ion multiple Coulomb excitation than earlier semiclassical methods, due to a more accurate description of the classical orbits in the electromagnetic field of the target nucleus. Calculations using this method indicate that the rotational excitation probabilities in the Coulomb-nuclear interference region should be very sensitive to the details of the potential at the surface of the nucleus, suggesting that heavy-ion rotational excitation could constitute a sensitive probe of the nuclear potential in this region. The application to other problems as well as the present limits of applicability of the formalism are also discussed.

  7. Computation of scattering matrix elements of large and complex shaped absorbing particles with multilevel fast multipole algorithm

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Yueqian; Yang, Minglin; Sheng, Xinqing; Ren, Kuan Fang

    2015-05-01

    Light scattering properties of absorbing particles, such as the mineral dusts, attract a wide attention due to its importance in geophysical and environment researches. Due to the absorbing effect, light scattering properties of particles with absorption differ from those without absorption. Simple shaped absorbing particles such as spheres and spheroids have been well studied with different methods but little work on large complex shaped particles has been reported. In this paper, the surface Integral Equation (SIE) with Multilevel Fast Multipole Algorithm (MLFMA) is applied to study scattering properties of large non-spherical absorbing particles. SIEs are carefully discretized with piecewise linear basis functions on triangle patches to model whole surface of the particle, hence computation resource needs increase much more slowly with the particle size parameter than the volume discretized methods. To improve further its capability, MLFMA is well parallelized with Message Passing Interface (MPI) on distributed memory computer platform. Without loss of generality, we choose the computation of scattering matrix elements of absorbing dust particles as an example. The comparison of the scattering matrix elements computed by our method and the discrete dipole approximation method (DDA) for an ellipsoid dust particle shows that the precision of our method is very good. The scattering matrix elements of large ellipsoid dusts with different aspect ratios and size parameters are computed. To show the capability of the presented algorithm for complex shaped particles, scattering by asymmetry Chebyshev particle with size parameter larger than 600 of complex refractive index m = 1.555 + 0.004 i and different orientations are studied.

  8. Laboratory measurements of scattering matrix elements of randomly oriented Mars analog palagonite particles

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Muñoz, O.; Volten, H.; Hovenier, J.W.; Laan, E.; Roush, T.; Stam, D.

    2008-01-01

    We present laboratory measurements for Martian analog particles, consisting of palagonite. We measured all elements of the scattering matrix as functions of the scattering angle from 3 to 174 degrees at a wavelength of 632.8 nm. The results may be used in studies of the Martian atmosphere.

  9. Low-temperature chemistry using the R-matrix method

    CERN Document Server

    Tennyson, Jonathan; Rivlin, Tom

    2016-01-01

    Techniques for producing cold and ultracold molecules are enabling the study of chemical reactions and scattering at the quantum scattering limit, with only a few partial waves contributing to the incident channel, leading to the observation and even full control of state-to-state collisions in this regime. A new R-matrix formalism is presented for tackling problems involving low- and ultra-low energy collisions. This general formalism is particularly appropriate for slow collisions occurring on potential energy surfaces with deep wells. The many resonance states make such systems hard to treat theoretically but offer the best prospects for novel physics: resonances are already being widely used to control diatomic systems and should provide the route to steering ultracold reactions. Our R-matrix-based formalism builds on the progress made in variational calculations of molecular spectra by using these methods to provide wavefunctions for the whole system at short internuclear distances, (a regime known as th...

  10. Roundtrip matrix method for calculating the leaky resonant modes of open nanophotonic structures

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    de Lasson, Jakob Rosenkrantz; Kristensen, Philip Trøst; Mørk, Jesper

    2014-01-01

    We present a numerical method for calculating quasi-normal modes of open nanophotonic structures. The method is based on scattering matrices and a unity eigenvalue of the roundtrip matrix of an internal cavity, and we develop it in detail with electromagnetic fields expanded on Bloch modes...... of periodic structures. This procedure is simpler to implement numerically and more intuitive than previous scattering matrix methods, and any routine based on scattering matrices can benefit from the method. We demonstrate the calculation of quasi-normal modes for two-dimensional photonic crystals where...

  11. Matrix method for acoustic levitation simulation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Andrade, Marco A B; Perez, Nicolas; Buiochi, Flavio; Adamowski, Julio C

    2011-08-01

    A matrix method is presented for simulating acoustic levitators. A typical acoustic levitator consists of an ultrasonic transducer and a reflector. The matrix method is used to determine the potential for acoustic radiation force that acts on a small sphere in the standing wave field produced by the levitator. The method is based on the Rayleigh integral and it takes into account the multiple reflections that occur between the transducer and the reflector. The potential for acoustic radiation force obtained by the matrix method is validated by comparing the matrix method results with those obtained by the finite element method when using an axisymmetric model of a single-axis acoustic levitator. After validation, the method is applied in the simulation of a noncontact manipulation system consisting of two 37.9-kHz Langevin-type transducers and a plane reflector. The manipulation system allows control of the horizontal position of a small levitated sphere from -6 mm to 6 mm, which is done by changing the phase difference between the two transducers. The horizontal position of the sphere predicted by the matrix method agrees with the horizontal positions measured experimentally with a charge-coupled device camera. The main advantage of the matrix method is that it allows simulation of non-symmetric acoustic levitators without requiring much computational effort.

  12. S-matrix formulation of thermodynamics with N-body scatterings

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lo, Pok Man

    2017-08-01

    We apply a phase space expansion scheme to incorporate the N-body scattering processes in the S-matrix formulation of statistical mechanics. A generalized phase shift function suitable for studying the thermal contribution of N → N processes is motivated and examined in various models. Using the expansion scheme, we revisit how the hadron resonance gas model emerges from the S-matrix framework, and consider an example of structureless scattering in which the phase shift function can be exactly worked out. Finally we analyze the influence of dynamics on the phase shift function in a simple example of 3- and 4-body scattering.

  13. S-matrix formulation of thermodynamics with N-body scatterings

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lo, Pok Man [University of Wroclaw, Institute of Theoretical Physics, Wroclaw (Poland); Extreme Matter Institute EMMI, GSI, Darmstadt (Germany)

    2017-08-15

    We apply a phase space expansion scheme to incorporate the N-body scattering processes in the S-matrix formulation of statistical mechanics. A generalized phase shift function suitable for studying the thermal contribution of N → N processes is motivated and examined in various models. Using the expansion scheme, we revisit how the hadron resonance gas model emerges from the S-matrix framework, and consider an example of structureless scattering in which the phase shift function can be exactly worked out. Finally we analyze the influence of dynamics on the phase shift function in a simple example of 3- and 4-body scattering. (orig.)

  14. Statistics of time delay and scattering correlation functions in chaotic systems. I. Random matrix theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Novaes, Marcel

    2015-06-01

    We consider the statistics of time delay in a chaotic cavity having M open channels, in the absence of time-reversal invariance. In the random matrix theory approach, we compute the average value of polynomial functions of the time delay matrix Q = - iħS†dS/dE, where S is the scattering matrix. Our results do not assume M to be large. In a companion paper, we develop a semiclassical approximation to S-matrix correlation functions, from which the statistics of Q can also be derived. Together, these papers contribute to establishing the conjectured equivalence between the random matrix and the semiclassical approaches.

  15. Statistics of time delay and scattering correlation functions in chaotic systems. I. Random matrix theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Novaes, Marcel [Instituto de Física, Universidade Federal de Uberlândia, Ave. João Naves de Ávila, 2121, Uberlândia, MG 38408-100 (Brazil)

    2015-06-15

    We consider the statistics of time delay in a chaotic cavity having M open channels, in the absence of time-reversal invariance. In the random matrix theory approach, we compute the average value of polynomial functions of the time delay matrix Q = − iħS{sup †}dS/dE, where S is the scattering matrix. Our results do not assume M to be large. In a companion paper, we develop a semiclassical approximation to S-matrix correlation functions, from which the statistics of Q can also be derived. Together, these papers contribute to establishing the conjectured equivalence between the random matrix and the semiclassical approaches.

  16. Forge-Hardened TiZr Null-Matrix Alloy for Neutron Scattering under Extreme Conditions

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Takuo Okuchi

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available For neutron scattering research that is performed under extreme conditions, such as high static pressures, high-strength metals that are transparent to the neutron beam are required. The diffraction of the neutron beam by the metal, which follows Bragg’s law, can be completely removed by alloying two metallic elements that have coherent scattering lengths with opposite signs. An alloy of Ti and Zr, which is known as a TiZr null-matrix alloy, is an ideal combination for such purposes. In this study, we increased the hardness of a TiZr null-matrix alloy via extensive mechanical deformation at high temperatures. We successfully used the resulting product in a high-pressure cell designed for high-static-pressure neutron scattering. This hardened TiZr null-matrix alloy may play a complementary role to normal TiZr alloy in future neutron scattering research under extreme conditions.

  17. Statistical characterization of weak scattering fields with inverse methods

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Xenaki, Angeliki; Gerstoft, Peter; Carriere, Olivier

    2013-01-01

    In an acoustic backscattering model of a stationary field of volume inhomogeneities, a stochastic description of the field is more useful than a deterministic description due to the complex nature of the field. A method based on linear inversion is developed to infer information about the statist......In an acoustic backscattering model of a stationary field of volume inhomogeneities, a stochastic description of the field is more useful than a deterministic description due to the complex nature of the field. A method based on linear inversion is developed to infer information about...... the statistical properties of the scattering field from the obtained cross-spectral matrix....

  18. Interface matrix method in AFEN framework

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pogosbekyan, Leonid; Cho, Jin Young; Kim, Young Jin [Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute, Taejon (Korea, Republic of)

    1997-12-31

    In this study, we extend the application of the interface-matrix(IM) method for reflector modeling to Analytic Flux Expansion Nodal (AFEN) method. This include the modifications of the surface-averaged net current continuity and the net leakage balance conditions for IM method in accordance with AFEN formula. AFEN-interface matrix (AFEN-IM) method has been tested against ZION-1 benchmark problem. The numerical result of AFEN-IM method shows 1.24% of maximum error and 0.42% of root-mean square error in assembly power distribution, and 0.006% {Delta} k of neutron multiplication factor. This result proves that the interface-matrix method for reflector modeling can be useful in AFEN method. 3 refs., 4 figs. (Author)

  19. Delayed coherent quantum feedback from a scattering theory and a matrix product state perspective

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guimond, P.-O.; Pletyukhov, M.; Pichler, H.; Zoller, P.

    2017-12-01

    We study the scattering of photons propagating in a semi-infinite waveguide terminated by a mirror and interacting with a quantum emitter. This paradigm constitutes an example of coherent quantum feedback, where light emitted towards the mirror gets redirected back to the emitter. We derive an analytical solution for the scattering of two-photon states, which is based on an exact resummation of the perturbative expansion of the scattering matrix, in a regime where the time delay of the coherent feedback is comparable to the timescale of the quantum emitter’s dynamics. We compare the results with numerical simulations based on matrix product state techniques simulating the full dynamics of the system, and extend the study to the scattering of coherent states beyond the low-power limit.

  20. Error Analysis of Band Matrix Method

    OpenAIRE

    Taniguchi, Takeo; Soga, Akira

    1984-01-01

    Numerical error in the solution of the band matrix method based on the elimination method in single precision is investigated theoretically and experimentally, and the behaviour of the truncation error and the roundoff error is clarified. Some important suggestions for the useful application of the band solver are proposed by using the results of above error analysis.

  1. Diffusion method in random matrix theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grela, Jacek

    2016-01-01

    We introduce a calculational tool useful in computing ratios and products of characteristic polynomials averaged over Gaussian measures with an external source. The method is based on Dyson’s Brownian motion and Grassmann/complex integration formulas for determinants. The resulting formulas are exact for finite matrix size N and form integral representations convenient for large N asymptotics. Quantities obtained by the method are interpreted as averages over standard matrix models. We provide several explicit and novel calculations with special emphasis on the β =2 Girko-Ginibre ensembles.

  2. Emergent causality and the N-photon scattering matrix in waveguide QED

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sánchez-Burillo, E.; Cadarso, A.; Martín-Moreno, L.; García-Ripoll, J. J.; Zueco, D.

    2018-01-01

    In this work we discuss the emergence of approximate causality in a general setup from waveguide QED—i.e. a one-dimensional propagating field interacting with a scatterer. We prove that this emergent causality translates into a structure for the N-photon scattering matrix. Our work builds on the derivation of a Lieb–Robinson-type bound for continuous models and for all coupling strengths, as well as on several intermediate results, of which we highlight: (i) the asymptotic independence of space-like separated wave packets, (ii) the proper definition of input and output scattering states, and (iii) the characterization of the ground state and correlations in the model. We illustrate our formal results by analyzing the two-photon scattering from a quantum impurity in the ultrastrong coupling regime, verifying the cluster decomposition and ground-state nature. Besides, we generalize the cluster decomposition if inelastic or Raman scattering occurs, finding the structure of the S-matrix in momentum space for linear dispersion relations. In this case, we compute the decay of the fluorescence (photon–photon correlations) caused by this S-matrix.

  3. Aluminium matrix composites fabricated by infiltration method

    OpenAIRE

    L.A. Dobrzański; M. Kremzer; A.J. Nowak; Nagel, A.

    2009-01-01

    Purpose: The aim of this work is to examine the structure and properties of metal matrix composites obtained by infiltration method of porous ceramic preforms by liquid aluminium alloy.Design/methodology/approach: Ceramic preforms were manufactured by the sintering method of ceramic powder. The preform material consists of powder Condea Al2O3 CL 2500, however, as the pore forming the carbon fibers Sigrafil C10 M250 UNS were used. Then ceramic preforms were infiltrated with liquid eutectic EN ...

  4. ABCD Matrix Method a Case Study

    CERN Document Server

    Seidov, Zakir F; Yahalom, Asher

    2004-01-01

    In the Israeli Electrostatic Accelerator FEL, the distance between the accelerator's end and the wiggler's entrance is about 2.1 m, and 1.4 MeV electron beam is transported through this space using four similar quadrupoles (FODO-channel). The transfer matrix method (ABCD matrix method) was used for simulating the beam transport, a set of programs is written in the several programming languages (MATHEMATICA, MATLAB, MATCAD, MAPLE) and reasonable agreement is demonstrated between experimental results and simulations. Comparison of ABCD matrix method with the direct "numerical experiments" using EGUN, ELOP, and GPT programs with and without taking into account the space-charge effects showed the agreement to be good enough as well. Also the inverse problem of finding emittance of the electron beam at the S1 screen position (before FODO-channel), by using the spot image at S2 screen position (after FODO-channel) as function of quad currents, is considered. Spot and beam at both screens are described as tilted eel...

  5. Piezoelectric T-matrix approach and multiple scattering of electroacoustic waves in thin plates

    Science.gov (United States)

    Darabi, Amir; Ruzzene, Massimo; Leamy, Michael J.

    2017-12-01

    Metamaterial-enhanced harvesting (MEH) of wave energy in thin plates and other structures has appeared recently for powering small sensors and devices. To support continued MEH concept development, this paper proposes a fully coupled T-matrix formulation for analyzing scattering of incident wave energy from a piezoelectric patch attached to a thin plate. More generally, the T-matrix represents an input–output relationship between incident and reflected waves from inclusions in a host layer, and is introduced herein for a piezoelectric patch connected to an external circuit. The utility of a T-matrix formalism is most apparent in scenarios employing multiple piezoelectric harvesters, where it can be re-used with other T-matrices (such as those previously formulated for rigid, void, and elastic inclusions) in a multiple scattering context to compute the total wavefield and other response quantities, such as harvested power. Following development of the requisite T-matrix, harvesting in an example funnel-shaped metamaterial waveguide structure is predicted using the multiple scattering approach. Enhanced wave energy harvesting predictions are verified through comparisons to experimental results of a funnel-shaped waveguide formed by placing rigid aluminum inclusions in, and multiple piezoelectric harvesters on, a Lexan plate. Good agreement with predicted response quantities is noted.

  6. High-level interface to T-matrix scattering calculations: architecture, capabilities and limitations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Leinonen, Jussi

    2014-01-27

    The PyTMatrix package was designed with the objective of providing a simple, extensible interface to T-Matrix electromagnetic scattering calculations performed using an extensively validated numerical core. The interface, implemented in the Python programming language, facilitates automation of the calculations and further analysis of the results through direct integration of both the inputs and the outputs of the calculations to numerical analysis software. This article describes the architecture and design of the package, illustrating how the concepts in the physics of electromagnetic scattering are mapped into data and code models in the computer software. The resulting capabilities and their consequences for the usability and performance of the package are explored.

  7. Transmission and scattering matrix of polarization imaging for biological turbid medium

    Science.gov (United States)

    Firdous, Shamaraz; Ikram, Masroor

    2005-09-01

    Laser transmittion and scattering technique, including depolarization of wave applied to biological particles provide a sample way for diagnostic and treatment of skin lesion and breast cancer. Laser polarization imaging system is described for non invasive and non radioactive detection. The system described in this paper generates 16 full out put Mueller matrix for characterization of turbid medium. In this work we describe the scattering and depolarization of electromagnetic radiation through biological turbid medium. This research work provides a base work for designing quick model of polarized laser tissues imaging.

  8. On the Question of the Scattering Matrix in Quantum Field Theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Khokhlov, I. A.

    2017-06-01

    A new expression for the scattering matrix in local quantum field theory is obtained on the basis of a generalized formulation of the microcausality condition. This expression is relativistically covariant, unitary, and causal and coincides with the generally accepted expression (the T-exponential) in the case when ultraviolet (UV) divergences are absent in the latter. Conditions are formulated, under the fulfillment of which the elements of the constructed matrix do not contain UV divergences. By way of an example, the probability amplitude of the particle-particle transition for a model with ℒ( x) = λ : φ 3( x): in the second-order perturbation theory is found.

  9. More accurate matrix-matched quantification using standard superposition method for herbal medicines.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Ying; Shi, Xiao-Wei; Liu, E-Hu; Sheng, Long-Sheng; Qi, Lian-Wen; Li, Ping

    2012-09-07

    Various analytical technologies have been developed for quantitative determination of marker compounds in herbal medicines (HMs). One important issue is matrix effects that must be addressed in method validation for different detections. Unlike biological fluids, blank matrix samples for calibration are usually unavailable for HMs. In this work, practical approaches for minimizing matrix effects in HMs analysis were proposed. The matrix effects in quantitative analysis of five saponins from Panax notoginseng were assessed using high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Matrix components were found to interfere with the ionization of target analytes when mass spectrometry (MS) detection were employed. To compensate the matrix signal suppression/enhancement, two matrix-matched methods, standard addition method with the target-knockout extract and standard superposition method with a HM extract were developed and tested in this work. The results showed that the standard superposition method is simple and practical for overcoming matrix effects for quantitative analysis of HMs. Moreover, the interference components were observed to interfere with light scattering of target analytes when evaporative light scattering detection (ELSD) was utilized for quantitative analysis of HMs but was not indicated when Ultraviolet detection (UV) were employed. Thus, the issue of interference effects should be addressed and minimized for quantitative HPLC-ELSD and HPLC-MS methodologies for quality control of HMs. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. A fixed point method to compute solvents of matrix polynomials

    OpenAIRE

    Marcos, Fernando; Pereira, Edgar

    2009-01-01

    Matrix polynomials play an important role in the theory of matrix differential equations. We develop a fixed point method to compute solutions of matrix polynomials equations, where the matricial elements of the matrix polynomial are considered separately as complex polynomials. Numerical examples illustrate the method presented.

  11. Scattering matrix approach to multichannel transport in many lead graphene nanoribbons

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mencarelli, D.; Rozzi, T.; Pierantoni, L.

    2010-04-01

    Multichannel analysis of graphene nanoribbons (GNR), often required for describing applications to practical devices, constitutes a heavy computational task, even in a simplified framework like that provided by discrete or nearest neighbour models. Scattering (S) matrix techniques, widely used for quantum transport in low dimensional systems and for the computation of electromagnetic fields, is shown here to provide a powerful formal platform for the analysis, and, in principle, the synthesis, of GNR multiport circuits. Periodic modes, solutions of GNR waveguides, are demonstrated to obey charge conservation and reciprocity constraints corresponding to unitary and symmetry properties of the S-matrix, under proper normalization conditions. We propose a systematic use of this approach to deal with problems such as scattering by lattice defects, the presence of external applied fields, crossing GNRs and T-junctions.

  12. Matched, mismatched, and robust scatter matrix estimation and hypothesis testing in complex t-distributed data

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fortunati, Stefano; Gini, Fulvio; Greco, Maria S.

    2016-12-01

    Scatter matrix estimation and hypothesis testing are fundamental inference problems in a wide variety of signal processing applications. In this paper, we investigate and compare the matched, mismatched, and robust approaches to solve these problems in the context of the complex elliptically symmetric (CES) distributions. The matched approach is when the estimation and detection algorithms are tailored on the correct data distribution, whereas the mismatched approach refers to the case when the scatter matrix estimator and the decision rule are derived under a model assumption that is not correct. The robust approach aims at providing good estimation and detection performance, even if suboptimal, over a large set of possible data models, irrespective of the actual data distribution. Specifically, due to its central importance in both the statistical and engineering applications, we assume for the input data a complex t-distribution. We analyze scatter matrix estimators derived under the three different approaches and compare their mean square error (MSE) with the constrained Cramér-Rao bound (CCRB) and the constrained misspecified Cramér-Rao bound (CMCRB). In addition, the detection performance and false alarm rate (FAR) of the various detection algorithms are compared with that of the clairvoyant optimum detector.

  13. Scattering Amplitudes via Algebraic Geometry Methods

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Søgaard, Mads

    Feynman diagrams. The study of multiloop scattering amplitudes is crucial for the new era of precision phenomenology at the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) at CERN. Loop-level scattering amplitudes can be reduced to a basis of linearly independent integrals whose coefficients are extracted from generalized...

  14. Method of producing a hybrid matrix fiber composite

    Science.gov (United States)

    Deteresa, Steven J [Livermore, CA; Lyon, Richard E [Absecon, NJ; Groves, Scott E [Brentwood, CA

    2006-03-28

    Hybrid matrix fiber composites having enhanced compressive performance as well as enhanced stiffness, toughness and durability suitable for compression-critical applications. The methods for producing the fiber composites using matrix hybridization. The hybrid matrix fiber composites comprised of two chemically or physically bonded matrix materials, whereas the first matrix materials are used to impregnate multi-filament fibers formed into ribbons and the second matrix material is placed around and between the fiber ribbons that are impregnated with the first matrix material and both matrix materials are cured and solidified.

  15. An iterative parallel sparse matrix equation solver with application to finite element modeling of electromagnetic scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cwik, T.; Jamnejad, V.; Zuffada, C. [California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, CA (United States)

    1994-12-31

    The usefulness of finite element modeling follows from the ability to accurately simulate the geometry and three-dimensional fields on the scale of a fraction of a wavelength. To make this modeling practical for engineering design, it is necessary to integrate the stages of geometry modeling and mesh generation, numerical solution of the fields-a stage heavily dependent on the efficient use of a sparse matrix equation solver, and display of field information. The stages of geometry modeling, mesh generation, and field display are commonly completed using commercially available software packages. Algorithms for the numerical solution of the fields need to be written for the specific class of problems considered. Interior problems, i.e. simulating fields in waveguides and cavities, have been successfully solved using finite element methods. Exterior problems, i.e. simulating fields scattered or radiated from structures, are more difficult to model because of the need to numerically truncate the finite element mesh. To practically compute a solution to exterior problems, the domain must be truncated at some finite surface where the Sommerfeld radiation condition is enforced, either approximately or exactly. Approximate methods attempt to truncate the mesh using only local field information at each grid point, whereas exact methods are global, needing information from the entire mesh boundary. In this work, a method that couples three-dimensional finite element (FE) solutions interior to the bounding surface, with an efficient integral equation (IE) solution that exactly enforces the Sommerfeld radiation condition is developed. The bounding surface is taken to be a surface of revolution (SOR) to greatly reduce computational expense in the IE portion of the modeling.

  16. The Riccati transfer matrix method. [for computerized structural analysis

    Science.gov (United States)

    Horner, G. C.; Pilkey, W. D.

    1977-01-01

    The Riccati transfer matrix method is a new technique for analyzing structural members. This new technique makes use of an existing large catalog of transfer matrices for various structural members such as rotating shafts. The numerical instability encountered when calculating high resonant frequencies, static response of a flexible member on a stiff foundation, or the response of a long member by the transfer matrix method is eliminated by the Riccati transfer matrix method. The computational time and storage requirements of the Riccati transfer matrix method are about half the values for the transfer matrix method. A rotating shaft analysis demonstrates the numerical accuracy of the method.

  17. Non-normal Lanczos methods for quantum scattering.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Khorasani, Reza Rajaie; Dumont, Randall S

    2008-07-21

    This article presents a new complex absorbing potential (CAP) block Lanczos method for computing scattering eigenfunctions and reaction probabilities. The method reduces the problem of computing energy eigenfunctions to solving two energy dependent systems of equations. An energy independent block Lanczos factorization casts the system into a block tridiagonal form, which can be solved very efficiently for all energies. We show that CAP-Lanczos methods exhibit instability due to the non-normality of CAP Hamiltonians and may break down for some systems. The instability is not due to loss of orthogonality but to non-normality of the Hamiltonian matrix. While use of a Woods-Saxon exponential CAP-as opposed to a polynomial CAP-reduced non-normality, it did not always ensure convergence. Our results indicate that the Arnoldi algorithm is more robust for non-normal systems and less prone to break down. An Arnoldi version of our method is applied to a nonadiabatic tunneling Hamiltonian with excellent results, while the Lanczos algorithm breaks down for this system.

  18. Non-negative Matrix Factorization for Self-calibration of Photometric Redshift Scatter in Weak-lensing Surveys

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Le; Yu, Yu; Zhang, Pengjie

    2017-10-01

    Photo-z error is one of the major sources of systematics degrading the accuracy of weak-lensing cosmological inferences. Zhang et al. proposed a self-calibration method combining galaxy-galaxy correlations and galaxy-shear correlations between different photo-z bins. Fisher matrix analysis shows that it can determine the rate of photo-z outliers at a level of 0.01%-1% merely using photometric data and do not rely on any prior knowledge. In this paper, we develop a new algorithm to implement this method by solving a constrained nonlinear optimization problem arising in the self-calibration process. Based on the techniques of fixed-point iteration and non-negative matrix factorization, the proposed algorithm can efficiently and robustly reconstruct the scattering probabilities between the true-z and photo-z bins. The algorithm has been tested extensively by applying it to mock data from simulated stage IV weak-lensing projects. We find that the algorithm provides a successful recovery of the scatter rates at the level of 0.01%-1%, and the true mean redshifts of photo-z bins at the level of 0.001, which may satisfy the requirements in future lensing surveys.

  19. Inverse scattering theory: Inverse scattering series method for one dimensional non-compact support potential

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yao, Jie, E-mail: yjie2@uh.edu [Department of Mechanical Engineering, University of Houston, Houston, Texas 77204 (United States); Lesage, Anne-Cécile; Hussain, Fazle [Department of Mechanical Engineering, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas 79409 (United States); Bodmann, Bernhard G. [Department of Mathematics, University of Houston, Houston, Texas 77204 (United States); Kouri, Donald J. [Department of Physics, University of Houston, Houston, Texas 77204 (United States)

    2014-12-15

    The reversion of the Born-Neumann series of the Lippmann-Schwinger equation is one of the standard ways to solve the inverse acoustic scattering problem. One limitation of the current inversion methods based on the reversion of the Born-Neumann series is that the velocity potential should have compact support. However, this assumption cannot be satisfied in certain cases, especially in seismic inversion. Based on the idea of distorted wave scattering, we explore an inverse scattering method for velocity potentials without compact support. The strategy is to decompose the actual medium as a known single interface reference medium, which has the same asymptotic form as the actual medium and a perturbative scattering potential with compact support. After introducing the method to calculate the Green’s function for the known reference potential, the inverse scattering series and Volterra inverse scattering series are derived for the perturbative potential. Analytical and numerical examples demonstrate the feasibility and effectiveness of this method. Besides, to ensure stability of the numerical computation, the Lanczos averaging method is employed as a filter to reduce the Gibbs oscillations for the truncated discrete inverse Fourier transform of each order. Our method provides a rigorous mathematical framework for inverse acoustic scattering with a non-compact support velocity potential.

  20. Novel Modulation Method for Multidirectional Matrix Converter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Saman Toosi

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This study presents a new modulation method for multidirectional matrix converter (MDMC, based on the direct duty ratio pulse width modulation (DDPWM. In this study, a new structure of MDMC has been proposed to control the power flow direction through the stand-alone battery based system and hybrid vehicle. The modulation method acts based on the average voltage over one switching period concept. Therefore, in order to determine the duty ratio for each switch, the instantaneous input voltages are captured and compared with triangular waveform continuously. By selecting the proper switching pattern and changing the slope of the carriers, the sinusoidal input current can be synthesized with high power factor and desired output voltage. The proposed system increases the discharging time of the battery by injecting the power to the system from the generator and battery at the same time. Thus, it makes the battery life longer and saves more energy. This paper also derived necessary equation for proposed modulation method as well as detail of analysis and modulation algorithm. The theoretical and modulation concepts presented have been verified in MATLAB simulation.

  1. Novel modulation method for multidirectional matrix converter.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Toosi, Saman; Misron, Norhisam; Hanamoto, Tsuyoshi; Bin Aris, Ishak; Radzi, Mohd Amran Mohd; Yamada, Hiroaki

    2014-01-01

    This study presents a new modulation method for multidirectional matrix converter (MDMC), based on the direct duty ratio pulse width modulation (DDPWM). In this study, a new structure of MDMC has been proposed to control the power flow direction through the stand-alone battery based system and hybrid vehicle. The modulation method acts based on the average voltage over one switching period concept. Therefore, in order to determine the duty ratio for each switch, the instantaneous input voltages are captured and compared with triangular waveform continuously. By selecting the proper switching pattern and changing the slope of the carriers, the sinusoidal input current can be synthesized with high power factor and desired output voltage. The proposed system increases the discharging time of the battery by injecting the power to the system from the generator and battery at the same time. Thus, it makes the battery life longer and saves more energy. This paper also derived necessary equation for proposed modulation method as well as detail of analysis and modulation algorithm. The theoretical and modulation concepts presented have been verified in MATLAB simulation.

  2. The Matrix Element Method and Vector-Like Quark Searches

    CERN Document Server

    Morrison, Benjamin

    2016-01-01

    In my time at the CERN summer student program, I worked on applying the matrix element method to vector-like quark identification. I worked in the ATLAS University of Geneva group under Dr. Olaf Nackenhorst. I developed automated plotting tools with ROOT, a script for implementing and optimizing generated matrix element calculation code, and kinematic transforms for the matrix element method.

  3. A random matrix approach to detect defects in a strongly scattering polycrystal: How the memory effect can help overcome multiple scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shahjahan, S.; Aubry, A.; Rupin, F.; Chassignole, B.; Derode, A.

    2014-06-01

    We report on ultrasonic imaging in a random heterogeneous medium. The goal is to detect flaws embedded deeply into a polycrystalline material. A 64-element array of piezoelectric transmitters/receivers at a central frequency of 5 MHz is used to capture the Green's matrix in a backscattering configuration. Because of multiple scattering, conventional imaging completely fails to detect the deepest flaws. We utilize a random matrix approach, taking advantage of the deterministic coherence of the backscattered wave-field which is characteristic of single scattering and related to the memory effect. This allows us to separate single and multiple scattering contributions. As a consequence, we show that flaws are detected beyond the conventional limit, as if multiple scattering had been overcome.

  4. SKIN RESEARCH BY SCATTERING ELLIPSOMETRY METHOD A.B.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Anastasiya B. Bulykina

    2017-09-01

    Full Text Available Application possibility of quantitative ellipsometry method for studies of optical anisotropy and structural heterogeneity of the skin in vivo is shown. To describe the polarization properties of the depolarizing optically-active biotissue medium, the Mueller matrix algebra is used. Based on comparative analysis of the technical options and their application in experiments with biotissue, a setup for recording of the polarization state of the backscattered radiation was developed. It is proposed tо use the emitting channel of the LEF-3 ellipsometer in the optical scheme of the stand to have a uniform intensity distribution along the cross section of the input radiation beam, and also to form the polarization states necessary for the study. Radiation source wavelength selection in the spectral range (He-Ne laser, 632 nm is justified, when scattering of radiation in turbid biological media predominates over absorption that makes it possible to estimate the structural parameters of the sample by the change of the output radiation polarization state. The receiving channel of the output polarization state analyzer was developed; it contains a video information block based on a color matrix sensor with a unified analysis field providing the possibility of further multispectral studying of the skin surface structure. The method of ellipsometric examination of the skin is proposed based on the distribution visualization of the polarization state parameters along the cross section of the output radiation beam and on its following analysis. An algorithm and software are developed with a Python language for image processing and calculation of the polarization characteristics of the sample. The distributions of the polarization

  5. A direct sampling method for inverse electromagnetic medium scattering

    KAUST Repository

    Ito, Kazufumi

    2013-09-01

    In this paper, we study the inverse electromagnetic medium scattering problem of estimating the support and shape of medium scatterers from scattered electric/magnetic near-field data. We shall develop a novel direct sampling method based on an analysis of electromagnetic scattering and the behavior of the fundamental solution. It is applicable to a few incident fields and needs only to compute inner products of the measured scattered field with the fundamental solutions located at sampling points. Hence, it is strictly direct, computationally very efficient and highly robust to the presence of data noise. Two- and three-dimensional numerical experiments indicate that it can provide reliable support estimates for multiple scatterers in the case of both exact and highly noisy data. © 2013 IOP Publishing Ltd.

  6. Matrix Recipes for Hard Thresholding Methods

    CERN Document Server

    Kyrillidis, Anastasios

    2012-01-01

    Given a set of possibly corrupted and incomplete linear measurements, we leverage low-dimensional models to best explain the data for provable solution quality in inversion. A non-exhaustive list of examples includes sparse vector and low-rank matrix approximation. Most of the well-known low dimensional models are inherently non-convex. However, recent approaches prefer convex surrogates that "relax" the problem in order to establish solution uniqueness and stability. In this paper, we tackle the linear inverse problems revolving around low-rank matrices by preserving their non-convex structure. To this end, we present and analyze a new set of sparse and low-rank recovery algorithms within the class of hard thresholding methods. We provide strategies on how to set up these algorithms via basic "ingredients" for different configurations to achieve complexity vs. accuracy tradeoffs. Moreover, we propose acceleration schemes by utilizing memory-based techniques and randomized, $\\epsilon$-approximate, low-rank pr...

  7. Method of forming a ceramic matrix composite and a ceramic matrix component

    Science.gov (United States)

    de Diego, Peter; Zhang, James

    2017-05-30

    A method of forming a ceramic matrix composite component includes providing a formed ceramic member having a cavity, filling at least a portion of the cavity with a ceramic foam. The ceramic foam is deposited on a barrier layer covering at least one internal passage of the cavity. The method includes processing the formed ceramic member and ceramic foam to obtain a ceramic matrix composite component. Also provided is a method of forming a ceramic matrix composite blade and a ceramic matrix composite component.

  8. Electron-molecule collision calculations using the R-matrix method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tennyson, Jonathan, E-mail: j.tennyson@ucl.ac.u [Department of Physics and Astronomy, University College London, Gower Street, London WC1E 6BT (United Kingdom)

    2010-06-15

    The R-matrix method is an embedding procedure which is based on the division of space into an inner region where the physics is complicated and an outer region for which greatly simplified equations can be solved. The method developed out of nuclear physics, where the effects of the inner region were simply parametrized, into atomic and molecular physics, where the full problem can be formulated and hopefully solved ab initio. In atomic physics R-matrix based procedures are the method of choice for the ab initio calculation of electron collision parameters. There has been a number of R-matrix procedures developed to treat the low-energy electron-molecule collision problem or particular aspects of this problem. These methods have been extended to both positron physics and the R-matrix treatment of vibrational motion. The physical basis of the R-matrix method as well as its theoretical formulation are presented. Various electron scattering models within an R-matrix formulation including static exchange, static exchange plus polarization and close coupling are described with reference to various computational implementations of the method; these are compared to similar models used within other scattering methods. The need for a balanced treatment of the target and continuum wave functions is emphasised. Extensions of close-coupling based models into the intermediate energy regime using pseudo-states is discussed, as is the adaptation of R-matrix methods to problems involving photons. The numerical realisation of the R-matrix method is based on the adaptation of quantum chemistry codes in the inner region and asymptotic electron-atom scattering programs in the outer region. Use of bound state codes in scattering calculations raises issues involving continuum basis sets, appropriate orbitals, integral evaluation, orthogonalization, Hamiltonian construction and diagonalization which need to be addressed. The algorithms developed to resolve these issues are described as

  9. A two-stage method for inverse medium scattering

    KAUST Repository

    Ito, Kazufumi

    2013-03-01

    We present a novel numerical method to the time-harmonic inverse medium scattering problem of recovering the refractive index from noisy near-field scattered data. The approach consists of two stages, one pruning step of detecting the scatterer support, and one resolution enhancing step with nonsmooth mixed regularization. The first step is strictly direct and of sampling type, and it faithfully detects the scatterer support. The second step is an innovative application of nonsmooth mixed regularization, and it accurately resolves the scatterer size as well as intensities. The nonsmooth model can be efficiently solved by a semi-smooth Newton-type method. Numerical results for two- and three-dimensional examples indicate that the new approach is accurate, computationally efficient, and robust with respect to data noise. © 2012 Elsevier Inc.

  10. Reduced scattering-matrix algorithm for high-density plasmonic structures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bouchon, Patrick; Pardo, Fabrice; Haïdar, Riad; Vincent, Grégory; Pelouard, Jean-Luc

    2010-10-01

    We describe a method to compute S-matrix interface terms using a selection of eigenmodes. When solving the modal equation, the computation of left and right eigenvectors leads to rectangular eigenmodes matrices. Expressions of S-matrix interface terms are then expressed so as to allow for a significant reduction of the computation cost. The reduction is even further decreased in the case of the B-spline modal method, which deals with sparse matrices. Its convergence is illustrated on a high-density plasmonic structure and compared to a full modal method.

  11. Peter Waterman and T-Matrix Methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mishchenko, M. I.; Martin, P.A.

    2013-01-01

    This paper summarizes the scientific legacy of Peter C. Waterman (1928-2012) who introduced concepts and theoretical techniques that have had a major impact on the fields of scattering by particles and particle groups, optical particletcharacterization, radiative transfer, and remote sensing. A biographical sketch is also included.

  12. A direct sampling method to an inverse medium scattering problem

    KAUST Repository

    Ito, Kazufumi

    2012-01-10

    In this work we present a novel sampling method for time harmonic inverse medium scattering problems. It provides a simple tool to directly estimate the shape of the unknown scatterers (inhomogeneous media), and it is applicable even when the measured data are only available for one or two incident directions. A mathematical derivation is provided for its validation. Two- and three-dimensional numerical simulations are presented, which show that the method is accurate even with a few sets of scattered field data, computationally efficient, and very robust with respect to noises in the data. © 2012 IOP Publishing Ltd.

  13. Systems and methods for deactivating a matrix converter

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ransom, Ray M.

    2013-04-02

    Systems and methods are provided for deactivating a matrix conversion module. An electrical system comprises an alternating current (AC) interface, a matrix conversion module coupled to the AC interface, an inductive element coupled between the AC interface and the matrix conversion module, and a control module. The control module is coupled to the matrix conversion module, and in response to a shutdown condition, the control module is configured to operate the matrix conversion module to deactivate the first conversion module when a magnitude of a current through the inductive element is less than a threshold value.

  14. Adiabatic projection method for scattering and reactions on the lattice

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pine, Michelle; Lee, Dean [North Carolina State University, Department of Physics, Raleigh, NC (United States); Rupak, Gautam [Mississippi State University, Department of Physics and Astronomy and HPC2 Center for Computational Sciences, Mississippi State, MS (United States)

    2013-12-15

    We demonstrate and test the adiabatic projection method, a general new framework for calculating scattering and reactions on the lattice. The method is based upon calculating a low-energy effective theory for clusters which becomes exact in the limit of large Euclidean projection time. As a detailed example we calculate the adiabatic two-body Hamiltonian for elastic fermion-dimer scattering in lattice effective field theory. Our calculation corresponds to neutron-deuteron scattering in the spin-quartet channel at leading order in pionless effective field theory. We show that the spectrum of the adiabatic Hamiltonian reproduces the spectrum of the original Hamiltonian below the inelastic threshold to arbitrary accuracy. We also show that the calculated s -wave phase shift reproduces the known exact result in the continuum and infinite-volume limits. When extended to more than one scattering channel, the adiabatic projection method can be used to calculate inelastic reactions on the lattice in future work. (orig.)

  15. Closed form S matrix in terms of matter distributions and nucleon-nucleon interaction for heavy ion scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gambhir, Y.K.; Shastry, C.S.

    1984-10-01

    We derive an approximate analytical expression for the S matrix in terms of the parameters of the nuclear matter distributions and nucleon-nucleon interaction in the framework of folding model for heavy ion scattering. The numerical calculations carried out for /sup 18/O+ /sup 58/Ni scattering (E/sub lab/ = 60 MeV), a test case, agree well with the corresponding results of the phenomenological optical model.

  16. Method of making molten carbonate fuel cell ceramic matrix tape

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maricle, Donald L.; Putnam, Gary C.; Stewart, Jr., Robert C.

    1984-10-23

    A method of making a thin, flexible, pliable matrix material for a molten carbonate fuel cell is described. The method comprises admixing particles inert in the molten carbonate environment with an organic polymer binder and ceramic particle. The composition is applied to a mold surface and dried, and the formed compliant matrix material removed.

  17. An improved 4-step commutation method application for matrix converter

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Guo, Yu; Guo, Yougui; Deng, Wenlang

    2014-01-01

    A novel four-step commutation method is proposed for matrix converter cell, 3 phase inputs to 1 phase output in this paper, which is obtained on the analysis of published commutation methods for matrix converter. The first and fourth step can be shorter than the second or third one. The discussed...

  18. A T Matrix Method Based upon Scalar Basis Functions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mackowski, D.W.; Kahnert, F. M.; Mishchenko, Michael I.

    2013-01-01

    A surface integral formulation is developed for the T matrix of a homogenous and isotropic particle of arbitrary shape, which employs scalar basis functions represented by the translation matrix elements of the vector spherical wave functions. The formulation begins with the volume integral equation for scattering by the particle, which is transformed so that the vector and dyadic components in the equation are replaced with associated dipole and multipole level scalar harmonic wave functions. The approach leads to a volume integral formulation for the T matrix, which can be extended, by use of Green's identities, to the surface integral formulation. The result is shown to be equivalent to the traditional surface integral formulas based on the VSWF basis.

  19. On the Riccati transfer matrix method for repetitive structures

    OpenAIRE

    Stephen, N.G.

    2010-01-01

    The Riccati transfer matrix method is employed in the elastostatic analysis of a repetitive structure subject to various loadings; the eigenvalues of particular terms featuring in the recursive relationships show why the method is numerically stable

  20. Methods of Information Processing for Neutron Scattering Data

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nave, Patrick; Jiao, Lin; Mourigal, Martin; Stone, Matthew

    Inferring complex dispersion relations from resolution-limited neutron scattering measurements is a task which has been approached from a variety of perspectives from Monte Carlo (MC) scattering simulations to resolution function methods which convolve an approximate resolution function with a theoretical model dispersion. However, detailed MC simulations require a highly-accurate framework such as MCViNE, which is not available for all neutron scattering facilities and is also time consuming, while resolution function methods are faster yet more dependent on accurate analytical models of the instrument to construct a valid approximation. Our research investigates two methods for analyzing neutron scattering data in a more general context. The first is a numerical covariance method designed to be fast while retaining high enough accuracy to be useful and enough generality to be applicable to any time-of-flight direct geometry neutron spectrometer. The second is a theoretical method based in topological data analysis concepts. In particular, we explore the computation of invariant topological features which may be useful in algorithmically learning from large databases of scattering data and identifying resolution correlations across sets of instrument parameters.

  1. Quantum non-Abelian hydrodynamics: Anyonic or spin-orbital entangled liquids, nonunitarity of scattering matrix and charge fractionalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pareek, Tribhuvan Prasad

    2015-09-01

    In this article, we develop an exact (nonadiabatic, nonperturbative) density matrix scattering theory for a two component quantum liquid which interacts or scatters off from a generic spin-dependent quantum potential. The generic spin dependent quantum potential [Eq. (1)] is a matrix potential, hence, adiabaticity criterion is ill-defined. Therefore the full matrix potential should be treated nonadiabatically. We succeed in doing so using the notion of vectorial matrices which allows us to obtain an exact analytical expression for the scattered density matrix (SDM), ϱsc [Eq. (30)]. We find that the number or charge density in scattered fluid, Tr(ϱsc), expressions in Eqs. (32) depends on nontrivial quantum interference coefficients, Qα β 0ijk, which arises due to quantum interference between spin-independent and spin-dependent scattering amplitudes and among spin-dependent scattering amplitudes. Further it is shown that Tr(ϱsc) can be expressed in a compact form [Eq. (39)] where the effect of quantum interference coefficients can be included using a vector Qαβ, which allows us to define a vector order parameterQ. Since the number density is obtained using an exact scattered density matrix, therefore, we do not need to prove that Q is non-zero. However, for sake of completeness, we make detailed mathematical analysis for the conditions under which the vector order parameterQ would be zero or nonzero. We find that in presence of spin-dependent interaction the vector order parameterQ is necessarily nonzero and is related to the commutator and anti-commutator of scattering matrix S with its dagger S† [Eq. (78)]. It is further shown that Q≠0, implies four physically equivalent conditions,i.e., spin-orbital entanglement is nonzero, non-Abelian scattering phase, i.e., matrices, scattering matrix is nonunitary and the broken time reversal symmetry for SDM. This also implies that quasi particle excitation are anyonic in nature, hence, charge fractionalization is a

  2. Wave Scattering in Heterogeneous Media using the Finite Element Method

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-10-21

    AFRL-AFOSR-JP-TR-2016-0086 Wave Scattering in Heterogeneous Media using the Finite Element Method Chiruvai Vendhan INDIAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY...Scattering in Heterogeneous Media using the Finite Element Method 5a.  CONTRACT NUMBER 5b.  GRANT NUMBER FA2386-12-1-4026 5c.  PROGRAM ELEMENT NUMBER 61102F 6...heterogeneous ocean acoustic waveguide. 15.  SUBJECT TERMS Acoustics, Finite Element Methods , Wave propagation 16.  SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: 17

  3. Comparative Study of Inference Methods for Bayesian Nonnegative Matrix Factorisation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Brouwer, Thomas; Frellsen, Jes; Liò, Pietro

    2017-01-01

    In this paper, we study the trade-offs of different inference approaches for Bayesian matrix factorisation methods, which are commonly used for predicting missing values, and for finding patterns in the data. In particular, we consider Bayesian nonnegative variants of matrix factorisation and tri...

  4. A Matrix Splitting Method for Composite Function Minimization

    KAUST Repository

    Yuan, Ganzhao

    2016-12-07

    Composite function minimization captures a wide spectrum of applications in both computer vision and machine learning. It includes bound constrained optimization and cardinality regularized optimization as special cases. This paper proposes and analyzes a new Matrix Splitting Method (MSM) for minimizing composite functions. It can be viewed as a generalization of the classical Gauss-Seidel method and the Successive Over-Relaxation method for solving linear systems in the literature. Incorporating a new Gaussian elimination procedure, the matrix splitting method achieves state-of-the-art performance. For convex problems, we establish the global convergence, convergence rate, and iteration complexity of MSM, while for non-convex problems, we prove its global convergence. Finally, we validate the performance of our matrix splitting method on two particular applications: nonnegative matrix factorization and cardinality regularized sparse coding. Extensive experiments show that our method outperforms existing composite function minimization techniques in term of both efficiency and efficacy.

  5. Coherent methods in X-ray scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gorobtsov, Oleg

    2017-05-15

    X-ray radiation has been used to study structural properties of materials for more than a hundred years. Construction of extremely coherent and bright X-ray radiation sources such as free electron lasers (FELs) and latest generationstorage rings led to rapid development of experimental methods relying on high radiation coherence. These methods allow to perform revolutionary studies in a wide range of fields from solid state physics to biology. In this thesis I focus on several important problems connected with the coherent methods. The first part considers applications of dynamical diffraction theory on crystals to studies with coherent X-ray radiation. It presents the design of a high-resolution spectrometer for free electron lasers that should allow to resolve spectral structure of individual FEL pulses. The spectrometer is based on the principle of dynamical diffraction focusing. The knowledge of individual FEL pulse spectra is necessary for understanding FEL longitudinal coherence. In the same part I present quasi-kinematical approximation to dynamical theory which allows to treat analytically phase effects observed in X-ray coherent imaging on nanocrystals. These effects may play a big role when methods such as ptychography are used to study crystalline samples. The second part deals with measurements of FEL coherence properties using intensity - intensity interferometry. Results of several experiments performed at FELs FLASH and LCLS are revealed in this section. I have developed models and theories to explain the behavior observed in experiments on FLASH. These models allowed to extract information about external positional jitter of FEL pulses and secondary beams present in FEL radiation. In the LCLS experiment the Hanbury Brown and Twiss type interferometry was performed on Bragg peaks from colloidal crystal. This did not require additional measurements without the sample and information was extracted directly from diffraction patterns. Therefore intensity

  6. Phase-function method for Coulomb-distorted nuclear scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sett, G.C.; Laha, U.; Talukdar, B.

    1988-09-21

    The phase-function method is very effective in treating quantum mechanical scattering problems for short-range local potentials. We adapt the phase method to deal with Coulomb plus Graz non-local separable potentials and derive a closed-form expression for the scattering phase shift. Our approach to the problem circumvents in a rather natural way the typical difficulties of incorporating the Coulomb interaction in a nuclear phase-shift calculation. We demonstrate the usefulness of our constructed expression by means of a model calculation.

  7. Resonance Elastic Scattering and Interference Effects Treatments in Subgroup Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yunzhao Li

    2016-04-01

    Full Text Available Based on the resonance integral (RI tables produced by the NJOY program, the conventional subgroup method usually ignores both the resonance elastic scattering and the resonance interference effects. In this paper, on one hand, to correct the resonance elastic scattering effect, RI tables are regenerated by using the Monte Carlo code, OpenMC, which employs the Doppler broadening rejection correction method for the resonance elastic scattering. On the other hand, a fast resonance interference factor method is proposed to efficiently handle the resonance interference effect. Encouraging conclusions have been indicated by the numerical results. (1 For a hot full power pressurized water reactor fuel pin-cell, an error of about +200 percent mille could be introduced by neglecting the resonance elastic scattering effect. By contrast, the approach employed in this paper can eliminate the error. (2 The fast resonance interference factor method possesses higher precision and higher efficiency than the conventional Bondarenko iteration method. Correspondingly, if the fast resonance interference factor method proposed in this paper is employed, the kinf can be improved by ∼100 percent mille with a speedup of about 4.56.

  8. Variational methods in electron-atom scattering theory

    CERN Document Server

    Nesbet, Robert K

    1980-01-01

    The investigation of scattering phenomena is a major theme of modern physics. A scattered particle provides a dynamical probe of the target system. The practical problem of interest here is the scattering of a low­ energy electron by an N-electron atom. It has been difficult in this area of study to achieve theoretical results that are even qualitatively correct, yet quantitative accuracy is often needed as an adjunct to experiment. The present book describes a quantitative theoretical method, or class of methods, that has been applied effectively to this problem. Quantum mechanical theory relevant to the scattering of an electron by an N-electron atom, which may gain or lose energy in the process, is summarized in Chapter 1. The variational theory itself is presented in Chapter 2, both as currently used and in forms that may facilitate future applications. The theory of multichannel resonance and threshold effects, which provide a rich structure to observed electron-atom scattering data, is presented in Cha...

  9. A nonlinearity compensation method for a matrix converter drive

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lee, Kyo-Beum; Blaabjerg, Frede

    2005-01-01

    This paper presents a new method to compensate the nonlinearities for matrix converter drives. The nonlinearities of matrix converter drives such as commutation delay, turn-on and turn-off time of the switching devices, and on-state switching device voltage drop is corrected by a new matrix...... using a 3-kW matrix converter system without a speed sensor. Experimental results show the proposed method provides good compensating characteristics....... converter model using the direction of current. The proposed method does not need any additional hardware or complicated software and it is easy to realize by applying the algorithm to the conventional vector control. The proposed compensation method is applied for high-performance induction motor drives...

  10. An iterative method to invert the LTSn matrix

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cardona, A.V.; Vilhena, M.T. de [UFRGS, Porto Alegre (Brazil)

    1996-12-31

    Recently Vilhena and Barichello proposed the LTSn method to solve, analytically, the Discrete Ordinates Problem (Sn problem) in transport theory. The main feature of this method consist in the application of the Laplace transform to the set of Sn equations and solve the resulting algebraic system for the transport flux. Barichello solve the linear system containing the parameter s applying the definition of matrix invertion exploiting the structure of the LTSn matrix. In this work, it is proposed a new scheme to invert the LTSn matrix, decomposing it in blocks and recursively inverting this blocks.

  11. Invariant Imbedded T-Matrix Method for Axial Symmetric Hydrometeors with Extreme Aspect Ratios

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pelissier, Craig; Kuo, Kwo-Sen; Clune, Thomas; Adams, Ian; Munchak, Stephen

    2017-01-01

    The single-scattering properties (SSPs) of hydrometeors are the fundamental quantities for physics-based precipitation retrievals. Thus, efficient computation of their electromagnetic scattering is of great value. Whereas the semi-analytical T-Matrix methods are likely the most efficient for nonspherical hydrometeors with axial symmetry, they are not suitable for arbitrarily shaped hydrometeors absent of any significant symmetry, for which volume integral methods such as those based on Discrete Dipole Approximation (DDA) are required. Currently the two leading T-matrix methods are the Extended Boundary Condition Method (EBCM) and the Invariant Imbedding T-matrix Method incorporating Lorentz-Mie Separation of Variables (IITM+SOV). EBCM is known to outperform IITM+SOV for hydrometeors with modest aspect ratios. However, in cases when aspect ratios become extreme, such as needle-like particles with large height to diameter values, EBCM fails to converge. Such hydrometeors with extreme aspect ratios are known to be present in solid precipitation and their SSPs are required to model the radiative responses accurately. In these cases, IITM+SOV is shown to converge. An efficient, parallelized C++ implementation for both EBCM and IITM+SOV has been developed to conduct a performance comparison between EBCM, IITM+SOV, and DDSCAT (a popular implementation of DDA). We present the comparison results and discuss details. Our intent is to release the combined ECBM IITM+SOV software to the community under an open source license.

  12. S-matrix decomposition, natural reaction channels, and the quantum transition state approach to reactive scattering.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Manthe, Uwe; Ellerbrock, Roman

    2016-05-28

    A new approach for the quantum-state resolved analysis of polyatomic reactions is introduced. Based on the singular value decomposition of the S-matrix, energy-dependent natural reaction channels and natural reaction probabilities are defined. It is shown that the natural reaction probabilities are equal to the eigenvalues of the reaction probability operator [U. Manthe and W. H. Miller, J. Chem. Phys. 99, 3411 (1993)]. Consequently, the natural reaction channels can be interpreted as uniquely defined pathways through the transition state of the reaction. The analysis can efficiently be combined with reactive scattering calculations based on the propagation of thermal flux eigenstates. In contrast to a decomposition based straightforwardly on thermal flux eigenstates, it does not depend on the choice of the dividing surface separating reactants from products. The new approach is illustrated studying a prototypical example, the H + CH4 → H2 + CH3 reaction. The natural reaction probabilities and the contributions of the different vibrational states of the methyl product to the natural reaction channels are calculated and discussed. The relation between the thermal flux eigenstates and the natural reaction channels is studied in detail.

  13. Benchmarking the inelastic neutron scattering soil carbon method

    Science.gov (United States)

    The herein described inelastic neutron scattering (INS) method of measuring soil carbon was based on a new procedure for extracting the net carbon signal (NCS) from the measured gamma spectra and determination of the average carbon weight percent (AvgCw%) in the upper soil layer (~8 cm). The NCS ext...

  14. Method to measure soil matrix infiltration in forest soil

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Jing; Lei, Tingwu; Qu, Liqin; Chen, Ping; Gao, Xiaofeng; Chen, Chao; Yuan, Lili; Zhang, Manliang; Su, Guangxu

    2017-09-01

    Infiltration of water into forest soil commonly involves infiltration through the matrix body and preferential passages. Determining the matrix infiltration process is important in partitioning water infiltrating into the soil through the soil body and macropores to evaluate the effects of soil and water conservation practices on hillslope hydrology and watershed sedimentation. A new method that employs a double-ring infiltrometer was applied in this study to determine the matrix infiltration process in forest soil. Field experiments were conducted in a forest field on the Loess Plateau at Tianshui Soil and Water Conservation Experimental Station. Nylon cloth was placed on the soil surface in the inner ring and between the inner and outer rings of infiltrometers. A thin layer of fine sands were placed onto the nylon cloth to shelter the macropores and ensure that water infiltrates the soil through the matrix only. Brilliant Blue tracers were applied to examine the exclusion of preferential flow occurrences in the measured soil body. The infiltration process was measured, computed, and recorded through procedures similar to those of conventional methods. Horizontal and vertical soil profiles were excavated to check the success of the experiment and ensure that preferential flow did not occur in the measured soil column and that infiltration was only through the soil matrix. The infiltration processes of the replicates of five plots were roughly the same, thereby indicating the feasibility of the methodology to measure soil matrix infiltration. The measured infiltration curves effectively explained the transient process of soil matrix infiltration. Philip and Kostiakov models fitted the measured data well, and all the coefficients of determination were greater than 0.9. The wetted soil bodies through excavations did not present evidence of preferential flow. Therefore, the proposed method can determine the infiltration process through the forest soil matrix. This

  15. A Least-Squares Finite Element Method for Electromagnetic Scattering Problems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Jie; Jiang, Bo-nan

    1996-01-01

    The least-squares finite element method (LSFEM) is applied to electromagnetic scattering and radar cross section (RCS) calculations. In contrast to most existing numerical approaches, in which divergence-free constraints are omitted, the LSFF-M directly incorporates two divergence equations in the discretization process. The importance of including the divergence equations is demonstrated by showing that otherwise spurious solutions with large divergence occur near the scatterers. The LSFEM is based on unstructured grids and possesses full flexibility in handling complex geometry and local refinement Moreover, the LSFEM does not require any special handling, such as upwinding, staggered grids, artificial dissipation, flux-differencing, etc. Implicit time discretization is used and the scheme is unconditionally stable. By using a matrix-free iterative method, the computational cost and memory requirement for the present scheme is competitive with other approaches. The accuracy of the LSFEM is verified by several benchmark test problems.

  16. Stokes-Mueller matrix polarimetry technique for circular dichroism/birefringence sensing with scattering effects.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Phan, Quoc-Hung; Lo, Yu-Lung

    2017-04-01

    A surface plasmon resonance (SPR)-enhanced method is proposed for measuring the circular dichroism (CD), circular birefringence (CB), and degree of polarization (DOP) of turbid media using a Stokes–Mueller matrix polarimetry technique. The validity of the analytical model is confirmed by means of numerical simulations. The simulation results show that the proposed detection method enables the CD and CB properties to be measured with a resolution of 10 ? 4 refractive index unit (RIU) and 10 ? 5 ?? RIU , respectively, for refractive indices in the range of 1.3 to 1.4. The practical feasibility of the proposed method is demonstrated by detecting the CB/CD/DOP properties of glucose–chlorophyllin compound samples containing polystyrene microspheres. It is shown that the extracted CB value decreases linearly with the glucose concentration, while the extracted CD value increases linearly with the chlorophyllin concentration. However, the DOP is insensitive to both the glucose concentration and the chlorophyllin concentration. Consequently, the potential of the proposed SPR-enhanced Stokes–Mueller matrix polarimetry method for high-resolution CB/CD/DOP detection is confirmed. Notably, in contrast to conventional SPR techniques designed to detect relative refractive index changes, the SPR technique proposed in the present study allows absolute measurements of the optical properties (CB/CD/DOP) to be obtained.

  17. Successive Over Relaxation Method Which Uses Matrix Norms for ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    An algorithm for S.O.R functional iteration which uses matrix norms for the Jacobi iteration matrices rather than the usual Power method, feasible in Newton Operator for the solution of nonlinear system of equations is proposed. We modified the S.O.R. iterative method known as Multiphase S.O.R. method for Newton ...

  18. Parallel decomposition methods for the solution of electromagnetic scattering problems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cwik, Tom

    1992-01-01

    This paper contains a overview of the methods used in decomposing solutions to scattering problems onto coarse-grained parallel processors. Initially, a short summary of relevant computer architecture is presented as background to the subsequent discussion. After the introduction of a programming model for problem decomposition, specific decompositions of finite difference time domain, finite element, and integral equation solutions to Maxwell's equations are presented. The paper concludes with an outline of possible software-assisted decomposition methods and a summary.

  19. The Matrix Element Method at Next-to-Leading Order

    OpenAIRE

    Campbell, John M.; Giele, Walter T.; Williams, Ciaran

    2012-01-01

    This paper presents an extension of the matrix element method to next-to-leading order in perturbation theory. To accomplish this we have developed a method to calculate next-to-leading order weights on an event-by-event basis. This allows for the definition of next-to-leading order likelihoods in exactly the same fashion as at leading order, thus extending the matrix element method to next-to-leading order. A welcome by-product of the method is the straightforward and efficient generation of...

  20. The matrix element method at next-to-leading order

    Science.gov (United States)

    Campbell, John M.; Giele, Walter T.; Williams, Ciaran

    2012-11-01

    This paper presents an extension of the matrix element method to next-to-leading order in perturbation theory, for electro-weak final states. To accomplish this we have developed a method to calculate next-to-leading order weights on an event-by-event basis. This allows for the definition of next-to-leading order likelihoods in exactly the same fashion as at leading order, thus extending the matrix element method to next-to-leading order. A welcome by-product of the method is the straightforward and efficient generation of unweighted next-to-leading order events. As examples of the application of our next-to-leading order matrix element method we consider the measurement of the mass of the Z boson and also the search for the Higgs boson in the four lepton channel.

  1. A study of stepped acoustic resonator with transfer matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Min, Qi; He, Wan-Quan; Wang, Quan-Biao; Tian, Jia-Jin; Zhang, Qing-You

    2014-07-01

    Transfer matrix method was applied in the study of stepped acoustic resonators. Transfer matrix method was more competent in comparison with analytic method to investigate the acoustic properties of stepped acoustic resonator, especially multi-step acoustic resonator. With the help of the numerical solution, the resonance frequencies, the phase angles and the radiation impedances of stepped acoustic resonators which consisted of one to five sub-tubes were studied theoretically and experimentally. The numerical solutions were in excellent agreement with the experimental results.

  2. Modelling of packet traffic with matrix analytic methods

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Andersen, Allan T.

    1995-01-01

    network services i.e. 800 and 900 calls and advanced mobile communication services. The Markovian Arrival Process (MAP) has been used as a versatile tool to model the packet arrival process. Applying the MAP facilitates the use of Matrix Analytic methods to obtain performance measures associated......-scales. In this study we show that 8-16 state MAPs are able to capture this very variable behaviour over several timescales. The queueing behaviour of these MAPs has been analyzed with Matrix Analytic methods. The results correspond to those obtained by trace driven simulations of measured LAN traffic. It is shown...... process. A heuristic formula for the tail behaviour of a single server queue fed by a superposition of renewal processes has been evaluated. The evaluation was performed by applying Matrix Analytic methods. The heuristic formula has applications in the Call Admission Control (CAC) procedure of the future...

  3. Transformation-optics simulation method for stimulated Brillouin scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zecca, Roberto; Bowen, Patrick T.; Smith, David R.; Larouche, Stéphane

    2016-12-01

    We develop an approach to enable the full-wave simulation of stimulated Brillouin scattering and related phenomena in a frequency-domain, finite-element environment. The method uses transformation-optics techniques to implement a time-harmonic coordinate transform that reconciles the different frames of reference used by electromagnetic and mechanical finite-element solvers. We show how this strategy can be successfully applied to bulk and guided systems, comparing the results with the predictions of established theory.

  4. Advanced methods for scattering amplitudes in gauge theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Peraro, Tiziano

    2014-09-24

    We present new techniques for the evaluation of multi-loop scattering amplitudes and their application to gauge theories, with relevance to the Standard Model phenomenology. We define a mathematical framework for the multi-loop integrand reduction of arbitrary diagrams, and elaborate algebraic approaches, such as the Laurent expansion method, implemented in the software Ninja, and the multivariate polynomial division technique by means of Groebner bases.

  5. Four-Component Scattering Power Decomposition Algorithm with Rotation of Covariance Matrix Using ALOS-PALSAR Polarimetric Data

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yasuhiro Nakamura

    2012-07-01

    Full Text Available The present study introduces the four-component scattering power decomposition (4-CSPD algorithm with rotation of covariance matrix, and presents an experimental proof of the equivalence between the 4-CSPD algorithms based on rotation of covariance matrix and coherency matrix. From a theoretical point of view, the 4-CSPD algorithms with rotation of the two matrices are identical. Although it seems obvious, no experimental evidence has yet been presented. In this paper, using polarimetric synthetic aperture radar (POLSAR data acquired by Phased Array L-band SAR (PALSAR on board of Advanced Land Observing Satellite (ALOS, an experimental proof is presented to show that both algorithms indeed produce identical results.

  6. Electromagnetic sunscreen model: implementation and comparison between several methods: step-film model, differential method, Mie scattering, and scattering by a set of parallel cylinders.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lécureux, Marie; Enoch, Stefan; Deumié, Carole; Tayeb, Gérard

    2014-10-01

    Sunscreens protect from UV radiation, a carcinogen also responsible for sunburns and age-associated dryness. In order to anticipate the transmission of light through UV protection containing scattering particles, we implement electromagnetic models, using numerical methods for solving Maxwell's equations. After having our models validated, we compare several calculation methods: differential method, scattering by a set of parallel cylinders, or Mie scattering. The field of application and benefits of each method are studied and examples using the appropriate method are described.

  7. Mesh-matrix analysis method for electromagnetic launchers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Elliott, David G.

    1989-01-01

    The mesh-matrix method is a procedure for calculating the current distribution in the conductors of electromagnetic launchers with coil or flat-plate geometry. Once the current distribution is known the launcher performance can be calculated. The method divides the conductors into parallel current paths, or meshes, and finds the current in each mesh by matrix inversion. The author presents procedures for writing equations for the current and voltage relations for a few meshes to serve as a pattern for writing the computer code. An available subroutine package provides routines for field and flux coefficients and equation solution.

  8. A finite element: Boundary integral method for electromagnetic scattering. Ph.D. Thesis Technical Report, Feb. - Sep. 1992

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, J. D.; Volakis, John L.

    1992-01-01

    A method that combines the finite element and boundary integral techniques for the numerical solution of electromagnetic scattering problems is presented. The finite element method is well known for requiring a low order storage and for its capability to model inhomogeneous structures. Of particular emphasis in this work is the reduction of the storage requirement by terminating the finite element mesh on a boundary in a fashion which renders the boundary integrals in convolutional form. The fast Fourier transform is then used to evaluate these integrals in a conjugate gradient solver, without a need to generate the actual matrix. This method has a marked advantage over traditional integral equation approaches with respect to the storage requirement of highly inhomogeneous structures. Rectangular, circular, and ogival mesh termination boundaries are examined for two-dimensional scattering. In the case of axially symmetric structures, the boundary integral matrix storage is reduced by exploiting matrix symmetries and solving the resulting system via the conjugate gradient method. In each case several results are presented for various scatterers aimed at validating the method and providing an assessment of its capabilities. Important in methods incorporating boundary integral equations is the issue of internal resonance. A method is implemented for their removal, and is shown to be effective in the two-dimensional and three-dimensional applications.

  9. A General Method of Empirical Q-matrix Validation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    de la Torre, Jimmy; Chiu, Chia-Yi

    2016-06-01

    In contrast to unidimensional item response models that postulate a single underlying proficiency, cognitive diagnosis models (CDMs) posit multiple, discrete skills or attributes, thus allowing CDMs to provide a finer-grained assessment of examinees' test performance. A common component of CDMs for specifying the attributes required for each item is the Q-matrix. Although construction of Q-matrix is typically performed by domain experts, it nonetheless, to a large extent, remains a subjective process, and misspecifications in the Q-matrix, if left unchecked, can have important practical implications. To address this concern, this paper proposes a discrimination index that can be used with a wide class of CDM subsumed by the generalized deterministic input, noisy "and" gate model to empirically validate the Q-matrix specifications by identifying and replacing misspecified entries in the Q-matrix. The rationale for using the index as the basis for a proposed validation method is provided in the form of mathematical proofs to several relevant lemmas and a theorem. The feasibility of the proposed method was examined using simulated data generated under various conditions. The proposed method is illustrated using fraction subtraction data.

  10. Analysis of Nonlinear Dynamics by Square Matrix Method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yu, Li Hua [Brookhaven National Lab. (BNL), Upton, NY (United States). Energy and Photon Sciences Directorate. National Synchrotron Light Source II

    2016-07-25

    The nonlinear dynamics of a system with periodic structure can be analyzed using a square matrix. In this paper, we show that because the special property of the square matrix constructed for nonlinear dynamics, we can reduce the dimension of the matrix from the original large number for high order calculation to low dimension in the first step of the analysis. Then a stable Jordan decomposition is obtained with much lower dimension. The transformation to Jordan form provides an excellent action-angle approximation to the solution of the nonlinear dynamics, in good agreement with trajectories and tune obtained from tracking. And more importantly, the deviation from constancy of the new action-angle variable provides a measure of the stability of the phase space trajectories and their tunes. Thus the square matrix provides a novel method to optimize the nonlinear dynamic system. The method is illustrated by many examples of comparison between theory and numerical simulation. Finally, in particular, we show that the square matrix method can be used for optimization to reduce the nonlinearity of a system.

  11. Mueller coherency matrix method for contrast image in tissue polarimetry

    Science.gov (United States)

    Arce-Diego, J. L.; Fanjul-Vélez, F.; Samperio-García, D.; Pereda-Cubián, D.

    2007-07-01

    In this work, we propose the use of the Mueller Coherency matrix of biological tissues in order to increase the information from tissue images and so their contrast. This method involves different Mueller Coherency matrix based parameters, like the eigenvalues analysis, the entropy factor calculation, polarization components crosstalks, linear and circular polarization degrees, hermiticity or the Quaternions analysis in case depolarisation properties of tissue are sufficiently low. All these parameters make information appear clearer and so increase image contrast, so pathologies like cancer could be detected in a sooner stage of development. The election will depend on the concrete pathological process under study. This Mueller Coherency matrix method can be applied to a single tissue point, or it can be combined with a tomographic technique, so as to obtain a 3D representation of polarization contrast parameters in pathological tissues. The application of this analysis to concrete diseases can lead to tissue burn depth estimation or cancer early detection.

  12. Development of new methods for studying nanostructures using neutron scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pynn, Roger [Indiana Univ., Bloomington, IN (United States)

    2016-03-18

    The goal of this project was to develop improved instrumentation for studying the microscopic structures of materials using neutron scattering. Neutron scattering has a number of advantages for studying material structure but suffers from the well-known disadvantage that neutrons’ ability to resolve structural details is usually limited by the strength of available neutron sources. We aimed to overcome this disadvantage using a new experimental technique, called Spin Echo Scattering Angle Encoding (SESAME) that makes use of the neutron’s magnetism. Our goal was to show that this innovation will allow the country to make better use of the significant investment it has recently made in a new neutron source at Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) and will lead to increases in scientific knowledge that contribute to the Nation’s technological infrastructure and ability to develop advanced materials and technologies. We were successful in demonstrating the technical effectiveness of the new method and established a baseline of knowledge that has allowed ORNL to start a project to implement the method on one of its neutron beam lines.

  13. Rainbows, supernumerary rainbows and interference effects in the angular scattering of chemical reactions: an investigation using Heisenberg's S matrix programme.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shan, Xiao; Xiahou, Chengkui; Connor, J N L

    2018-01-03

    In earlier research, we have demonstrated that broad "hidden" rainbows can occur in the product differential cross sections (DCSs) of state-to-state chemical reactions. Here we ask the question: can pronounced and localized rainbows, rather than broad hidden ones, occur in reactive DCSs? Further motivation comes from recent measurements by H. Pan and K. Liu, J. Phys. Chem. A, 2016, 120, 6712, of a "bulge" in a reactive DCS, which they conjecture is a rainbow. Our theoretical approach uses a "weak" version of Heisenberg's scattering matrix program (wHSMP) introduced by X. Shan and J. N. L. Connor, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., 2011, 13, 8392. This wHSMP uses four general physical principles for chemical reactions to suggest simple parameterized forms for the S matrix; it does not employ a potential energy surface. We use a parameterization in which the modulus of the S matrix is a smooth-step function of the total angular momentum quantum number, J, and (importantly) its phase is a cubic polynomial in J. We demonstrate for a Legendre partial wave series (PWS) the existence of pronounced rainbows, supernumerary rainbows, and other interference effects, in reactive DCSs. We find that reactive rainbows can be more complicated in their structure than the familiar rainbows of elastic scattering. We also analyse the angular scattering using Nearside-Farside (NF) PWS theory and NF PWS Local Angular Momentum (LAM) theory, including resummations of the PWS. In addition, we apply full and NF asymptotic (semiclassical) rainbow theories to the PWS - in particular, the uniform Airy and transitional Airy approximations for the farside scattering. This lets us prove that structure in the DCSs are indeed rainbows, supernumerary rainbows as well as other interference effects.

  14. Scattering of surface waves modelled by the integral equation method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lu, Laiyu; Maupin, Valerie; Zeng, Rongsheng; Ding, Zhifeng

    2008-09-01

    The integral equation method is used to model the propagation of surface waves in 3-D structures. The wavefield is represented by the Fredholm integral equation, and the scattered surface waves are calculated by solving the integral equation numerically. The integration of the Green's function elements is given analytically by treating the singularity of the Hankel function at R = 0, based on the proper expression of the Green's function and the addition theorem of the Hankel function. No far-field and Born approximation is made. We investigate the scattering of surface waves propagating in layered reference models imbedding a heterogeneity with different density, as well as Lamé constant contrasts, both in frequency and time domains, for incident plane waves and point sources.

  15. A Quantitative Vainberg Method for Black Box Scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Galkowski, Jeffrey

    2017-01-01

    We give a quantitative version of Vainberg's method relating pole free regions to propagation of singularities for black box scatterers. In particular, we show that there is a logarithmic resonance free region near the real axis of size {τ} with polynomial bounds on the resolvent if and only if the wave propagator gains derivatives at rate {τ}. Next we show that if there exist singularities in the wave trace at times tending to infinity which smooth at rate {τ}, then there are resonances in logarithmic strips whose width is given by {τ}. As our main application of these results, we give sharp bounds on the size of resonance free regions in scattering on geometrically nontrapping manifolds with conic points. Moreover, these bounds are generically optimal on exteriors of nontrapping polygonal domains.

  16. Generalized Jones matrix method for homogeneous biaxial samples.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ortega-Quijano, Noé; Fade, Julien; Alouini, Mehdi

    2015-08-10

    The generalized Jones matrix (GJM) is a recently introduced tool to describe linear transformations of three-dimensional light fields. Based on this framework, a specific method for obtaining the GJM of uniaxial anisotropic media was recently presented. However, the GJM of biaxial media had not been tackled so far, as the previous method made use of a simplified rotation matrix that lacks a degree of freedom in the three-dimensional rotation, thus being not suitable for calculating the GJM of biaxial media. In this work we propose a general method to derive the GJM of arbitrarily-oriented homogeneous biaxial media. It is based on the differential generalized Jones matrix (dGJM), which is the three-dimensional counterpart of the conventional differential Jones matrix. We show that the dGJM provides a simple and elegant way to describe uniaxial and biaxial media, with the capacity to model multiple simultaneous optical effects. The practical usefulness of this method is illustrated by the GJM modeling of the polarimetric properties of a negative uniaxial KDP crystal and a biaxial KTP crystal for any three-dimensional sample orientation. The results show that this method constitutes an advantageous and straightforward way to model biaxial media, which show a growing relevance for many interesting applications.

  17. Pre-form ceramic matrix composite cavity and method of forming and method of forming a ceramic matrix composite component

    Science.gov (United States)

    Monaghan, Philip Harold; Delvaux, John McConnell; Taxacher, Glenn Curtis

    2015-06-09

    A pre-form CMC cavity and method of forming pre-form CMC cavity for a ceramic matrix component includes providing a mandrel, applying a base ply to the mandrel, laying-up at least one CMC ply on the base ply, removing the mandrel, and densifying the base ply and the at least one CMC ply. The remaining densified base ply and at least one CMC ply form a ceramic matrix component having a desired geometry and a cavity formed therein. Also provided is a method of forming a CMC component.

  18. Induced Dimension Reduction Method for Solving Linear Matrix Equations

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Astudillo Rengifo, R.A.; van Gijzen, M.B.

    2016-01-01

    This paper discusses the solution of large-scale linear matrix equations using the Induced Dimension reduction method (IDR(s)). IDR(s) was originally presented to solve system of linear equations, and is based on the IDR(s) theorem. We generalize the IDR(s) theorem to solve linear problems in any

  19. Induced Dimension Reduction method for solving linear matrix equations

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Astudillo, R.; Van Gijzen, M.B.

    2015-01-01

    This paper discusses the solution of large-scale linear matrix equations using the Induced Dimension reduction method (IDR(s)). IDR(s) was originally presented to solve system of linear equations, and is based on the IDR(s) theorem. We generalize the IDR(s) theorem to solve linear problems in any

  20. Matrix factorization method for the Hamiltonian structure of ...

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    We demonstrate that the process of matrix factorization provides a systematic mathematical method to investigate the Hamiltonian structure of non-linear evolution equations characterized by hereditary operators with Nijenhuis property. Author Affiliations. S Ghosh1 B Talukdar1 S Chakraborti2. Department of Physics ...

  1. Haar Wavelet Operational Matrix Method for Fractional Oscillation Equations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Umer Saeed

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available We utilized the Haar wavelet operational matrix method for fractional order nonlinear oscillation equations and find the solutions of fractional order force-free and forced Duffing-Van der Pol oscillator and higher order fractional Duffing equation on large intervals. The results are compared with the results obtained by the other technique and with exact solution.

  2. Fast Multipole Boundary Element Method for Three Dimensional Electromagnetic Scattering Problem

    CERN Document Server

    Wang, S B; Xiao, J J; Lin, Z F; Chan, C T

    2012-01-01

    We developed a fast numerical algorithm for solving the three dimensional vectorial Helmholtz equation that arises in electromagnetic scattering problems. The algorithm is based on electric field integral equations and is essentially a boundary element method. Nystrom's quadrature rule with a triangular grid is employed to linearize the integral equations, which are then solved by using a right-preconditioned iterative method. We apply the fast multipole technique to accelerate the matrix-vector multiplications in the iterations. We demonstrate the broad applications and accuracy of this method with practical examples including dielectric, plasmonic and metallic objects. We then apply the method to investigate the plasmonic properties of a silver torus and a silver split-ring resonator under the incidence of an electromagnetic plane wave. We show the silver torus can be used as a trapping tool to bind small dielectric or metallic particles.

  3. Widening the Scope of R-matrix Methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Thompson, Ian J. [Lawrence Livermore National Lab. (LLNL), Livermore, CA (United States); Dimitriou, Paraskevi [IAEA, Vienna (Austria); DeBoer, Richard J. [Nieuwland Science Hall, Notre Dame, IN (United States); Kunieda, Satoshi [Nuclear Data Center (JAEA), Tokai (Japan); Paris, Mark [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Thompson, Ian [Lawrence Livermore National Lab. (LLNL), Livermore, CA (United States); Trkov, Andrej [IAEA, Vienna (Austria)

    2016-03-01

    A Consultant’s Meeting was held at the IAEA Headquarters, from 7 to 9 December 2015, to discuss the status of R-matrix codes currently used in calculations of charged-particle induced reaction cross sections at low energies. The ultimate goal was to initiate an international effort, coordinated by the IAEA, to evaluate charged-particle induced reactions in the resolved-resonance region. Participants reviewed the capabilities of the codes, the different implementations of R-matrix theory and translatability of the R-matrix parameters, the evaluation methods and suitable data formats for broader dissemination. The details of the presentations and technical discussions, as well as the actions that were proposed to achieve the goal of the meeting are summarized in this report.

  4. InstantLabs® Salmonella species detection method: matrix extension.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sharma, Neil; Bambusch, Lauren; Le, Thu; Morey, Amit; Hayman, Melinda; Montez, Sergio J

    2014-01-01

    The performance of InstantLabs® Salmonella Species Food Safety Kit to detect Salmonella in four food matrixes was validated against the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) reference method 6579:2002. The matrixes (raw ground beef, raw chicken breast, raw ground chicken, and lettuce) were inoculated with low levels of Salmonella (Salmonella. Samples were validated using 375 g (meat) or 25 g (lettuce and poultry) test portions enriched in FASTGRO TM SE at 42±1 °C for 12 h and 10 h, respectively. All samples were confirmed using the ISO reference method, regardless of initial-screen result. The InstantLabs test method was shown to perform as well as or better than the reference method for the detection of Salmonella species in ground beef, chicken breast, ground chicken, and lettuce. Inclusivity and exclusivity testing revealed no false negatives among the 100 Salmonella serovars and no false positives among the 30 non-Salmonella species examined, respectively.

  5. A New Method for Preparation of Metal Matrix Nanocomposites

    Science.gov (United States)

    Padhi, Payodhar; Panigrahi, S. C.; Ghosh, Sudipto

    2008-10-01

    Particulate metal matrix composites (MMCs) can involve ceramic particulates ranging in size from few nanometers to 500 μm. Particulates are added to the metal matrix for strengthening. In particular, addition of nanoparticles, even in quantities as small as 2 weight percent can enhance the hardness or yield strength by a factor as high as 2. There are several methods for the production of metal matrix nanocomposites including mechanical alloying , vertex process and spray deposition. However, the above processes are expensive. Solidification processing is a relatively cheaper route. However, during solidification processing nanoparticulates tend to agglomerate as a result of van der Waals forces and thus proper dispersion of the nano-particulate in metal matrix is a challenge. Yang et al dispersed nanoparticles in metal matrix by ultrasonic casting. However their technique has several drawbacks such as the oscillating probe, which is in direct contact with liquid metal, may dissolve in the liquid metal and contaminate it. Moreover, the extent of dispersion is not uniform. It is maximum near the probe and gradually decreases as one move away from the probe. Lastly in the method developed by Yang et al, the oscillating probe is removed from the liquid metal before cooling and solidification begin. This may lead to partial reagglomeration of nanoparticles. To overcome these difficulties a non-contact method, where the ultrasonic probe is not in direct contact with the liquid metal, was attempted to disperse nano-sized Al2O3 particulates in aluminum matrix. In this method the mold was subjected to ultrasonic vibration. Hardness measurements and microstructural studies using HRTEM were carried out on samples taken from different locations of the nanocomposite ingot cast by the non-contact method. Commercially pure liquid aluminum was used as matrix of the composite. The Al2O3 nano-powder was prepared by ball milling for 22 hr. The nanopowders were characterized using

  6. Raman scattering method for measuring HNO[sub 3] concentration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wooldridge, J.; Johnson, G.W.; Cassidy, K.; Summers, L.; Lewis, P.; Gordon, S.

    1992-06-01

    The Advanced Processing Technology (APT) group has been experimenting with several processes which are dependent upon nitric acid concentrations, thus a need exists to diagnose these quantities. This report describes a series of experiments which used the Raman scattering method for measuring nitric acid concentrations. These tests were performed at LLNL in Bldg. 241 during the months of September 1991 to December 1991. The basic instrument used for this series was a Spex Raman Spectrometer, Model 1488, with a DM1B computer system.

  7. Raman scattering method for measuring HNO{sub 3} concentration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wooldridge, J.; Johnson, G.W.; Cassidy, K.; Summers, L.; Lewis, P.; Gordon, S.

    1992-06-01

    The Advanced Processing Technology (APT) group has been experimenting with several processes which are dependent upon nitric acid concentrations, thus a need exists to diagnose these quantities. This report describes a series of experiments which used the Raman scattering method for measuring nitric acid concentrations. These tests were performed at LLNL in Bldg. 241 during the months of September 1991 to December 1991. The basic instrument used for this series was a Spex Raman Spectrometer, Model 1488, with a DM1B computer system.

  8. Method for using polarization gating to measure a scattering sample

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baba, Justin S.

    2015-08-04

    Described herein are systems, devices, and methods facilitating optical characterization of scattering samples. A polarized optical beam can be directed to pass through a sample to be tested. The optical beam exiting the sample can then be analyzed to determine its degree of polarization, from which other properties of the sample can be determined. In some cases, an apparatus can include a source of an optical beam, an input polarizer, a sample, an output polarizer, and a photodetector. In some cases, a signal from a photodetector can be processed through attenuation, variable offset, and variable gain.

  9. Robust scatter correction method for cone-beam CT using an interlacing-slit plate

    CERN Document Server

    Huang, Kuidong; Zhang, Dinghua; Zhang, Hua; Shi, Wenlong

    2015-01-01

    Cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT) has been widely used in medical imaging and industrial nondestructive testing, but the presence of scattered radiation will cause significant reduction of image quality. In this article, a robust scatter correction method for CBCT using an interlacing-slit plate (ISP) is carried out for convenient practice. Firstly, a Gaussian filtering method is proposed to compensate the missing data of the inner scatter image, and simultaneously avoid too-large values of calculated inner scatter and smooth the inner scatter field. Secondly, an interlacing-slit scan without detector gain correction is carried out to enhance the practicality and convenience of the scatter correction method. Finally, a denoising step for scatter-corrected projection images is added in the process flow to control the noise amplification. The experimental results show that the improved method can not only make the scatter correction more robust and convenient, but also achieve a good quality of scatter-corre...

  10. Alternating proximal gradient method for nonnegative matrix factorization

    CERN Document Server

    Xu, Yangyang

    2011-01-01

    Nonnegative matrix factorization has been widely applied in face recognition, text mining, as well as spectral analysis. This paper proposes an alternating proximal gradient method for solving this problem. With a uniformly positive lower bound assumption on the iterates, any limit point can be proved to satisfy the first-order optimality conditions. A Nesterov-type extrapolation technique is then applied to accelerate the algorithm. Though this technique is at first used for convex program, it turns out to work very well for the non-convex nonnegative matrix factorization problem. Extensive numerical experiments illustrate the efficiency of the alternating proximal gradient method and the accleration technique. Especially for real data tests, the accelerated method reveals high superiority to state-of-the-art algorithms in speed with comparable solution qualities.

  11. The structure of alkali silicate gel by total scattering methods

    KAUST Repository

    Benmore, C.J.

    2010-06-01

    The structure of the alkali silicate gel (ASR) collected from the galleries of Furnas Dam in Brazil was determined by a pair distribution function (PDF) analysis of high energy X-ray diffraction data. Since this method is relatively new to concrete structure analysis a detailed introduction on the PDF method is given for glassy SiO2. The bulk amorphous structure of the dam material is confirmed as no Bragg peaks are observed in the scattered intensity. The real space results show that the local structure of the amorphous material is similar to kanemite (KHSi2O5:3H2O) however the long range layer structure of the crystal is broken up in the amorphous state, so that ordering only persists of the length scale of a few polyhedra. The silicate layer structure is a much more disordered than predicted by molecular dynamics models. The X-ray results are consistent with the molecular dynamics model of Kirkpatrick et al. (2005) [1] which predicts that most of the water resides in pores within the amorphous network rather than in layers. The total scattering data provide a rigorous basis against which other models may also be tested. © 2010.

  12. Optimization of MIMO Systems Capacity Using Large Random Matrix Methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Philippe Loubaton

    2012-11-01

    Full Text Available This paper provides a comprehensive introduction of large random matrix methods for input covariance matrix optimization of mutual information of MIMO systems. It is first recalled informally how large system approximations of mutual information can be derived. Then, the optimization of the approximations is discussed, and important methodological points that are not necessarily covered by the existing literature are addressed, including the strict concavity of the approximation, the structure of the argument of its maximum, the accuracy of the large system approach with regard to the number of antennas, or the justification of iterative water-filling optimization algorithms. While the existing papers have developed methods adapted to a specific model, this contribution tries to provide a unified view of the large system approximation approach.

  13. Extrapolation techniques applied to matrix methods in neutron diffusion problems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mccready, Robert R

    1956-01-01

    A general matrix method is developed for the solution of characteristic-value problems of the type arising in many physical applications. The scheme employed is essentially that of Gauss and Seidel with appropriate modifications needed to make it applicable to characteristic-value problems. An iterative procedure produces a sequence of estimates to the answer; and extrapolation techniques, based upon previous behavior of iterants, are utilized in speeding convergence. Theoretically sound limits are placed on the magnitude of the extrapolation that may be tolerated. This matrix method is applied to the problem of finding criticality and neutron fluxes in a nuclear reactor with control rods. The two-dimensional finite-difference approximation to the two-group neutron fluxes in a nuclear reactor with control rods. The two-dimensional finite-difference approximation to the two-group neutron-diffusion equations is treated. Results for this example are indicated.

  14. The Matrix Element Method in the LHC era

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wertz, Sébastien

    2017-03-01

    The Matrix Element Method (MEM) is a powerful multivariate method allowing to maximally exploit the experimental and theoretical information available to an analysis. The method is reviewed in depth, and several recent applications of the MEM at LHC experiments are discussed, such as searches for rare processes and measurements of Standard Model observables in Higgs and Top physics. Finally, a new implementation of the MEM is presented. This project builds on established phase-space parametrisations known to greatly improve the speed of the calculations, and aims at a much improved modularity and maintainability compared to previous software, easing the use of the MEM for high-statistics data analyses.

  15. Workshop report on large-scale matrix diagonalization methods in chemistry theory institute

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bischof, C.H.; Shepard, R.L.; Huss-Lederman, S. [eds.

    1996-10-01

    The Large-Scale Matrix Diagonalization Methods in Chemistry theory institute brought together 41 computational chemists and numerical analysts. The goal was to understand the needs of the computational chemistry community in problems that utilize matrix diagonalization techniques. This was accomplished by reviewing the current state of the art and looking toward future directions in matrix diagonalization techniques. This institute occurred about 20 years after a related meeting of similar size. During those 20 years the Davidson method continued to dominate the problem of finding a few extremal eigenvalues for many computational chemistry problems. Work on non-diagonally dominant and non-Hermitian problems as well as parallel computing has also brought new methods to bear. The changes and similarities in problems and methods over the past two decades offered an interesting viewpoint for the success in this area. One important area covered by the talks was overviews of the source and nature of the chemistry problems. The numerical analysts were uniformly grateful for the efforts to convey a better understanding of the problems and issues faced in computational chemistry. An important outcome was an understanding of the wide range of eigenproblems encountered in computational chemistry. The workshop covered problems involving self- consistent-field (SCF), configuration interaction (CI), intramolecular vibrational relaxation (IVR), and scattering problems. In atomic structure calculations using the Hartree-Fock method (SCF), the symmetric matrices can range from order hundreds to thousands. These matrices often include large clusters of eigenvalues which can be as much as 25% of the spectrum. However, if Cl methods are also used, the matrix size can be between 10{sup 4} and 10{sup 9} where only one or a few extremal eigenvalues and eigenvectors are needed. Working with very large matrices has lead to the development of

  16. Dense Plasma X-ray Scattering: Methods and Applications

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Glenzer, S H; Lee, H J; Davis, P; Doppner, T; Falcone, R W; Fortmann, C; Hammel, B A; Kritcher, A L; Landen, O L; Lee, R W; Munro, D H; Redmer, R; Weber, S

    2009-08-19

    We have developed accurate x-ray scattering techniques to measure the physical properties of dense plasmas. Temperature and density are inferred from inelastic x-ray scattering data whose interpretation is model-independent for low to moderately coupled systems. Specifically, the spectral shape of the non-collective Compton scattering spectrum directly reflects the electron velocity distribution. In partially Fermi degenerate systems that have been investigated experimentally in laser shock-compressed beryllium, the Compton scattering spectrum provides the Fermi energy and hence the electron density. We show that forward scattering spectra that observe collective plasmon oscillations yield densities in agreement with Compton scattering. In addition, electron temperatures inferred from the dispersion of the plasmon feature are consistent with the ion temperature sensitive elastic scattering feature. Hence, theoretical models of the static ion-ion structure factor and consequently the equation of state of dense matter can be directly tested.

  17. On an Integrated Transfer Matrix method for multiply connected mufflers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vijayasree, N. K.; Munjal, M. L.

    2012-04-01

    The commercial automotive mufflers are generally of a complicated shape with multiply connected parts and complex acoustic elements. The analysis of such complex mufflers has always been a great challenge. In this paper, an Integrated Transfer Matrix method has been developed to analyze complex mufflers. Integrated transfer matrix relates the state variables across the entire cross-section of the muffler shell, as one moves along the axis of the muffler, and can be partitioned appropriately in order to relate the state variables of different tubes constituting the cross-section. The paper presents a generalized one-dimensional (1-D) approach, using the transfer matrices of simple acoustic elements, which are available from the literature. The present approach is robust and flexible owing to its capability to construct an overall matrix of the muffler with the transfer matrices of individual acoustic elements and boundary conditions, which can then be used to evaluate the transmission loss, insertion loss, etc. Results from the present approach have been validated through comparisons with the available experimental and three-dimensional finite element method (FEM) based results. The results show good agreement with both measurements and FEM analysis up to the cut-off frequency.

  18. Fast Stiffness Matrix Calculation for Nonlinear Finite Element Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Emir Gülümser

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available We propose a fast stiffness matrix calculation technique for nonlinear finite element method (FEM. Nonlinear stiffness matrices are constructed using Green-Lagrange strains, which are derived from infinitesimal strains by adding the nonlinear terms discarded from small deformations. We implemented a linear and a nonlinear finite element method with the same material properties to examine the differences between them. We verified our nonlinear formulation with different applications and achieved considerable speedups in solving the system of equations using our nonlinear FEM compared to a state-of-the-art nonlinear FEM.

  19. Exact solution of some linear matrix equations using algebraic methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Djaferis, T. E.; Mitter, S. K.

    1977-01-01

    A study is done of solution methods for Linear Matrix Equations including Lyapunov's equation, using methods of modern algebra. The emphasis is on the use of finite algebraic procedures which are easily implemented on a digital computer and which lead to an explicit solution to the problem. The action f sub BA is introduced a Basic Lemma is proven. The equation PA + BP = -C as well as the Lyapunov equation are analyzed. Algorithms are given for the solution of the Lyapunov and comment is given on its arithmetic complexity. The equation P - A'PA = Q is studied and numerical examples are given.

  20. Method of making metal matrix composites reinforced with ceramic particulates

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cornie, James A.; Kattamis, Theodoulos; Chambers, Brent V.; Bond, Bruce E.; Varela, Raul H.

    1989-01-01

    Composite materials and methods for making such materials are disclosed in which dispersed ceramic particles are at chemical equilibrium with a base metal matrix, thereby permitting such materials to be remelted and subsequently cast or otherwise processed to form net weight parts and other finished (or semi-finished) articles while maintaining the microstructure and mechanical properties (e.g. wear resistance or hardness) of the original composite. The composite materials of the present invention are composed of ceramic particles in a base metal matrix. The ceramics are preferably carbides of titanium, zirconium, tungsten, molybdenum or other refractory metals. The base metal can be iron, nickel, cobalt, chromium or other high temperature metal and alloys thereof. For ferrous matrices, alloys suitable for use as the base metal include cast iron, carbon steels, stainless steels and iron-based superalloys.

  1. Method of making metal matrix composites reinforced with ceramic particulates

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cornie, J.A.; Kattamis, T.; Chambers, B.V.; Bond, B.E.; Varela, R.H.

    1989-08-01

    Composite materials and methods for making such materials are disclosed in which dispersed ceramic particles are at chemical equilibrium with a base metal matrix, thereby permitting such materials to be remelted and subsequently cast or otherwise processed to form net weight parts and other finished (or semi-finished) articles while maintaining the microstructure and mechanical properties (e.g. wear resistance or hardness) of the original composite. The composite materials of the present invention are composed of ceramic particles in a base metal matrix. The ceramics are preferably carbides of titanium, zirconium, tungsten, molybdenum or other refractory metals. The base metal can be iron, nickel, cobalt, chromium or other high temperature metal and alloys thereof. For ferrous matrices, alloys suitable for use as the base metal include cast iron, carbon steels, stainless steels and iron-based superalloys. 2 figs.

  2. Wavelength dependent SHG imaging and scattering probes of extracellular matrix (ECM) alterations in ovarian cancer (Conference Presentation)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Campagnola, Paul J.; Tilbury, Karissa B.; Campbell, Kirby R.; Eliceiri, Kevin W.; Patankar, Manish

    2017-02-01

    Ovarian cancer remains the most deadly gynecological cancer with a poor aggregate survival rate. To improve upon this situation, we utilized collagen-specific Second Harmonic Generation (SHG) imaging microscopy and optical scattering measurements to probe structural differences in the extracellular matrix of normal stroma, benign tumors, endometrioid tumors, and low and high-grade serous (LGS and HGS) tumors. The SHG signatures of the emission directionality and conversion efficiency as well as the optical scattering are related to the organization of collagen on the sub-micron size. The wavelength dependence of these readouts adds additional characterization of the size and distribution of collagen fibrils/fibers relative to the interrogating wavelengths. We found strong wavelength dependent dependencies of these metrics that were different between the different tumors that are related to respective structural attributes in the collagen organization. These sub-resolution determinations are consistent with the dualistic classification of type I and II serous tumors. However, type I endometrioid tumors have strongly differing ECM architecture than the serous malignancies. Moreover, our analyses are further consistent with LGS and benign tumors having similar etiology. We identified optimal wavelengths for the SHG metrics as well as optical scattering measurements. The SHG metrics and optical scattering measurements were then used to form a linear discriminant model to classify the tissues, and we obtained high accuracy ( 90%) between the tissue types. This delineation is superior to current clinical performance and has potential applicability in supplementing histological analysis, understanding the etiology, as well as development of an in vivo screening tool.

  3. Efficient Implementation of the Invariant Imbedding T-Matrix Method and the Separation of Variables Method Applied to Large Nonspherical Inhomogeneous Particles

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bi, Lei; Yang, Ping; Kattawar, George W.; Mishchenko, Michael I.

    2012-01-01

    Three terms, ''Waterman's T-matrix method'', ''extended boundary condition method (EBCM)'', and ''null field method'', have been interchangeable in the literature to indicate a method based on surface integral equations to calculate the T-matrix. Unlike the previous method, the invariant imbedding method (IIM) calculates the T-matrix by the use of a volume integral equation. In addition, the standard separation of variables method (SOV) can be applied to compute the T-matrix of a sphere centered at the origin of the coordinate system and having a maximal radius such that the sphere remains inscribed within a nonspherical particle. This study explores the feasibility of a numerical combination of the IIM and the SOV, hereafter referred to as the IIMþSOV method, for computing the single-scattering properties of nonspherical dielectric particles, which are, in general, inhomogeneous. The IIMþSOV method is shown to be capable of solving light-scattering problems for large nonspherical particles where the standard EBCM fails to converge. The IIMþSOV method is flexible and applicable to inhomogeneous particles and aggregated nonspherical particles (overlapped circumscribed spheres) representing a challenge to the standard superposition T-matrix method. The IIMþSOV computational program, developed in this study, is validated against EBCM simulated spheroid and cylinder cases with excellent numerical agreement (up to four decimal places). In addition, solutions for cylinders with large aspect ratios, inhomogeneous particles, and two-particle systems are compared with results from discrete dipole approximation (DDA) computations, and comparisons with the improved geometric-optics method (IGOM) are found to be quite encouraging.

  4. Comparison of linear inversion methods by examination of the duality between iterative and inverse matrix methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fleming, H. E.

    1977-01-01

    Linear numerical inversion methods applied to atmospheric remote sounding generally can be categorized in two ways: (1) iterative, and (2) inverse matrix methods. However, these two categories are not unrelated; a duality exists between them. In other words, given an iterative scheme, a corresponding inverse matrix method exists, and conversely. This duality concept is developed for the more familiar linear methods. The iterative duals are compared with the classical linear iterative approaches and their differences analyzed. The importance of the initial profile in all methods is stressed. Calculations using simulated data are made to compare accuracies and to examine the dependence of the solution on the initial profile.

  5. Unitarity methods and on-shell particles in scattering amplitudes

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Rietkerk, R.J.

    2016-01-01

    The Standard Model of particle physics describes all known elementary particles and their interactions. Important tests of this theory are performed with high-energy particle scattering experiments, for instance at the Large Hadron Collider. Such scattering processes are impressively well described

  6. Methods and apparatus for transparent display using scattering nanoparticles

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hsu, Chia Wei; Qiu, Wenjun; Zhen, Bo; Shapira, Ofer; Soljacic, Marin

    2016-05-10

    Transparent displays enable many useful applications, including heads-up displays for cars and aircraft as well as displays on eyeglasses and glass windows. Unfortunately, transparent displays made of organic light-emitting diodes are typically expensive and opaque. Heads-up displays often require fixed light sources and have limited viewing angles. And transparent displays that use frequency conversion are typically energy inefficient. Conversely, the present transparent displays operate by scattering visible light from resonant nanoparticles with narrowband scattering cross sections and small absorption cross sections. More specifically, projecting an image onto a transparent screen doped with nanoparticles that selectively scatter light at the image wavelength(s) yields an image on the screen visible to an observer. Because the nanoparticles scatter light at only certain wavelengths, the screen is practically transparent under ambient light. Exemplary transparent scattering displays can be simple, inexpensive, scalable to large sizes, viewable over wide angular ranges, energy efficient, and transparent simultaneously.

  7. Methods and apparatus for transparent display using scattering nanoparticles

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hsu, Chia Wei; Qiu, Wenjun; Zhen, Bo; Shapira, Ofer; Soljacic, Marin

    2017-06-14

    Transparent displays enable many useful applications, including heads-up displays for cars and aircraft as well as displays on eyeglasses and glass windows. Unfortunately, transparent displays made of organic light-emitting diodes are typically expensive and opaque. Heads-up displays often require fixed light sources and have limited viewing angles. And transparent displays that use frequency conversion are typically energy inefficient. Conversely, the present transparent displays operate by scattering visible light from resonant nanoparticles with narrowband scattering cross sections and small absorption cross sections. More specifically, projecting an image onto a transparent screen doped with nanoparticles that selectively scatter light at the image wavelength(s) yields an image on the screen visible to an observer. Because the nanoparticles scatter light at only certain wavelengths, the screen is practically transparent under ambient light. Exemplary transparent scattering displays can be simple, inexpensive, scalable to large sizes, viewable over wide angular ranges, energy efficient, and transparent simultaneously.

  8. Matrix-valued polynomials in Lanczos type methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Simoncini, V. [Universita di Padova (Italy); Gallopoulos, E. [Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, IL (United States)

    1994-12-31

    It is well known that convergence properties of iterative methods can be derived by studying the behavior of the residual polynomial over a suitable domain of the complex plane. Block Krylov subspace methods for the solution of linear systems A[x{sub 1},{hor_ellipsis}, x{sub s}] = [b{sub 1},{hor_ellipsis}, b{sub s}] lead to the generation of residual polynomials {phi}{sub m} {element_of} {bar P}{sub m,s} where {bar P}{sub m,s} is the subset of matrix-valued polynomials of maximum degree m and size s such that {phi}{sub m}(0) = I{sub s}, R{sub m} := B - AX{sub m} = {phi}{sub m}(A) {circ} R{sub 0}, where {phi}{sub m}(A) {circ} R{sub 0} := R{sub 0} - A{summation}{sub j=0}{sup m-1} A{sup j}R{sub 0}{xi}{sub j}, {xi}{sub j} {element_of} R{sup sxs}. An effective method has to balance adequate approximation with economical computation of iterates defined by the polynomial. Matrix valued polynomials can be used to improve the performance of block methods. Another approach is to solve for a single right-hand side at a time and use the generated information in order to update the approximations of the remaining systems. In light of this, a more general scheme is as follows: A subset of residuals (seeds) is selected and a block short term recurrence method is used to compute approximate solutions for the corresponding systems. At the same time the generated matrix valued polynomial is implicitly applied to the remaining residuals. Subsequently a new set of seeds is selected and the process is continued as above, till convergence of all right-hand sides. The use of a quasi-minimization technique ensures a smooth convergence behavior for all systems. In this talk the authors discuss the implementation of this class of algorithms and formulate strategies for the selection of parameters involved in the computation. Experiments and comparisons with other methods will be presented.

  9. Finite-element method for multigroup neutron transport: anisotropic scattering in 1-D slab geometry

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Riyait, N.S.; Ackroyd, R.T.

    1987-01-01

    Proof-tests on 1-D multigroup neutron transport problems are reported for strong anisotropic scattering. These tests have been undertaken as part of the validation of the 3-D multigroup finite-element transport code FELTRAN for anisotropic scattering media. To illustrate the treatment of within-group and intergroup anisotropic scattering in the finite-element method the relevant theory is outlined. Ingroup scattering is checked using the backward-forward-isotropic (BFI) scattering law for source and eigenvalue problems. With this law anisotropic scattering problems can be transformed into equivalent isotropic scattering problems. In this way the well-validated isotropic scattering version of FELTRAN is used to validate the anisotropic version. Intergroup scattering effects are checked by solving few-group source problems for P/sub 1/ and P/sub 3/ scattering and the BFI scattering law. For P/sub 1/ and P/sub 3/ scattering checks are made with the discrete-ordinate finite-difference code ANISN and the spherical harmonics finite-difference code MARC/PN. For the BFI scattering law comparison is made with two-group exact solutions of Williams (1985) for 1-D systems.

  10. Method of manufacturing a matrix for the detection of mismatches

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ershov, Gennady Moiseevich; Mirzabekov, Andrei Darievich

    1998-01-01

    This method for preparing micromatrices consists in applying a specially-patterned intermediate layer of laser-absorbing substance on a solid support. The configuration of the sublayer fully corresponds to the topology of the manufactured matrix. The intermediate layer is further covered by a continuous layer of gel , the gel and the material of the support being transparent towards laser radiation. The gel layer is irradiated by a laser beam for a time needed to evaporate simultaneously the gel in the places immediately above the laser-absorbing sublayer and the sublayer itself. Oligonucleotides from a chosen set are then attached to the formed gel `cells`, one oligonucleotide to each cell. This method is intended for use in biotechnology, specifically for deciphering the nucleotide sequence of DNA.

  11. Transient Analysis of Hysteresis Queueing Model Using Matrix Geometric Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Wajiha Shah

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available Various analytical methods have been proposed for the transient analysis of a queueing system in the scalar domain. In this paper, a vector domain based transient analysis is proposed for the hysteresis queueing system with internal thresholds for the efficient and numerically stable analysis. In this system arrival rate of customer is controlled through the internal thresholds and the system is analyzed as a quasi-birth and death process through matrix geometric method with the combination of vector form Runge-Kutta numerical procedure which utilizes the special matrices. An arrival and service process of the system follows a Markovian distribution. We analyze the mean number of customers in the system when the system is in transient state against varying time for a Markovian distribution. The results show that the effect of oscillation/hysteresis depends on the difference between the two internal threshold values.

  12. Aspects of fabrication aluminium matrix heterophase composites by suspension method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dolata, A. J.; Dyzia, M.

    2012-05-01

    Composites with an aluminium alloy matrix (AlMMC) exhibit several advantageous properties such as good strength, stiffness, low density, resistance and dimensional stability to elevated temperatures, good thermal expansion coefficient and particularly high resistance to friction wear. Therefore such composites are more and more used in modern engineering constructions. Composites reinforced with hard ceramic particles (Al2O3, SiC) are gradually being implemented into production in automotive or aircraft industries. Another application of AlMMC is in the electronics industry, where the dimensional stability and capacity to absorb and remove heat is used in radiators. However the main problems are still: a reduction of production costs, developing methods of composite material tests and final product quality assessment, standardisation, development of recycling and mechanical processing methods. AlMMC production technologies, based on liquid-phase methods, and the shaping of products by casting methods, belong to the cheapest production methods. Application of a suspension method for the production of composites with heterophase reinforcement may turn out to be a new material and technological solution. The article presents the material and technological aspects of the transfer procedures for the production of composite suspensions from laboratory scale to a semi-industrial scale.

  13. Chemical Decellularization Methods and Its Effects on Extracellular Matrix

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Amir Hossein Akbari Zahmati

    2017-08-01

    Full Text Available Background:  Extracellular matrix (ECM produced by tissue decellularization processes as a biological scaffold due to its unique properties compared to other scaffolds for migration and implantation of stem cells have been used successfully in the field of tissue engineering and regenerative medicine in the last years. The objective of this manuscript was to provide an overview of the chemical decellularization methods, evaluation of decellularized ECM and the potential effect of the chemical decellularization agents on the biochemical composition. Methods: We searched in Google Scholar, PubMed, Scopus, and Science Direct. The literature search was done by using the following keywords: “ECM, biologic scaffold, decellularization, chemical methods, tissue engineering.” We selected articles have been published from 2000 to 2016, and 15 full texts and 97 abstracts were reviewed. Results:Employing an optimization method to minimize damage to the ECM ultrastructure as for a result of the lack of reduction in mechanical properties and also the preservation of essential proteins such as laminin, fibronectin, Glycosaminoglycans (GAGs, growth factor is required. Various methods include chemical, physical and enzymatic technics were studied. However, on each of these methods can have undesirable effects on ECM. Conclusion: It is suggested that instead of the Sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS which have high strength degradation, we can use zwitterionic separately or in combination with SDS. Tributyl phosphate (TBP due to its unique properties can be used in decellularization process.

  14. Tailoring nanorod alignment in a polymer matrix by elongational flow under confinement: simulation, experiments, and surface enhanced Raman scattering application.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Park, Jay Hoon; Joo, Yong Lak

    2014-05-21

    Mesoscale simulation, electrospinning and Raman scattering experiments have been carried out to demonstrate that examination and control of nanorod configuration in a polymer matrix under elongational flow and confinement can lead to enhanced sensing. First, coarse-grained molecular dynamics (CGMD) was employed to probe the diffusivity, orientation, and dispersion of nanorods in a model polymer melt under planar elongational flow. Compared to shear flow, elongational flow gives rise to enhanced dispersion and orientation of nanorods, which are predicted to be improved with increasing the aspect ratio of nanorods and polymer chain length. As comparative experiments, we have electrospun gold (Au) nanorods with polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), and the resulting Au nanorod configuration in PVA nanofibers is in good agreement with the predicted simulation. Furthermore, coaxial electrospinning of Au nanorod/PVA-PVA (shell-core) was applied to selectively place Au nanorods in the cylindrical sheath layer, and the alignment of Au nanorods near the fiber surface was confirmed by TEM analysis and CGMD simulation under uniaxial elongation. Finally, the Au nanorod-PVA fibers were tested for surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy for sensing applications. The coaxially electrospun fibers have demonstrated much greater signal peak strength when compared with monoaxially electrospun fibers with the same Au nanorod loading. This comprehensive study demonstrates how extensional flow and multi-layered fluids can direct the orientation and dispersion of nanorod in a polymer matrix, leading to enhanced sensing performance.

  15. A scatter correction method for dual-energy digital mammography: Monte Carlo simulation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ai, Kai; Gao, Yanhua; Yu, Gang

    2014-01-01

    To develop a novel scatter correction method without additional patient dose for dual-energy digital mammography (DEDM) to reduce scatter's impacts and enhance microcalcification detectability in dual-energy X-ray subtraction image. Combining scatter radiation is lower spatial frequency component and calcifications are sparsely distributed in digital mammogram, we develop a new scatter correction strategy. First, an adaptive sampling scheme is presented to find possible noncalcification (zero calcification) pixels. Then the maximum likelihood expectation maximization (MLEM) algorithm is applied to evaluate initial scatter surface. The accurate scatter radiation of sampling pixels is obtained by solving dual-energy computational formula with zero calcification constraint and scatter surface constraint. After scatter correction, the scatter-to-primary ratio (SPR) of wedge phantom is reduced from ~36.0% to ~3.1% for low-energy (LE) image and ~29.6% to ~0.6% for high-energy (HE) image. For step phantom, the SPR is reduced from ~42.1% and ~30.3% to ~3.9% and ~0.9% for LE and HE image, respectively. The calcification contrast-to-noise ratio is improved by two orders of magnitudes in calcification images. The proposed method shows an excellent performance on scatter reduction and calcification detection. Compared with hardware based scatter correction strategy, our method need no extra exposure and is easy to implementation.

  16. Teaching Improvement Model Designed with DEA Method and Management Matrix

    Science.gov (United States)

    Montoneri, Bernard

    2014-01-01

    This study uses student evaluation of teachers to design a teaching improvement matrix based on teaching efficiency and performance by combining management matrix and data envelopment analysis. This matrix is designed to formulate suggestions to improve teaching. The research sample consists of 42 classes of freshmen following a course of English…

  17. Ray effect and false scattering in the discrete ordinates method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chai, J.C.; Patankar, S.V. [Univ. of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN (United States). Dept. of Mechanical Engineering; Lee, H.S. [NASA, Cleveland, OH (United States). Lewis Research Center

    1993-12-01

    A discussion on the ray effect and false scattering occurring in discrete ordinates solution of the radiative transfer equation is presented in this article. Ray effect arises from the approximation of a continuously varying angular nature of radiation by a specified set of discrete angular directions. It is independent of the spatial discretization practice. False scattering, on the other hand, is a consequence of the spatial discretization practice and is independent of the angular discretization practice. In multidimensional computations, when a beam is not aligned with the grid line, false scattering smears the radiative intensity field. It reduces the appearance of unwanted bumps, but does not eliminate ray effect. An inappropriate view of false scattering is also presented. Four sample problems are used to explain these two effects.

  18. A note on the multiple-recursive matrix method for generating pseudorandom vectors

    OpenAIRE

    Bishoi, Susil Kumar; Haran, Himanshu Kumar; Hasan, Sartaj Ul

    2016-01-01

    The multiple-recursive matrix method for generating pseudorandom vectors was introduced by Niederreiter (Linear Algebra Appl. 192 (1993), 301-328). We propose an algorithm for finding an efficient primitive multiple-recursive matrix method. Moreover, for improving the linear complexity, we introduce a tweak on the contents of the primitive multiple-recursive matrix method.

  19. Development of a scattering probability method for accurate vapor fraction measurements by neutron radiography

    CERN Document Server

    Joo, H

    1999-01-01

    Recent test results indicated drawbacks associated with the simple exponential attenuation method (SEAM) as currently applied to neutron radiography measurements to determine vapor fractions in a hydrogenous two-phase flow in a metallic conduit. The scattering component of the neutron beam intensity exiting the flow system is not adequately accounted for by SEAM, and this leads to inaccurate results. To properly account for the scattering effect, a neutron scattering probability method (SPM) is developed. The method applies a neutron-hydrogen scattering kernel to scattered thermal neutrons that leave the incident beam in narrow conduits but eventually show up elsewhere in the measurements. The SPM has been tested with known vapor (void) distributions within an acrylic disk and a water/vapor channel. The vapor (void) fractions deduced by SPM are in good agreement with the known exact values. Details of the scattering correction method and the test results are discussed.

  20. A New On-the-Fly Sampling Method for Incoherent Inelastic Thermal Neutron Scattering Data in MCNP6

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pavlou, Andrew Theodore [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Brown, Forrest B. [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Ji, Wei [Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst., Troy, NY (United States)

    2014-09-02

    At thermal energies, the scattering of neutrons in a system is complicated by the comparable velocities of the neutron and target, resulting in competing upscattering and downscattering events. The neutron wavelength is also similar in size to the target's interatomic spacing making the scattering process a quantum mechanical problem. Because of the complicated nature of scattering at low energies, the thermal data files in ACE format used in continuous-energy Monte Carlo codes are quite large { on the order of megabytes for a single temperature and material. In this paper, a new storage and sampling method is introduced that is orders of magnitude less in size and is used to sample scattering parameters at any temperature on-the-fly. In addition to the reduction in storage, the need to pre-generate thermal scattering data tables at fine temperatures has been eliminated. This is advantageous for multiphysics simulations which may involve temperatures not known in advance. A new module was written for MCNP6 that bypasses the current S(α,β) table lookup in favor of the new format. The new on-the-fly sampling method was tested for graphite for two benchmark problems at ten temperatures: 1) an eigenvalue test with a fuel compact of uranium oxycarbide fuel homogenized into a graphite matrix, 2) a surface current test with a \\broomstick" problem with a monoenergetic point source. The largest eigenvalue difference was 152pcm for T= 1200K. For the temperatures and incident energies chosen for the broomstick problem, the secondary neutron spectrum showed good agreement with the traditional S(α,β) sampling method. These preliminary results show that sampling thermal scattering data on-the-fly is a viable option to eliminate both the storage burden of keeping thermal data at discrete temperatures and the need to know temperatures before simulation runtime.

  1. An efficient matrix bi-factorization alternative optimization method for low-rank matrix recovery and completion.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Yuanyuan; Jiao, L C; Shang, Fanhua; Yin, Fei; Liu, F

    2013-12-01

    In recent years, matrix rank minimization problems have aroused considerable interests from machine learning, data mining and computer vision communities. All of these problems can be solved via their convex relaxations which minimize the trace norm instead of the rank of the matrix, and have to be solved iteratively and involve singular value decomposition (SVD) at each iteration. Therefore, those algorithms for trace norm minimization problems suffer from high computation cost of multiple SVDs. In this paper, we propose an efficient Matrix Bi-Factorization (MBF) method to approximate the original trace norm minimization problem and mitigate the computation cost of performing SVDs. The proposed MBF method can be used to address a wide range of low-rank matrix recovery and completion problems such as low-rank and sparse matrix decomposition (LRSD), low-rank representation (LRR) and low-rank matrix completion (MC). We also present three small scale matrix trace norm models for LRSD, LRR and MC problems, respectively. Moreover, we develop two concrete linearized proximal alternative optimization algorithms for solving the above three problems. Experimental results on a variety of synthetic and real-world data sets validate the efficiency, robustness and effectiveness of our MBF method comparing with the state-of-the-art trace norm minimization algorithms. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  2. New theoretical methods for studies on electrons and positrons scattering involving multichannel processes

    CERN Document Server

    Lara, O

    1995-01-01

    continued fractions are now in progress. It is well known that multichannel effects strongly influence the low-energy electron scattering by atoms and molecules. Nevertheless, the inclusion of such effects on the calculations of scattering cross sections remains a considerable task for the area researches due to the complexity of the problem. In the present study we aim to develop a new theoretical method which can be efficiently applied to the multichannel scattering studies. Two new theoretical formalisms namely the Multichannel sup - C-Functional Method have been proposed. Both methods were developed on the base of well-known distorted-wave method combined with Schwinger variational principle. In addition, an integrative method proposed by Horacek and Sasakawa in 1983, the method of continued fractions is adapted by the first time to multichannel scatterings. Numerical test of these three methods were carried out through applications to solve the multichannel scattering problems involving the interaction o...

  3. [Validation of a scatter correction method for IMRT verification using portal imaging].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kyas, Ina; Partridge, Mike; Hesse, Bernd-Michael; Oelfke, Uwe; Schlegel, Wolfgang

    2004-01-01

    Complex dose-delivery techniques, as currently applied in intensity-modulated radiation therapy (IMRT), require a highly efficient treatment-verification process. The present paper deals with the problem of the scatter correction for therapy verification by use of portal images obtained by an electronic portal imaging device (EPID) based on amorphous silicon. It also presents an iterative method for the scatter correction of portal images based on Monte Carlo-generated scatter kernels. First applications of this iterative scatter-correction method for the verification of intensity-modulated treatments are discussed on the basis of MVCT- and dose reconstruction. Several experiments with homogeneous and anthropomorphic phantoms were performed in order to validate the scatter correction method and to investigate the precision and relevance in view of its clinical applicability. It is shown that the devised concept of scatter correction significantly improves the results of MVCT- and dose reconstruction models, which is in turn essential for an exact online IMRT verification.

  4. On the Transfer Matrix of the Modified Power Method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Peng; Lee, Hyunsuk; Lee, Deokjung

    2018-01-01

    The characteristics of the Transfer Matrix (TM) introduced in the modified power method (MPM) have been studied. Because it can be easily mistaken as the Fission Matrix (FM), the differences between the FM and TM are discussed. Theoretically, it can be concluded that the FM is eigenmode dependent unless a very fine mesh is adopted for the FM tally, whereas the TM is based on the coarse mesh and it can give the correct higher eigenmode solutions if the exact weight cancellation can be done. This is confirmed by comparing the analytical solutions of a one-dimensional monoenergetic homogeneous diffusion problem with the solutions of the 2-by-2 FM and TM. It is further confirmed by the numerical tests that the FM tallied with a coarse mesh cannot give correct higher mode solutions, and the FM tallied with i th mode neutron weights but on a coarse mesh can only give a correct i th mode solution. The numerical tests also confirm that the TM of various sizes, when different numbers of modes are considered, can give the first several eigenmode solutions correctly and consistently with the same fine mesh based weight cancellation. The impact of the mesh size on the results of the MPM has also been investigated. In practice, the FM only requires the fundamental mode neutron source, but the TM requires simulating the first several eigenmode fission sources explicitly. The FM and the TM can be used to accelerate the convergence of the fundamental mode. The FM uses its fundamental eigenvector to adjust the neutron weights. The TM is used to calculate the combination coefficients which can then be used to update the neutron sources. All the comparisons clearly prove that the TM is different from the FM and that the TM requires further investigation.

  5. On matrix diffusion: formulations, solution methods and qualitative effects

    Science.gov (United States)

    Carrera, Jesús; Sánchez-Vila, Xavier; Benet, Inmaculada; Medina, Agustín; Galarza, Germán; Guimerà, Jordi

    Matrix diffusion has become widely recognized as an important transport mechanism. Unfortunately, accounting for matrix diffusion complicates solute-transport simulations. This problem has led to simplified formulations, partly motivated by the solution method. As a result, some confusion has been generated about how to properly pose the problem. One of the objectives of this work is to find some unity among existing formulations and solution methods. In doing so, some asymptotic properties of matrix diffusion are derived. Specifically, early-time behavior (short tests) depends only on φm2RmDm / Lm2, whereas late-time behavior (long tracer tests) depends only on φmRm, and not on matrix diffusion coefficient or block size and shape. The latter is always true for mean arrival time. These properties help in: (a) analyzing the qualitative behavior of matrix diffusion; (b) explaining one paradox of solute transport through fractured rocks (the apparent dependence of porosity on travel time); (c) discriminating between matrix diffusion and other problems (such as kinetic sorption or heterogeneity); and (d) describing identifiability problems and ways to overcome them. RésuméLa diffusion matricielle est un phénomène reconnu maintenant comme un mécanisme de transport important. Malheureusement, la prise en compte de la diffusion matricielle complique la simulation du transport de soluté. Ce problème a conduit à des formulations simplifiées, en partie à cause de la méthode de résolution. Il s'en est suivi une certaine confusion sur la façon de poser correctement le problème. L'un des objectifs de ce travail est de trouver une certaine unité parmi les formulations et les méthodes de résolution. C'est ainsi que certaines propriétés asymptotiques de la diffusion matricielle ont été dérivées. En particulier, le comportement à l'origine (expériences de traçage courtes) dépend uniquement du terme φm2RmDm / Lm2, alors que le comportement à long terme

  6. Matrix element method for high performance computing platforms

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grasseau, G.; Chamont, D.; Beaudette, F.; Bianchini, L.; Davignon, O.; Mastrolorenzo, L.; Ochando, C.; Paganini, P.; Strebler, T.

    2015-12-01

    Lot of efforts have been devoted by ATLAS and CMS teams to improve the quality of LHC events analysis with the Matrix Element Method (MEM). Up to now, very few implementations try to face up the huge computing resources required by this method. We propose here a highly parallel version, combining MPI and OpenCL, which makes the MEM exploitation reachable for the whole CMS datasets with a moderate cost. In the article, we describe the status of two software projects under development, one focused on physics and one focused on computing. We also showcase their preliminary performance obtained with classical multi-core processors, CUDA accelerators and MIC co-processors. This let us extrapolate that with the help of 6 high-end accelerators, we should be able to reprocess the whole LHC run 1 within 10 days, and that we have a satisfying metric for the upcoming run 2. The future work will consist in finalizing a single merged system including all the physics and all the parallelism infrastructure, thus optimizing implementation for best hardware platforms.

  7. An Analytical Method of Auxiliary Sources Solution for Plane Wave Scattering by Impedance Cylinders

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Larsen, Niels Vesterdal; Breinbjerg, Olav

    2004-01-01

    Analytical Method of Auxiliary Sources solutions for plane wave scattering by circular impedance cylinders are derived by transformation of the exact eigenfunction series solutions employing the Hankel function wave transformation. The analytical Method of Auxiliary Sources solution thus obtained...

  8. A top quark mass measurement using a matrix element method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Linacre, Jacob Thomas [St. John' s College, Annapolis, MD (United States)

    2009-01-01

    A measurement of the mass of the top quark is presented, using top-antitop pair (t$\\bar{t}$) candidate events for the lepton+jets decay channel. The measurement makes use of Tevatron p$\\bar{p}$ collision data at centre-of-mass energy √s = 1.96 TeV, collected at the CDF detector. The top quark mass is measured by employing an unbinned maximum likelihood method where the event probability density functions are calculated using signal (t$\\bar{t}$) and background (W+jets) matrix elements, as well as a set of parameterised jet-to-parton mapping functions. The likelihood function is maximised with respect to the top quark mass, the fraction of signal events, and a correction to the jet energy scale (JES) of the calorimeter jets. The simultaneous measurement of the JES correction (ΔJES) provides an in situ jet energy calibration based on the known mass of the hadronically decaying W boson. Using 578 lepton+jets candidate events corresponding to 3.2 fb -1 of integrated luminosity, the top quark mass is measured to be mt = 172.4± 1.4 (stat+ΔJES) ±1.3 (syst) GeV=c2, one of the most precise single measurements to date.

  9. Global Fits of the CKM Matrix with the SCAN Method

    CERN Document Server

    Eigen, G; Hitlin, D G; Porter, F C

    2015-01-01

    We present a Scan Method analysis of the allowed region of the rho bar - eta bar plane using the latest input measurements of the CKM matrix elements, sin 2 beta, B0(s,d) mixing, epsilon(K), alpha and gamma. In this approach, we make no assumptions as to the distribution of theory uncertainties; rather, we scan over the range of plausible theoretical uncertainties and determine confidence level contours in the rho bar eta bar plane. We determine alpha from branching fraction and CP asymmetry measurements of B decays to all light pseudoscalar-pseudoscalar, pesudoscalar-vector, vector-vector and a1-psudoscalar mesons and determine gamma from D(*)K(*), D(*) pi and D rho modes, thereby including correlations between the angles of the unitarity triangle. We parametrize the individual decay amplitudes in terms of color-allowed tree, color-suppressed tree, gluonic penguin, singlet penguin, electroweak penguin, as well as W-exchange and W-annihilation amplitudes. Our procedure accounts for all correlations among the ...

  10. Modeling quantum mechanical scattering with continuous analogue of the newton method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Algirdas Deveikis

    2013-09-01

    Full Text Available Computational modelling of potential and resonant scattering for short range and Coulomb potentials was investigated in this study. The resonant scattering problem is formulated with the short range potential composed of a spherically symmetric square well and spherically symmetric square barrier. An iteration scheme of a continuous analogue of the Newton method for continuous spectral problem with correct asymptotic in uncoupled partial waves has been developed. The nonlinear representation of the scattering problem for the normalized radial Schrödinger equation is solved numerically using the difference sweep technique. The second order accuracy scheme developed allow to find scattering phases and wave functions as well as investigate their numerical evolution. The scattering phases and wave functions dependence on the scattering problem parameters have been studied.

  11. FDTD and transfer matrix methods for evaluating the performance of photonic crystal based microcavities for exciton-polaritons

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Yi-Cheng; Byrnes, Tim

    2016-11-01

    We investigate alternative microcavity structures for exciton-polaritons consisting of photonic crystals instead of distributed Bragg reflectors. Finite-difference time-domain simulations and scattering transfer matrix methods are used to evaluate the cavity performance. The results are compared with conventional distributed Bragg reflectors. We find that in terms of the photon lifetime, the photonic crystal based microcavities are competitive, with typical lifetimes in the region of ∼20 ps being achieved. The photonic crystal microcavities have the advantage that they are compact and are frequency adjustable, showing that they are viable to investigate exciton-polariton condensation physics.

  12. A bi-diagonal method for finding the determinant of a matrix | Aminu ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    The determinant of a matrix always depends on the concept of row or column. That is to evaluate the determinant of a matrix using several existing methods we use rows and column. In this paper we introduce the concept of false-determinant which is the determinant obtained using the diagonal elements of a matrix instead ...

  13. Slab albedo for linearly and quadratically anisotropic scattering kernel with modified F{sub N} method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tuereci, R. Goekhan [Kirikkale Univ. (Turkey). Kirikkale Vocational School; Tuereci, D. [Ministry of Education, Ankara (Turkey). 75th year Anatolia High School

    2017-11-15

    One speed, time independent and homogeneous medium neutron transport equation is solved with the anisotropic scattering which includes both the linearly and the quadratically anisotropic scattering kernel. Having written Case's eigenfunctions and the orthogonality relations among of these eigenfunctions, slab albedo problem is investigated as numerically by using Modified F{sub N} method. Selected numerical results are presented in tables.

  14. Application of the Method of Auxiliary Sources for the Analysis of Electromagnetic Scattering by Impedance Spheres

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Karamehmedovic, Mirza; Breinbjerg, Olav

    2002-01-01

    The Method of Auxiliary Sources (MAS) is applied to 3D scattering problems involving spherical impedance scatterers. The MAS results are compared with the reference spherical wave expansion (SWE) solution. It is demonstrated that good agreement is achieved between the MAS and SWE results....

  15. A Robust Method to Improve Stability in Matrix Converters

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Liu, F.; Klumpner, Christian; Blaabjerg, Frede

    2004-01-01

    The last few years witness a high interest in the use of matrix converter technology in AC/AC power conversion. This paper is focusing on its stability issues. It analyzes the instability reason and reveals that the harmonics interaction of its input current and input voltage is the main cause...... of instability. The matrix converter stability can be improved by decoupling its input current with the input voltage. A modulation strategy is presented that satisfies the idea. The difference of the strategy compared with the traditional one only concerns on the definition of the reference angle for the input...... current vector. A matrix converter model that takes the switching behavior and effects related with the digital implementations into consideration is developed for evaluation of the strategy. The simulation results show that the proposed strategy can highly improve the matrix converter stability...

  16. Calculating massive 3-loop graphs for operator matrix elements by the method of hyperlogarithms

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ablinger, Jakob; Schneider, Carsten [Johannes Kepler Univ., Linz (Austria). Reserach Inst. for Symbolic Computation (RISC); Bluemlein, Johannes; Raab, Clemens [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Wissbrock, Fabian [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Johannes Kepler Univ., Linz (Austria). Reserach Inst. for Symbolic Computation (RISC)

    2014-02-15

    We calculate convergent 3-loop Feynman diagrams containing a single massive loop equipped with twist τ=2 local operator insertions corresponding to spin N. They contribute to the massive operator matrix elements in QCD describing the massive Wilson coefficients for deep-inelastic scattering at large virtualities. Diagrams of this kind can be computed using an extended version to the method of hyperlogarithms, originally being designed for massless Feynman diagrams without operators. The method is applied to Benz- and V-type graphs, belonging to the genuine 3-loop topologies. In case of the V-type graphs with five massive propagators new types of nested sums and iterated integrals emerge. The sums are given in terms of finite binomially and inverse binomially weighted generalized cyclotomic sums, while the 1-dimensionally iterated integrals are based on a set of ∝30 square-root valued letters. We also derive the asymptotic representations of the nested sums and present the solution for N element of C. Integrals with a power-like divergence in N-space∝a{sup N}, a element of R, a>1, for large values of N emerge. They still possess a representation in x-space, which is given in terms of root-valued iterated integrals in the present case. The method of hyperlogarithms is also used to calculate higher moments for crossed box graphs with different operator insertions.

  17. Designing Feature and Data Parallel Stochastic Coordinate Descent Method forMatrix and Tensor Factorization

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-05-11

    AFRL-AFOSR-JP-TR-2016-0046 Designing Feature and Data Parallel Stochastic Coordinate Descent Method for Matrix and Tensor Factorization U Kang Korea...Designing Feature and Data Parallel Stochastic Coordinate Descent Method for Matrix and Tensor Factorization 5a.  CONTRACT NUMBER 5b.  GRANT NUMBER FA2386...AOARD Grant FA2386-14-1-4036 “Designing Feature and Data Parallel Stochastic Coordinate Descent Method for Matrix and Tensor Factorization” 29

  18. A hybrid time-domain discontinuous galerkin-boundary integral method for electromagnetic scattering analysis

    KAUST Repository

    Li, Ping

    2014-05-01

    A scheme hybridizing discontinuous Galerkin time-domain (DGTD) and time-domain boundary integral (TDBI) methods for accurately analyzing transient electromagnetic scattering is proposed. Radiation condition is enforced using the numerical flux on the truncation boundary. The fields required by the flux are computed using the TDBI from equivalent currents introduced on a Huygens\\' surface enclosing the scatterer. The hybrid DGTDBI ensures that the radiation condition is mathematically exact and the resulting computation domain is as small as possible since the truncation boundary conforms to scatterer\\'s shape and is located very close to its surface. Locally truncated domains can also be defined around each disconnected scatterer additionally reducing the size of the overall computation domain. Numerical examples demonstrating the accuracy and versatility of the proposed method are presented. © 2014 IEEE.

  19. Finite element and finite difference methods in electromagnetic scattering

    CERN Document Server

    Morgan, MA

    2013-01-01

    This second volume in the Progress in Electromagnetic Research series examines recent advances in computational electromagnetics, with emphasis on scattering, as brought about by new formulations and algorithms which use finite element or finite difference techniques. Containing contributions by some of the world's leading experts, the papers thoroughly review and analyze this rapidly evolving area of computational electromagnetics. Covering topics ranging from the new finite-element based formulation for representing time-harmonic vector fields in 3-D inhomogeneous media using two coupled sca

  20. Nanocrystal doped matrixes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Parce, J. Wallace; Bernatis, Paul; Dubrow, Robert; Freeman, William P.; Gamoras, Joel; Kan, Shihai; Meisel, Andreas; Qian, Baixin; Whiteford, Jeffery A.; Ziebarth, Jonathan

    2010-01-12

    Matrixes doped with semiconductor nanocrystals are provided. In certain embodiments, the semiconductor nanocrystals have a size and composition such that they absorb or emit light at particular wavelengths. The nanocrystals can comprise ligands that allow for mixing with various matrix materials, including polymers, such that a minimal portion of light is scattered by the matrixes. The matrixes of the present invention can also be utilized in refractive index matching applications. In other embodiments, semiconductor nanocrystals are embedded within matrixes to form a nanocrystal density gradient, thereby creating an effective refractive index gradient. The matrixes of the present invention can also be used as filters and antireflective coatings on optical devices and as down-converting layers. Processes for producing matrixes comprising semiconductor nanocrystals are also provided. Nanostructures having high quantum efficiency, small size, and/or a narrow size distribution are also described, as are methods of producing indium phosphide nanostructures and core-shell nanostructures with Group II-VI shells.

  1. The logarithmic contributions to the O(α{sub s}{sup 3}) asymptotic massive Wilson coefficients and operator matrix elements in deeply inelastic scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Behring, A.; Bluemlein, J.; Freitas, A. de [Deutsches Elektronen Synchrotron, DESY, Zeuthen (Germany); Bierenbaum, I. [Universitaet Hamburg, II. Institut fuer Theoretische Physik, Hamburg (Germany); Klein, S. [RWTH Aachen University, Institut fuer Theoretische Teilchenphysik und Kosmologie, Aachen (Germany); Wissbrock, F. [Deutsches Elektronen Synchrotron, DESY, Zeuthen (Germany); Johannes Kepler University, Research Institute for Symbolic Computation (RISC), Linz (Austria); IHES, Bures-sur-Yvette (France)

    2014-09-15

    We calculate the logarithmic contributions to the massive Wilson coefficients for deep-inelastic scattering in the asymptotic region Q{sup 2} >> m{sup 2} to 3-loop order in the fixed flavor number scheme and present the corresponding expressions for the massive operator matrix elements needed in the variable flavor number scheme. Explicit expressions are given in Mellin N-space. (orig.)

  2. The logarithmic contributions to the O(α{sup 3}{sub s}) asymptotic massive Wilson coefficients and operator matrix elements in deeply inelastic scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Behring, A.; Bluemlein, J.; Freitas, A. de [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Bierenbaum, I. [Hamburg Univ. (Germany). 2. Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Klein, S. [RWTH Aachen Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Teilchenphysik und Kosmologie; Wissbrock, F. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Johannes Kepler Univ., Linz (Austria). Research Inst. for Symbolic Computation

    2014-03-15

    We calculate the logarithmic contributions to the massive Wilson coefficients for deep-inelastic scattering in the asymptotic region Q{sup 2} >> m{sup 2} to 3-loop order in the fixed-flavor number scheme and present the corresponding expressions for the massive operator matrix elements needed in the variable flavor number scheme. Explicit expressions are given both in Mellin-N space and z-space.

  3. A discontinuous galerkin time domain-boundary integral method for analyzing transient electromagnetic scattering

    KAUST Repository

    Li, Ping

    2014-07-01

    This paper presents an algorithm hybridizing discontinuous Galerkin time domain (DGTD) method and time domain boundary integral (BI) algorithm for 3-D open region electromagnetic scattering analysis. The computational domain of DGTD is rigorously truncated by analytically evaluating the incoming numerical flux from the outside of the truncation boundary through BI method based on the Huygens\\' principle. The advantages of the proposed method are that it allows the truncation boundary to be conformal to arbitrary (convex/ concave) scattering objects, well-separated scatters can be truncated by their local meshes without losing the physics (such as coupling/multiple scattering) of the problem, thus reducing the total mesh elements. Furthermore, low frequency waves can be efficiently absorbed, and the field outside the truncation domain can be conveniently calculated using the same BI formulation. Numerical examples are benchmarked to demonstrate the accuracy and versatility of the proposed method.

  4. Transformation Matrix for Time Discretization Based on Tustin’s Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yiming Jiang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper studies rules in transformation of transfer function through time discretization. A method of using transformation matrix to realize bilinear transform (also known as Tustin’s method is presented. This method can be described as the conversion between the coefficients of transfer functions, which are expressed as transform by certain matrix. For a polynomial of degree n, the corresponding transformation matrix of order n exists and is unique. Furthermore, the transformation matrix can be decomposed into an upper triangular matrix multiplied with another lower triangular matrix. And both have obvious regularity. The proposed method can achieve rapid bilinear transform used in automatic design of digital filter. The result of numerical simulation verifies the correctness of the theoretical results. Moreover, it also can be extended to other similar problems. Example in the last throws light on this point.

  5. First steps towards a generic sample preparation scheme for inorganic engineered nanoparticles in a complex matrix for detection, characterization, and quantification by asymmetric flow-field flow fractionation coupled to multi-angle light scattering and ICP-MS

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wagner, Stephan; Legros, Samuel; Löschner, Katrin

    2015-01-01

    The applicability of a multi-step generic procedure to systematically develop sample preparation methods for the detection, characterization, and quantification of inorganic engineered nanoparticles (ENPs) in a complex matrix was successfully demonstrated. The research focused on the optimization...... content by asymmetric flow-field flow fractionation coupled to a multi-angle light scattering detector and an inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer. Following the proposed generic procedure SiO2-ENPs were separated from a tomato soup. Two potential sample preparation methods were tested these being...... of the sample preparation, aiming to achieve a complete separation of ENPs from a complex matrix without altering the ENP size distribution and with minimal loss of ENPs. The separated ENPs were detected and further characterized in terms of particle size distribution and quantified in terms of elemental mass...

  6. Empirical evaluation of gradient methods for matrix learning vector quantization

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    LeKander, M.; Biehl, M.; Vries, H. de

    2017-01-01

    Generalized Matrix Learning Vector Quantization (GMLVQ) critically relies on the use of an optimization algorithm to train its model parameters. We test various schemes for automated control of learning rates in gradient-based training. We evaluate these algorithms in terms of their achieved

  7. Inversion assuming weak scattering

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Xenaki, Angeliki; Gerstoft, Peter; Mosegaard, Klaus

    2013-01-01

    due to the complex nature of the field. A method based on linear inversion is employed to infer information about the statistical properties of the scattering field from the obtained cross-spectral matrix. A synthetic example based on an active high-frequency sonar demonstrates that the proposed...

  8. A Numerical Combination of Extended Boundary Condition Method and Invariant Imbedding Method Applied to Light Scattering by Large Spheroids and Cylinders

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bi, Lei; Yang, Ping; Kattawar, George W.; Mishchenko, Michael I.

    2013-01-01

    The extended boundary condition method (EBCM) and invariant imbedding method (IIM) are two fundamentally different T-matrix methods for the solution of light scattering by nonspherical particles. The standard EBCM is very efficient but encounters a loss of precision when the particle size is large, the maximum size being sensitive to the particle aspect ratio. The IIM can be applied to particles in a relatively large size parameter range but requires extensive computational time due to the number of spherical layers in the particle volume discretization. A numerical combination of the EBCM and the IIM (hereafter, the EBCM+IIM) is proposed to overcome the aforementioned disadvantages of each method. Even though the EBCM can fail to obtain the T-matrix of a considered particle, it is valuable for decreasing the computational domain (i.e., the number of spherical layers) of the IIM by providing the initial T-matrix associated with an iterative procedure in the IIM. The EBCM+IIM is demonstrated to be more efficient than the IIM in obtaining the optical properties of large size parameter particles beyond the convergence limit of the EBCM. The numerical performance of the EBCM+IIM is illustrated through representative calculations in spheroidal and cylindrical particle cases.

  9. Versatile Phase Transfer Method for the Efficient Surface Functionalization of Gold Nanoparticles: Towards Controlled Nanoparticle Dispersion in a Polymer Matrix

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Katarzyna Ranoszek-Soliwoda

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available In electronic devices based on hybrid materials such as nonvolatile memory elements (NVMEs, it is essential to control precisely the dispersion of metallic nanoparticles (NPs in an insulating polymer matrix such as polystyrene in order to control the functionality of the device. In this work the incorporation of AuNPs in polystyrene films is controlled by tuning the surface functionalization of the metallic nanoparticles via ligand exchange. Two ligands with different structures were used for functionalization: 1-decanethiol and thiol-terminated polystyrene. This paper presents a versatile method for the modification of gold nanoparticles (AuNPs with thiol-terminated polystyrene ligands via phase transfer process. An organic colloid of AuNPs (5±1 nm diameter is obtained by the phase transfer process (from water to toluene that allows exchanging the ligand adsorbed on AuNPs surface (hydrophilic citrate/tannic acid to hydrophobic thiols. The stability, size distribution, and precise location of modified AuNPs in the polymer matrix are obtained from UV-Vis spectroscopy, dynamic light scattering (DLS, and electron tomography. TEM tomographic 3D imaging demonstrates that the modification of AuNPs with thiol-terminated polystyrene results in homogeneous particle distribution in the polystyrene matrix compared to 1-decanethiol modified AuNPs for which a vertical phase separation with a homogeneous layer of AuNPs located at the bottom of the polymer matrix was observed.

  10. Correction method for influence of tissue scattering for sidestream dark-field oximetry using multicolor LEDs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kurata, Tomohiro; Oda, Shigeto; Kawahira, Hiroshi; Haneishi, Hideaki

    2016-12-01

    We have previously proposed an estimation method of intravascular oxygen saturation (SO_2) from the images obtained by sidestream dark-field (SDF) imaging (we call it SDF oximetry) and we investigated its fundamental characteristics by Monte Carlo simulation. In this paper, we propose a correction method for scattering by the tissue and performed experiments with turbid phantoms as well as Monte Carlo simulation experiments to investigate the influence of the tissue scattering in the SDF imaging. In the estimation method, we used modified extinction coefficients of hemoglobin called average extinction coefficients (AECs) to correct the influence from the bandwidth of the illumination sources, the imaging camera characteristics, and the tissue scattering. We estimate the scattering coefficient of the tissue from the maximum slope of pixel value profile along a line perpendicular to the blood vessel running direction in an SDF image and correct AECs using the scattering coefficient. To evaluate the proposed method, we developed a trial SDF probe to obtain three-band images by switching multicolor light-emitting diodes and obtained the image of turbid phantoms comprised of agar powder, fat emulsion, and bovine blood-filled glass tubes. As a result, we found that the increase of scattering by the phantom body brought about the decrease of the AECs. The experimental results showed that the use of suitable values for AECs led to more accurate SO_2 estimation. We also confirmed the validity of the proposed correction method to improve the accuracy of the SO_2 estimation.

  11. A Chebyshev matrix method for spatial modes of the Orr-Sommerfeld equation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Danabasoglu, G.; Biringen, S.

    1989-01-01

    The Chebyshev matrix collocation method is applied to obtain the spatial modes of the Orr-Sommerfeld equation for Poiseuille flow and the Blausius boundary layer. The problem is linearized by the companion matrix technique for semi-infinite domain using a mapping transformation. The method can be easily adapted to problems with different boundary conditions requiring different transformations.

  12. The band method and inverse problems for orthogonal matrix functions of Szego-Krein type

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Kaashoek, M.A.; Lerer, L.

    2012-01-01

    A band method approach for solving inverse problems for certain orthogonal functions is developed. The inverse theorems for Szego-Kreǐn matrix polynomials and for Kreǐn orthogonal entire matrix functions are obtained as corollaries of the band method results. Other examples, including a

  13. A Chebyshev matrix method for the spatial modes of the Orr-Sommerfeld equation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Danabasoglu, Gokhan; Biringen, Sedat

    1990-01-01

    The Chebyshev matrix collocation method is applied to obtain the spatial modes of the Orr-Sommerfeld equation for Poiseuille flow and the Blasius boundary layer. The problems is linearized by the companion matrix technique for semiinfinite domain using a mapping transformation. The method can be easily adapted to problems with different boundary conditions requiring different transformations.

  14. Methodologies for the thermomechanical characterization of continuous-fiber ceramic matrix composites: A review of test methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lara-Curzio, E.; Ferber, M.K. [Oak Ridge National Lab., TN (United States); Jenkins, M.G. [Washington Univ., Seattle, WA (United States). Dept. of Mechanical Engineering

    1994-05-01

    Requirements for thermomechanical characterization of ceramic matrix composite materials are reviewed. Feasibility of adapting existent room temperature test methods for polymer and metal matrix composites to test ceramic matrix composites at room and elevated temperatures is investigated.

  15. Spectral domain method for the electromagnetic scattering by a buried sphere.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Frezza, Fabrizio; Mangini, Fabio; Pajewski, Lara; Schettini, Giuseppe; Tedeschi, Nicola

    2013-04-01

    A rigorous method to analyze the electromagnetic scattering of an elliptically polarized plane wave by a sphere buried in a dielectric half-space, is presented. The electric field components of the incident and the scattered monochromatic plane waves are expanded in series of vectorial spherical harmonics, with unknown expansion coefficients. The scattered-reflected and scattered-transmitted fields are computed by exploiting the plane-wave spectrum of the scattered field, considering the reflection and transmission of each elementary plane wave by the interface. The boundary-condition imposition leads to a linear system that returns the unknown coefficients of the scattered field. To achieve a numerical solution, a code has been implemented, and a truncation criterion for the involved series has been proposed. Comparisons with the literature and simulations performed with a commercial software are presented. A generalization of the method to the case of a short pulse scattered by a buried sphere is presented, taking into account the dispersive properties of the involved media.

  16. A variation iteration method for isotropic velocity-dependent potentials: Scattering case

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Eed, H. [Applied Science Private University, Basic Science Department, Amman (Jordan)

    2014-12-01

    We propose a new approximation scheme to obtain analytic expressions for the Schroedinger equation with isotropic velocity-dependent potential to determine the scattering phase shift. In order to test the validity of our approach, we applied it to an exactly solvable model for nucleon-nucleon scattering. The results of the variation iteration method (VIM) formalism compare quite well with those of the exactly solvable model. The developed formalism can be applied in problems concerning pion-nucleon, nucleon-nucleon, and electron-atom scattering. (orig.)

  17. Gaussian Beam Propagation in a Kerr Type Metamaterial Medium Using ABCD Matrix Method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Keshavarz, A.; Naseri, M.

    2016-08-01

    In this paper, a split step ABCD matrix method is suggested to investigate Gaussian beam propagation in a Kerr type metamaterial medium. This method is based on dividing the medium interval into subsequent steps. Meanwhile, Gaussian beam profile in every step is obtained by finding the ABCD matrix of that particular step, and is used to find the ABCD matrix of the next step. Results of the suggested matrix method have been compared with the results of numerical split-step Fourier method for a Kerr medium, which indicates a good agreement. Then, we use the ABCD matrix to investigate Gaussian beams propagation in a Kerr type metamaterial, which is also in agreement with pervious results by other methods.

  18. Scattering Cross Section of Sound Waves by the Modal Element Method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baumeister, Kenneth J.; Kreider, Kevin L.

    1994-01-01

    #he modal element method has been employed to determine the scattered field from a plane acoustic wave impinging on a two dimensional body. In the modal element method, the scattering body is represented by finite elements, which are coupled to an eigenfunction expansion representing the acoustic pressure in the infinite computational domain surrounding the body. The present paper extends the previous work by developing the algorithm necessary to calculate the acoustics scattering cross section by the modal element method. The scattering cross section is the acoustical equivalent to the Radar Cross Section (RCS) in electromagnetic theory. Since the scattering cross section is evaluated at infinite distance from the body, an asymptotic approximation is used in conjunction with the standard modal element method. For validation, the scattering cross section of the rigid circular cylinder is computed for the frequency range 0.1 is less than or equal to ka is less than or equal to 100. Results show excellent agreement with the analytic solution.

  19. A Baecklund transformation and the inverse scattering transform method for the generalised Vakhnenko equation

    CERN Document Server

    Vakhnenko, V O; Morrison, A J

    2003-01-01

    A Baecklund transformation both in bilinear and in ordinary form for the transformed generalised Vakhnenko equation (GVE) is derived. It is shown that the equation has an infinite sequence of conservation laws. An inverse scattering problem is formulated; it has a third-order eigenvalue problem. A procedure for finding the exact N-soliton solution to the GVE via the inverse scattering method is described. The procedure is illustrated by considering the cases N=1 and 2.

  20. Deterministic light focusing in space and time through multiple scattering media with a Time-Resolved Transmission Matrix approach (Conference Presentation)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mounaix, Mickael; Defienne, Hugo; Gigan, Sylvain

    2017-02-01

    When an ultrashort pulse of light propagates in a scattering medium, its spatial and temporal properties get mixed and distorted because of the scattering process. Spatially, the output pattern is the result of the multiple interference between the scattered photons. Temporally, light gets stretched within the medium due to its characteristic confinement time, thus the output pulse is broadened in the time domain. Nonetheless, as the scattering process is linear and deterministic, the spatio-temporal profile of light at the output can be controlled by shaping the input light using a single spatial light modulator (SLM). We report the first experimental measurement of the Time-Resolved Transmission Matrix of a multiple scattering medium using a coherent time-gated detection system. This operator contains the relationship between the input field, controllable with a SLM, and the output field accessible with a CCD camera for a given arrival time of photons at the output of medium. The delay line of the time-gated detection system sets the arrival time at will within the time of flight distribution of photons of the output pulse. We exploit this time-resolved matrix to achieve spatio-temporal focusing of the output pulse at any arbitrary space and time position. The pulse is recompressed in time to its original Fourier-limited temporal width and spatially to the diffraction-limited size defined by the speckle grain size. We also generate more sophisticated spatio-temporal profiles such as pump-probe like pulse, thus opening interesting perspectives in coherent control, light-matter interaction and imaging in disordered media.

  1. MRFD Method for Scattering From Three Dimensional Dielectric Bodies

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A. F. Yagli

    2011-09-01

    Full Text Available A three-dimensional multiresolution frequency domain (MRFD method is established to compute bistatic radar cross sections of arbitrarily shaped dielectric objects. The proposed formulation is successfully verified by computing the bistatic radar cross sections of a dielectric sphere and a dielectric cube. Comparing the results to those obtained from the finite difference frequency domain (FDFD method simulations and analytic calculations, we demonstrated the computational time and memory advantages of MRFD method.

  2. Extreme learning machines for regression based on V-matrix method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Zhiyong; Zhang, Taohong; Lu, Jingcheng; Su, Yuan; Zhang, Dezheng; Duan, Yaowu

    2017-10-01

    This paper studies the joint effect of V-matrix, a recently proposed framework for statistical inferences, and extreme learning machine (ELM) on regression problems. First of all, a novel algorithm is proposed to efficiently evaluate the V-matrix. Secondly, a novel weighted ELM algorithm called V-ELM is proposed based on the explicit kernel mapping of ELM and the V-matrix method. Though V-matrix method could capture the geometrical structure of training data, it tends to assign a higher weight to instance with smaller input value. In order to avoid this bias, a novel method called VI-ELM is proposed by minimizing both the regression error and the V-matrix weighted error simultaneously. Finally, experiment results on 12 real world benchmark datasets show the effectiveness of our proposed methods.

  3. New theory of superfluidity. Method of equilibrium density matrix

    CERN Document Server

    Bondarev, Boris

    2014-01-01

    The variational theory of equilibrium boson system state to have been previously developed by the author under the density matrix formalism is applicable for researching equilibrium states and thermodynamic properties of the quantum Bose gas which consists of zero-spin particles. Particle pulse distribution function is obtained and duly employed for calculation of chemical potential, internal energy and gas capacity temperature dependences. It is found that specific phase transition, which is similar to transition of liquid helium to its superfluid state, occurs at the temperature exceeding that of the Bose condensation.

  4. Method Developed for Improving the Thermomechanical Properties of Silicon Carbide Matrix Composites

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bhatt, Ramakrishna T.; DiCarlo, James A.

    2004-01-01

    process typically has to be conducted at temperatures below 1100 C, which results in a SiC matrix that is fairly dense, but contains metastable atomic defects and is nonstoichiometric because of a small amount of excess silicon. Because these defects typically exist at the matrix grain boundaries, they can scatter thermal phonons and degrade matrix creep resistance by enhancing grain-boundary sliding. To eliminate these defects and improve the thermomechanical properties of ceramic composites with CVI SiC matrices, researchers at the NASA Glenn Research Center developed a high-temperature treatment process that can be used after the CVI SiC matrix is deposited into the fiber preform.

  5. Applications of the conjugate gradient FFT method in scattering and radiation including simulations with impedance boundary conditions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Barkeshli, Kasra; Volakis, John L.

    1991-01-01

    The theoretical and computational aspects related to the application of the Conjugate Gradient FFT (CGFFT) method in computational electromagnetics are examined. The advantages of applying the CGFFT method to a class of large scale scattering and radiation problems are outlined. The main advantages of the method stem from its iterative nature which eliminates a need to form the system matrix (thus reducing the computer memory allocation requirements) and guarantees convergence to the true solution in a finite number of steps. Results are presented for various radiators and scatterers including thin cylindrical dipole antennas, thin conductive and resistive strips and plates, as well as dielectric cylinders. Solutions of integral equations derived on the basis of generalized impedance boundary conditions (GIBC) are also examined. The boundary conditions can be used to replace the profile of a material coating by an impedance sheet or insert, thus, eliminating the need to introduce unknown polarization currents within the volume of the layer. A general full wave analysis of 2-D and 3-D rectangular grooves and cavities is presented which will also serve as a reference for future work.

  6. Small angle scattering methods to study porous materials under high uniaxial strain

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Le Floch, Sylvie, E-mail: sylvie.le-floch@univ-lyon1.fr; Balima, Félix; Pischedda, Vittoria; Legrand, Franck; San-Miguel, Alfonso [Institut Lumière Matière, UMR5306 Université Lyon 1-CNRS, Université de Lyon, 69622 Villeurbanne Cedex (France)

    2015-02-15

    We developed a high pressure cell for the in situ study of the porosity of solids under high uniaxial strain using neutron small angle scattering. The cell comprises a hydraulically actioned piston and a main body equipped with two single-crystal sapphire windows allowing for the neutron scattering of the sample. The sample cavity is designed to allow for a large volume variation as expected when compressing highly porous materials. We also implemented a loading protocol to adapt an existing diamond anvil cell for the study of porous materials by X-ray small angle scattering under high pressure. The two techniques are complementary as the radiation beam and the applied pressure are in one case perpendicular to each other (neutron cell) and in the other case parallel (X-ray cell). We will illustrate the use of these two techniques in the study of lamellar porous systems up to a maximum pressure of 0.1 GPa and 0.3 GPa for the neutron and X-ray cells, respectively. These devices allow obtaining information on the evolution of porosity with pressure in the pore dimension subdomain defined by the wave-numbers explored in the scattering process. The evolution with the applied load of such parameters as the fractal dimension of the pore-matrix interface or the apparent specific surface in expanded graphite and in expanded vermiculite is used to illustrate the use of the high pressure cells.

  7. Comparison of particle size of cracking catalyst determined by laser light scattering and dry sieve methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dishman, K.L.; Doolin, P.K.; Hoffman, J.F. (Ashland Petroleum Co., Ashland, KY (United States))

    1993-07-01

    A method of interconversion of dry sieve and laser light scattering particle size values has been developed for cracking catalysts. Values obtained by light scattering techniques were consistently larger than those obtained by dry sieve analysis. The differences were primarily due to lack of sphericity of the particles. The particle size distribution determined by light scattering techniques was based on an average particle diameter. Conversely, the sieve measured the smallest diameter of the particle which can pass through the opening. Microscopic examination of commercial cracking catalysts confirmed their nonuniformity. The sphericity of the catalyst particles decreased as particle size increased. Therefore, the divergence between the laser light scattering and dry sieving value became greater as the catalyst particle size increased.

  8. A method to improve the measurement stability of scattering coefficients in lip with optical coherence tomography

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Xiyang; Zhang, Ying; Li, Zhifang; Li, Hui

    2016-10-01

    Optical coherence tomography (OCT) is a non-invasive imaging technique that provides real-time two- and three-dimensional images of scattering tissues with micrometer resolution. Scattering coefficient is estimated based on the slope of OCT dependent of depth. However, stability of the OCT signal slope is dependent on tissue heterogeneity. Our work is to provide a method of combining post-processing Fourier filtration with automatic identification of fitting range to reduce the effect of tissue heterogeneity on scattering coefficient, and used for noninvasive monitoring of glucose concentration in lip. Axial and lateral resolutions of OCT are 20 μm and 15 μm respectively. OCT images were obtained from lip before breakfast and after breakfast respectively. Results demonstrate that the method improve the stability and the precision of measurement of scattering coefficient of lip. There are obviously different in scattering coefficient of tissue between preprandial glucose and 2-hours postprandial glucose. These pilot studies show that OCT scattering coefficient extraction of lip may be considered as a significant diagnostic marker. OCT has potential to monitor glucose-induced changes in lip in vivo.

  9. Variational Effective Index Method for 3D Vectorial Scattering Problems in Photonics: TE Polarization

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Ivanova, Alyona; Stoffer, Remco; Kauppinen, L.J.; Hammer, Manfred

    2009-01-01

    In order to reduce the computational effort we develop a method for 3D-to-2D dimensionality reduction of scattering problems in photonics. Contrary to the `standard' Effective Index Method the effective parameters of the reduced problem are always rigorously defined using the variational technique,

  10. X-ray scatter correction method for dedicated breast computed tomography: improvements and initial patient testing

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Ramamurthy, S.; D'Orsi, C.J.; Sechopoulos, I.

    2016-01-01

    A previously proposed x-ray scatter correction method for dedicated breast computed tomography was further developed and implemented so as to allow for initial patient testing. The method involves the acquisition of a complete second set of breast CT projections covering 360 degrees with a

  11. A Truncated Nuclear Norm Regularization Method Based on Weighted Residual Error for Matrix Completion.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qing Liu; Zhihui Lai; Zongwei Zhou; Fangjun Kuang; Zhong Jin

    2016-01-01

    Low-rank matrix completion aims to recover a matrix from a small subset of its entries and has received much attention in the field of computer vision. Most existing methods formulate the task as a low-rank matrix approximation problem. A truncated nuclear norm has recently been proposed as a better approximation to the rank of matrix than a nuclear norm. The corresponding optimization method, truncated nuclear norm regularization (TNNR), converges better than the nuclear norm minimization-based methods. However, it is not robust to the number of subtracted singular values and requires a large number of iterations to converge. In this paper, a TNNR method based on weighted residual error (TNNR-WRE) for matrix completion and its extension model (ETNNR-WRE) are proposed. TNNR-WRE assigns different weights to the rows of the residual error matrix in an augmented Lagrange function to accelerate the convergence of the TNNR method. The ETNNR-WRE is much more robust to the number of subtracted singular values than the TNNR-WRE, TNNR alternating direction method of multipliers, and TNNR accelerated proximal gradient with Line search methods. Experimental results using both synthetic and real visual data sets show that the proposed TNNR-WRE and ETNNR-WRE methods perform better than TNNR and Iteratively Reweighted Nuclear Norm (IRNN) methods.

  12. Matrix Effects in the Liquid Chromatography-Tandem Mass Spectrometry Method of Analysis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, H-C; Lin, D-L; McCurdy, H H

    2013-03-01

    Matrix effects are dependent on biological fluid, ionization type, and sample preparation method. Although matrix effects are observed for both ionization types, ESI is especially susceptible, while APCI has proved to be less vulnerable. Sample preparation method has a clear influence on matrix effects as does, in particular, the choice of internal standard. When matrix effects result in severe ion suppression or enhancement of the target analyte by co-eluting residual components, they are typically located in isolated regions of the chromatogram. Postcolumn infusion and postextraction addition methods have been developed for the assessments of matrix effects. Approaches used for eliminating, minimizing, or compensating for matrix effects include improved sample preparation and chromatographic separation, sample dilution, and the utilization of internal standards. Matrix effects may not always be fully circumventable because a perfectly consistent matrix does not exist, but they can be significantly minimized and largely compensated for by various approaches, such as standard addition, matrixmatched calibration, and the use of isotopic analogs of the analytes as internal standards. Copyright © 2013 Central Police University.

  13. The Matrix Completion Method for Phase Retrieval from Fractional Fourier Transform Magnitudes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Qi Luo

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Inspired by the implementation of the fractional Fourier transform (FRFT and its applications in optics, we address the problem of reconstructing a signal from its several FRFT magnitudes (or intensities. The matrix completion method is adopted here. Through numerical tests, the matrix completion method is proven effective in both noisy and noise-free situations. We also compare our method with the Gerchberg-Saxton (GS algorithm based on FRFT. Numerical tests show that the matrix completion method gains a certain advantage in recovering uniqueness and convergence over the GS algorithm in the noise-free case. Furthermore, in terms of noisy signals, the matrix completion method performs robustly and adding more measurements can generally increase accuracy of recovered signals.

  14. Quantum scattering theory of a single-photon Fock state in three-dimensional spaces.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Jingfeng; Zhou, Ming; Yu, Zongfu

    2016-09-15

    A quantum scattering theory is developed for Fock states scattered by two-level systems in three-dimensional free space. It is built upon the one-dimensional scattering theory developed in waveguide quantum electrodynamics. The theory fully quantizes the incident light as Fock states and uses a non-perturbative method to calculate the scattering matrix.

  15. A finite element conjugate gradient FFT method for scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Collins, Jeffery D.; Ross, Dan; Jin, J.-M.; Chatterjee, A.; Volakis, John L.

    1991-01-01

    Validated results are presented for the new 3D body of revolution finite element boundary integral code. A Fourier series expansion of the vector electric and mangnetic fields is employed to reduce the dimensionality of the system, and the exact boundary condition is employed to terminate the finite element mesh. The mesh termination boundary is chosen such that is leads to convolutional boundary operatores of low O(n) memory demand. Improvements of this code are discussed along with the proposed formulation for a full 3D implementation of the finite element boundary integral method in conjunction with a conjugate gradiant fast Fourier transformation (CGFFT) solution.

  16. A software-based x-ray scatter correction method for breast tomosynthesis

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Jia Feng, Steve Si; Sechopoulos, Ioannis [Department of Biomedical Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology and Emory University, and Department of Radiology and Imaging Sciences and Winship Cancer Institute, Emory University, 1701 Uppergate Drive Northeast, Suite 5018, Atlanta, Georgia 30322 (United States); Department of Radiology and Imaging Sciences, Hematology and Medical Oncology and Winship Cancer Institute, Emory University, 1701 Uppergate Drive Northeast, Suite 5018, Atlanta, Georgia 30322 (United States)

    2011-12-15

    Purpose: To develop a software-based scatter correction method for digital breast tomosynthesis (DBT) imaging and investigate its impact on the image quality of tomosynthesis reconstructions of both phantoms and patients. Methods: A Monte Carlo (MC) simulation of x-ray scatter, with geometry matching that of the cranio-caudal (CC) view of a DBT clinical prototype, was developed using the Geant4 toolkit and used to generate maps of the scatter-to-primary ratio (SPR) of a number of homogeneous standard-shaped breasts of varying sizes. Dimension-matched SPR maps were then deformed and registered to DBT acquisition projections, allowing for the estimation of the primary x-ray signal acquired by the imaging system. Noise filtering of the estimated projections was then performed to reduce the impact of the quantum noise of the x-ray scatter. Three dimensional (3D) reconstruction was then performed using the maximum likelihood-expectation maximization (MLEM) method. This process was tested on acquisitions of a heterogeneous 50/50 adipose/glandular tomosynthesis phantom with embedded masses, fibers, and microcalcifications and on acquisitions of patients. The image quality of the reconstructions of the scatter-corrected and uncorrected projections was analyzed by studying the signal-difference-to-noise ratio (SDNR), the integral of the signal in each mass lesion (integrated mass signal, IMS), and the modulation transfer function (MTF). Results: The reconstructions of the scatter-corrected projections demonstrated superior image quality. The SDNR of masses embedded in a 5 cm thick tomosynthesis phantom improved 60%-66%, while the SDNR of the smallest mass in an 8 cm thick phantom improved by 59% (p < 0.01). The IMS of the masses in the 5 cm thick phantom also improved by 15%-29%, while the IMS of the masses in the 8 cm thick phantom improved by 26%-62% (p < 0.01). Some embedded microcalcifications in the tomosynthesis phantoms were visible only in the scatter

  17. Optimization and comparison of multiple MALDI matrix application methods for small molecule mass spectrometric imaging.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gemperline, Erin; Rawson, Stephanie; Li, Lingjun

    2014-10-21

    The matrix application technique is critical to the success of a matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) experiment. This work presents a systematic study aiming to evaluate three different matrix application techniques for MALDI mass spectrometric imaging (MSI) of endogenous metabolites from legume plant, Medicago truncatula, root nodules. Airbrush, automatic sprayer, and sublimation matrix application methods were optimized individually for detection of metabolites in the positive ionization mode exploiting the two most widely used MALDI matrices, 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid (DHB) and α-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid (CHCA). Analytical reproducibility and analyte diffusion were examined and compared side-by-side for each method. When using DHB, the optimized method developed for the automatic matrix sprayer system resulted in approximately double the number of metabolites detected when compared to sublimation and airbrush. The automatic sprayer method also showed more reproducible results and less analyte diffusion than the airbrush method. Sublimation matrix deposition yielded high spatial resolution and reproducibility but fewer analytes in the higher m/z range (500-1000 m/z). When the samples were placed in a humidity chamber after sublimation, there was enhanced detection of higher mass metabolites but increased analyte diffusion in the lower mass range. When using CHCA, the optimized automatic sprayer method and humidified sublimation method resulted in double the number of metabolites detected compared to standard airbrush method.

  18. Using matrix summation method for three dimensional dose calculation in brachytherapy.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zibandeh-Gorji, Mahmoud; Mowlavi, Ali Asghar; Mohammadi, Saeed

    2012-01-01

    The purpose of this study is to calculate radiation dose around a brachytherapy source in a water phantom for different seed locations or rotation the sources by the matrix summation method. Monte Carlo based codes like MCNP are widely used for performing radiation transport calculations and dose evaluation in brachytherapy. But for complicated situations, like using more than one source, moving or rotating the source, the routine Monte Carlo method for dose calculation needs a long time running. The MCNPX code has been used to calculate radiation dose around a (192)Ir brachytherapy source and saved in a 3D matrix. Then, we used this matrix to evaluate the absorbed dose in any point due to some sources or a source which shifted or rotated in some places by the matrix summation method. Three dimensional (3D) dose results and isodose curves were presented for (192)Ir source in a water cube phantom shifted for 10 steps and rotated for 45 and 90° based on the matrix summation method. Also, we applied this method for some arrays of sources. The matrix summation method can be used for 3D dose calculations for any brachytherapy source which has moved or rotated. This simple method is very fast compared to routine Monte Carlo based methods. In addition, it can be applied for dose optimization study.

  19. Effect of large TiO2 Nanoparticles as Light Scatter in Matrix of Small Nanoparticles to Improve the Efficiency in Dye- Sensitized Solar Cell

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Hamadanian

    2011-04-01

    Full Text Available In this study, we investigated the effect of using large TiO2 nanoparticles in the matrix of small nanoparticles to improve the performance of dye-sensitized solar cells (DSSCs, as light scatter to increase the light harvesting. The mixed powder was deposited by electrophoretic deposition (EPD on FTO (F-SnO2 coated glass. It is shown that adding small quantity of larger nanoparticles can enhance the performance of DSSCs. This paper also studies the deferential scanning calorimetry (DSC of mixed powders to detect the phase transitions, due to the change of weight percentage between large and small nanoparticles.

  20. ScatterJn: An ImageJ Plugin for Scatterplot-Matrix Analysis and Classification of Spatially Resolved Analytical Microscopy Data

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fabian Zeitvogel

    2016-02-01

    Full Text Available We present ScatterJn, an ImageJ (and Fiji plugin for scatterplot-based exploration and analysis of analytical microscopy data. In contrast to commonly used scatterplot tools, it handles more than two input images (or image stacks, respectively by creating a matrix of pairwise scatterplots. The tool offers the possibility to manually classify pixels by selecting regions of datapoints in the scatterplots as well as in the spatial domain. We demonstrate its functioning using a set of elemental maps acquired by SEM-EDX mapping of a soil sample. The plugin is available at https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/scatterjn.

  1. Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMC) Life Prediction Method Development

    Science.gov (United States)

    Levine, Stanley R.; Calomino, Anthony M.; Ellis, John R.; Halbig, Michael C.; Mital, Subodh K.; Murthy, Pappu L.; Opila, Elizabeth J.; Thomas, David J.; Thomas-Ogbuji, Linus U.; Verrilli, Michael J.

    2000-01-01

    Advanced launch systems (e.g., Reusable Launch Vehicle and other Shuttle Class concepts, Rocket-Based Combine Cycle, etc.), and interplanetary vehicles will very likely incorporate fiber reinforced ceramic matrix composites (CMC) in critical propulsion components. The use of CMC is highly desirable to save weight, to improve reuse capability, and to increase performance. CMC candidate applications are mission and cycle dependent and may include turbopump rotors, housings, combustors, nozzle injectors, exit cones or ramps, and throats. For reusable and single mission uses, accurate prediction of life is critical to mission success. The tools to accomplish life prediction are very immature and not oriented toward the behavior of carbon fiber reinforced silicon carbide (C/SiC), the primary system of interest for a variety of space propulsion applications. This paper describes an approach to satisfy the need to develop an integrated life prediction system for CMC that addresses mechanical durability due to cyclic and steady thermomechanical loads, and takes into account the impact of environmental degradation.

  2. Novel image analysis methods for quantification of in situ 3-D tendon cell and matrix strain.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fung, Ashley K; Paredes, J J; Andarawis-Puri, Nelly

    2018-01-23

    Macroscopic tendon loads modulate the cellular microenvironment leading to biological outcomes such as degeneration or repair. Previous studies have shown that damage accumulation and the phases of tendon healing are marked by significant changes in the extracellular matrix, but it remains unknown how mechanical forces of the extracellular matrix are translated to mechanotransduction pathways that ultimately drive the biological response. Our overarching hypothesis is that the unique relationship between extracellular matrix strain and cell deformation will dictate biological outcomes, prompting the need for quantitative methods to characterize the local strain environment. While 2-D methods have successfully calculated matrix strain and cell deformation, 3-D methods are necessary to capture the increased complexity that can arise due to high levels of anisotropy and out-of-plane motion, particularly in the disorganized, highly cellular, injured state. In this study, we validated the use of digital volume correlation methods to quantify 3-D matrix strain using images of naïve tendon cells, the collagen fiber matrix, and injured tendon cells. Additionally, naïve tendon cell images were used to develop novel methods for 3-D cell deformation and 3-D cell-matrix strain, which is defined as a quantitative measure of the relationship between matrix strain and cell deformation. The results support that these methods can be used to detect strains with high accuracy and can be further extended to an in vivo setting for observing temporal changes in cell and matrix mechanics during degeneration and healing. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  3. Phase retrieval with the reverse projection method in the presence of object's scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Zhili; Gao, Kun; Wang, Dajiang

    2017-08-01

    X-ray grating interferometry can provide substantially increased contrast over traditional attenuation-based techniques in biomedical applications, and therefore novel and complementary information. Recently, special attention has been paid to quantitative phase retrieval in X-ray grating interferometry, which is mandatory to perform phase tomography, to achieve material identification, etc. An innovative approach, dubbed ;Reverse Projection; (RP), has been developed for quantitative phase retrieval. The RP method abandons grating scanning completely, and is thus advantageous in terms of higher efficiency and reduced radiation damage. Therefore, it is expected that this novel method would find its potential in preclinical and clinical implementations. Strictly speaking, the reverse projection method is applicable for objects exhibiting only absorption and refraction. In this contribution, we discuss the phase retrieval with the reverse projection method for general objects with absorption, refraction and scattering simultaneously. Especially, we investigate the influence of the object's scattering on the retrieved refraction signal. Both theoretical analysis and numerical experiments are performed. The results show that the retrieved refraction signal is the product of object's refraction and scattering signals for small values. In the case of a strong scattering, the reverse projection method cannot provide reliable phase retrieval. Those presented results will guide the use of the reverse projection method for future practical applications, and help to explain some possible artifacts in the retrieved images and/or reconstructed slices.

  4. Evaluation of roll compaction as a preparation method for hydroxypropyl cellulose-based matrix tablets

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Imjak Jeon

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Roll compaction was applied for the preparation of hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC-based sustained-release matrix tablets. Matrix tablets made via roll compaction exhibited higher dosage uniformity and faster drug release than direct-compacted tablets. HPC viscosity grade, roll pressure, and milling speed affected tablet properties significantly. Roll compaction seems to be an adequate granulation method for the preparation of HPC-based matrix tablets due to the simplicity of the process, less handling difficulty from HPC tackiness as well as easier particle size targeting. Selecting the optimum ratio of plastic excipients and the particle size of starting materials can however be critical issues in this method.

  5. On the eigenvalue-eigenvector method for solution of the stationary discrete matrix Riccati equation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Michelsen, Michael Locht

    1979-01-01

    The purpose of this correspondence is to point out that certain numerical problems encountered in the solution of the stationary discrete matrix Riccati equation by the eigenvalue-eigenvector method of Vanghan [1] can be avoided by a simple reformulation.......The purpose of this correspondence is to point out that certain numerical problems encountered in the solution of the stationary discrete matrix Riccati equation by the eigenvalue-eigenvector method of Vanghan [1] can be avoided by a simple reformulation....

  6. Multiphoton Scattering Tomography with Coherent States.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ramos, Tomás; García-Ripoll, Juan José

    2017-10-13

    In this work we develop an experimental procedure to interrogate the single- and multiphoton scattering matrices of an unknown quantum system interacting with propagating photons. Our proposal requires coherent state laser or microwave inputs and homodyne detection at the scatterer's output, and provides simultaneous information about multiple-elastic and inelastic-segments of the scattering matrix. The method is resilient to detector noise and its errors can be made arbitrarily small by combining experiments at various laser powers. Finally, we show that the tomography of scattering has to be performed using pulsed lasers to efficiently gather information about the nonlinear processes in the scatterer.

  7. Methods of Manufacturing Bioactive Gels from Extracellular Matrix Material

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kentner, Kimberly (Inventor); Stuart, Katherine A. (Inventor); Janis, Abram D. (Inventor)

    2017-01-01

    The present invention is directed to methods of manufacturing bioactive gels from ECM material, i.e., gels which retain bioactivity, and can serve as scaffolds for preclinical and clinical tissue engineering and regenerative medicine approaches to tissue reconstruction. The manufacturing methods take advantage of a new recognition that bioactive gels from ECM material can be created by digesting particularized ECM material in an alkaline environment and neutralizing to provide bioactive gels.

  8. Determination of several trace elements in silicate rocks by an XRF method with background and matrix corrections

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pascual, J.

    1987-12-01

    An X-ray fluorescence method for determining trace elements in silicate rock samples was studied. The procedure focused on the application of the pertinent matrix corrections. Either the Compton peak or the reciprocal of the mass absorption coefficient of the sample was used as internal standard for this purpose. X-ray tubes with W or Cr anodes were employed, and the W L..beta.. and Cr K..cap alpha.. Compton intensities scattered by the sample were measured. The mass absorption coefficients at both sides of the absorption edge for Fe (1.658 and 1.936 A) were calculated. The elements Zr, Y, Rb, Zn, Ni, Cr and V were determined in 15 international reference rocks covering wide ranges of concentration. Relative mean errors were in many cases less than 10%.

  9. A non-parametric permutation method for assessing agreement for distance matrix observations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Røislien, Jo; Samset, Eigil

    2014-01-30

    Distance matrix data are occurring ever more frequently in medical research, particularly in fields such as genetics, DNA research, and image analysis. We propose a non-parametric permutation method for assessing agreement when the data under study are distance matrices. We apply agglomerative hierarchical clustering and accompanying dendrograms to visualize the internal structure of the matrix observations. The accompanying test is based on random permutations of the elements within individual matrix observations and the corresponding matrix mean of these permutations. We compare the within-matrix element sum of squares (WMESS) for the observed mean against the WMESS for the permutation means. The methodology is exemplified using simulations and real data from magnetic resonance imaging. Copyright © 2013 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  10. Biological Matrix Effects in Quantitative Tandem Mass Spectrometry-Based Analytical Methods: Advancing Biomonitoring

    Science.gov (United States)

    Panuwet, Parinya; Hunter, Ronald E.; D’Souza, Priya E.; Chen, Xianyu; Radford, Samantha A.; Cohen, Jordan R.; Marder, M. Elizabeth; Kartavenka, Kostya; Ryan, P. Barry; Barr, Dana Boyd

    2015-01-01

    The ability to quantify levels of target analytes in biological samples accurately and precisely, in biomonitoring, involves the use of highly sensitive and selective instrumentation such as tandem mass spectrometers and a thorough understanding of highly variable matrix effects. Typically, matrix effects are caused by co-eluting matrix components that alter the ionization of target analytes as well as the chromatographic response of target analytes, leading to reduced or increased sensitivity of the analysis. Thus, before the desired accuracy and precision standards of laboratory data are achieved, these effects must be characterized and controlled. Here we present our review and observations of matrix effects encountered during the validation and implementation of tandem mass spectrometry-based analytical methods. We also provide systematic, comprehensive laboratory strategies needed to control challenges posed by matrix effects in order to ensure delivery of the most accurate data for biomonitoring studies assessing exposure to environmental toxicants. PMID:25562585

  11. The Visual Matrix Method: Imagery and Affect in a Group-Based Research Setting

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lynn Froggett

    2015-07-01

    Full Text Available The visual matrix is a method for researching shared experience, stimulated by sensory material relevant to a research question. It is led by imagery, visualization and affect, which in the matrix take precedence over discourse. The method enables the symbolization of imaginative and emotional material, which might not otherwise be articulated and allows "unthought" dimensions of experience to emerge into consciousness in a participatory setting. We describe the process of the matrix with reference to the study "Public Art and Civic Engagement" (FROGGETT, MANLEY, ROY, PRIOR & DOHERTY, 2014 in which it was developed and tested. Subsequently, examples of its use in other contexts are provided. Both the matrix and post-matrix discussions are described, as is the interpretive process that follows. Theoretical sources are highlighted: its origins in social dreaming; the atemporal, associative nature of the thinking during and after the matrix which we describe through the Deleuzian idea of the rhizome; and the hermeneutic analysis which draws from object relations theory and the Lorenzerian tradition of scenic understanding. The matrix has been conceptualized as a "scenic rhizome" to account for its distinctive quality and hybrid origins in research practice. The scenic rhizome operates as a "third" between participants and the "objects" of contemplation. We suggest that some of the drawbacks of other group-based methods are avoided in the visual matrix—namely the tendency for inter-personal dynamics to dominate the event. URN: http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs150369

  12. [Optimization of cataplasm matrix with face-centered design-response surface method].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Shuzhi; Li, Junhong; Jin, Rixian; Du, Maobo

    2009-12-01

    To optimize the matrix formulation of cataplasm. Face-centered design was used in the experimental design, and response surface was produced in quadratic polynomial after data fitting in order to explore the impacts of Sodium Polyacrylate, Carbomer and the cross-linking agent on stickiness of cataplasm, optimize the prescription of the cataplasm matrix and perform the evaluation analysis. The multiple correlation coefficient (R2) and adjusted R2 in the fitting method using quadratic polynomial were 0.970 and 0. 952 (F = 53.953, P = 0.0001), respectively, and the model was significant different. The ratio of optimum proportion of Sodium Polyacrylate, Carbomer and the cross-linking agent in the matrix of cataplasm was determined, which was proved efficaciously. Face-centered design-response surface method is a simple method with good prediction result for the optimization of cataplasm matrix.

  13. Standard test method for translaminar fracture toughness of laminated and pultruded polymer matrix composite materials

    CERN Document Server

    American Society for Testing and Materials. Philadelphia

    2004-01-01

    1.1 This test method covers the determination of translaminar fracture toughness, KTL, for laminated and pultruded polymer matrix composite materials of various ply orientations using test results from monotonically loaded notched specimens. 1.2 This test method is applicable to room temperature laboratory air environments. 1.3 Composite materials that can be tested by this test method are not limited by thickness or by type of polymer matrix or fiber, provided that the specimen sizes and the test results meet the requirements of this test method. This test method was developed primarily from test results of various carbon fiber – epoxy matrix laminates and from additional results of glass fiber – epoxy matrix, glass fiber-polyester matrix pultrusions and carbon fiber – bismaleimide matrix laminates (1-4, 6, 7). 1.4 A range of eccentrically loaded, single-edge-notch tension, ESE(T), specimen sizes with proportional planar dimensions is provided, but planar size may be variable and adjusted, with asso...

  14. Non-hermitian random matrix theory: Method of hermitian reduction

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Feinberg, J. [California Univ., Santa Barbara, CA (United States). Inst. for Theoretical Physics; Zee, A. [California Univ., Santa Barbara, CA (United States). Inst. for Theoretical Physics]|[Institute for Advanced Study, Olden Lane, Princeton, NJ 08540 (United States)

    1997-11-03

    We consider random non-hermitian matrices in the large-N limit. The power of analytic function theory cannot be brought to bear directly to analyze non-hermitian random matrices, in contrast to hermitian random matrices. To overcome this difficulty, we show that associated to each ensemble of non-hermitian matrices there is an auxiliary ensemble of random hermitian matrices which can be analyzed by the usual methods. We then extract the Green function and the density of eigenvalues of the non-hermitian ensemble from those of the auxiliary ensemble. We apply this ``method of hermitization`` to several examples, and discuss a number of related issues. (orig.). 25 refs.

  15. Application of maximum likelihood methods to laser Thomson scattering measurements of low density plasmas.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Washeleski, Robert L; Meyer, Edmond J; King, Lyon B

    2013-10-01

    Laser Thomson scattering (LTS) is an established plasma diagnostic technique that has seen recent application to low density plasmas. It is difficult to perform LTS measurements when the scattered signal is weak as a result of low electron number density, poor optical access to the plasma, or both. Photon counting methods are often implemented in order to perform measurements in these low signal conditions. However, photon counting measurements performed with photo-multiplier tubes are time consuming and multi-photon arrivals are incorrectly recorded. In order to overcome these shortcomings a new data analysis method based on maximum likelihood estimation was developed. The key feature of this new data processing method is the inclusion of non-arrival events in determining the scattered Thomson signal. Maximum likelihood estimation and its application to Thomson scattering at low signal levels is presented and application of the new processing method to LTS measurements performed in the plume of a 2-kW Hall-effect thruster is discussed.

  16. Matrix factorization method for the Hamiltonian structure of ...

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    S Ghosh, B Talukdar and S Chakraborti. The Hamiltonian structure of non-linear evolution equations solvable by the inverse spectral method was discovered in 1971 by Zakharov and Faddeev [2] and by Gardner [3] who interpreted the Kortweg-de Vries (KdV) equation as a completely integrable Hamilto- nian system in an ...

  17. Emergy Algebra: Improving Matrix Methods for Calculating Tranformities

    Science.gov (United States)

    Transformity is one of the core concepts in Energy Systems Theory and it is fundamental to the calculation of emergy. Accurate evaluation of transformities and other emergy per unit values is essential for the broad acceptance, application and further development of emergy method...

  18. A fast iterative method for Chandrasekhar's -functions for general laws of scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kawabata, Kiyoshi

    2015-08-01

    This work shows that notable acceleration of the speed of calculating Chandrasekhar's -functions for general laws of scattering with an iterative method can be realized by supplying a starting approximation produced by the following procedure: (i) in the cases of azimuth-angle independent Fourier components, values of the isotropic scattering -function given by an accurate yet simple-to-apply formula, in particular, the one by Kawabata and Limaye (Astrophys. Space Sci. 332:365, 2011), and (ii) for azimuth-angle dependent Fourier components, an already obtained solution of the next lower order term.

  19. Comparison of experimental methods for estimating matrix diffusion coefficients for contaminant transport modeling.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Telfeyan, Katherine; Ware, S Doug; Reimus, Paul W; Birdsell, Kay H

    2018-02-01

    Diffusion cell and diffusion wafer experiments were conducted to compare methods for estimating effective matrix diffusion coefficients in rock core samples from Pahute Mesa at the Nevada Nuclear Security Site (NNSS). A diffusion wafer method, in which a solute diffuses out of a rock matrix that is pre-saturated with water containing the solute, is presented as a simpler alternative to the traditional through-diffusion (diffusion cell) method. Both methods yielded estimates of effective matrix diffusion coefficients that were within the range of values previously reported for NNSS volcanic rocks. The difference between the estimates of the two methods ranged from 14 to 30%, and there was no systematic high or low bias of one method relative to the other. From a transport modeling perspective, these differences are relatively minor when one considers that other variables (e.g., fracture apertures, fracture spacings) influence matrix diffusion to a greater degree and tend to have greater uncertainty than effective matrix diffusion coefficients. For the same relative random errors in concentration measurements, the diffusion cell method yields effective matrix diffusion coefficient estimates that have less uncertainty than the wafer method. However, the wafer method is easier and less costly to implement and yields estimates more quickly, thus allowing a greater number of samples to be analyzed for the same cost and time. Given the relatively good agreement between the methods, and the lack of any apparent bias between the methods, the diffusion wafer method appears to offer advantages over the diffusion cell method if better statistical representation of a given set of rock samples is desired. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Lyophilic matrix method for dissolution and release studies of nanoscale particles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pessi, Jenni; Svanbäck, Sami; Lassila, Ilkka; Hæggström, Edward; Yliruusi, Jouko

    2017-10-25

    We introduce a system with a lyophilic matrix to aid dissolution studies of powders and particulate systems. This lyophilic matrix method (LM method) is based on the ability to discriminate between non-dissolved particles and the dissolved species. In the LM method the test substance is embedded in a thin lyophilic core-shell matrix. This permits rapid contact with the dissolution medium while minimizing dispersion of non-dissolved particles without presenting a substantial diffusion barrier. The method produces realistic dissolution and release results for particulate systems, especially those featuring nanoscale particles. By minimizing method-induced effects on the dissolution profile of nanopowders, the LM method overcomes shortcomings associated with current dissolution tests. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. Study of scattering cross section of a plasma column using Green's function volume integral equation method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Soltanmoradi, Elmira; Shokri, Babak

    2017-05-01

    In this article, the electromagnetic wave scattering from plasma columns with inhomogeneous electron density distribution is studied by the Green's function volume integral equation method. Due to the ready production of such plasmas in the laboratories and their practical application in various technological fields, this study tries to find the effects of plasma parameters such as the electron density, radius, and pressure on the scattering cross-section of a plasma column. Moreover, the incident wave frequency influence of the scattering pattern is demonstrated. Furthermore, the scattering cross-section of a plasma column with an inhomogeneous collision frequency profile is calculated and the effect of this inhomogeneity is discussed first in this article. These results are especially used to determine the appropriate conditions for radar cross-section reduction purposes. It is shown that the radar cross-section of a plasma column reduces more for a larger collision frequency, for a relatively lower plasma frequency, and also for a smaller radius. Furthermore, it is found that the effect of the electron density on the scattering cross-section is more obvious in comparison with the effect of other plasma parameters. Also, the plasma column with homogenous collision frequency can be used as a better shielding in contrast to its inhomogeneous counterpart.

  2. A Comparison of Methods for Estimating the Determinant of High-Dimensional Covariance Matrix.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Zongliang; Dong, Kai; Dai, Wenlin; Tong, Tiejun

    2017-09-21

    The determinant of the covariance matrix for high-dimensional data plays an important role in statistical inference and decision. It has many real applications including statistical tests and information theory. Due to the statistical and computational challenges with high dimensionality, little work has been proposed in the literature for estimating the determinant of high-dimensional covariance matrix. In this paper, we estimate the determinant of the covariance matrix using some recent proposals for estimating high-dimensional covariance matrix. Specifically, we consider a total of eight covariance matrix estimation methods for comparison. Through extensive simulation studies, we explore and summarize some interesting comparison results among all compared methods. We also provide practical guidelines based on the sample size, the dimension, and the correlation of the data set for estimating the determinant of high-dimensional covariance matrix. Finally, from a perspective of the loss function, the comparison study in this paper may also serve as a proxy to assess the performance of the covariance matrix estimation.

  3. A Comparison of Methods for Estimating the Determinant of High-Dimensional Covariance Matrix

    KAUST Repository

    Hu, Zongliang

    2017-09-27

    The determinant of the covariance matrix for high-dimensional data plays an important role in statistical inference and decision. It has many real applications including statistical tests and information theory. Due to the statistical and computational challenges with high dimensionality, little work has been proposed in the literature for estimating the determinant of high-dimensional covariance matrix. In this paper, we estimate the determinant of the covariance matrix using some recent proposals for estimating high-dimensional covariance matrix. Specifically, we consider a total of eight covariance matrix estimation methods for comparison. Through extensive simulation studies, we explore and summarize some interesting comparison results among all compared methods. We also provide practical guidelines based on the sample size, the dimension, and the correlation of the data set for estimating the determinant of high-dimensional covariance matrix. Finally, from a perspective of the loss function, the comparison study in this paper may also serve as a proxy to assess the performance of the covariance matrix estimation.

  4. Symmetric Matrix Fields in the Finite Element Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gerard Awanou

    2010-07-01

    Full Text Available The theory of elasticity is used to predict the response of a material body subject to applied forces. In the linear theory, where the displacement is small, the stress tensor which measures the internal forces is the variable of primal importance. However the symmetry of the stress tensor which expresses the conservation of angular momentum had been a challenge for finite element computations. We review in this paper approaches based on mixed finite element methods.

  5. Recursive Solution Procedures for Flexible Multibody Systems: Comparing Condensation and Transfer Matrix Methods

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Schilder, Jurnan; Ellenbroek, Marcel; de Boer, Andre

    2017-01-01

    In this work two different recursive solution procedures for flexible multibody systems are considered: the condensation method and the transfer matrix method. A comparison between these methods is made based on the equation of motion of an arbitrary 3D linear elastic body, in which the absolute

  6. An Iterative Method for the Matrix Principal n-th Root

    OpenAIRE

    Lakić, Slobodan

    1995-01-01

    In this paper we give an iterative method to compute the principal n-th root and the principal inverse n-th root of a given matrix. As we shall show this method is locally convergent. This method is analyzed and its numerical stability is investigated.

  7. NewIn-situ synthesis method of magnesium matrix composites reinforced with TiC particulates

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhang Xiuqing

    2006-12-01

    Full Text Available Magnesium matrix composites reinforced with TiC particulates was prepared using a new in-situ synthesis method of remelting and dilution technique. And measurements were performed on the composites. The results of x ray diffraction (XRD analysis confirmed that TiC particulates were synthesized during the sintering process, and they retained in magnesium matrix composites after the remelting and dilution processing. From the microstructure characterization and electron probe microanalysis (EPMA, we could see that fine TiC particulates distributed uniformly in the matrix material.

  8. Time-step limits for a Monte Carlo Compton-scattering method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Densmore, Jeffery D [Los Alamos National Laboratory; Warsa, James S [Los Alamos National Laboratory; Lowrie, Robert B [Los Alamos National Laboratory

    2008-01-01

    Compton scattering is an important aspect of radiative transfer in high energy density applications. In this process, the frequency and direction of a photon are altered by colliding with a free electron. The change in frequency of a scattered photon results in an energy exchange between the photon and target electron and energy coupling between radiation and matter. Canfield, Howard, and Liang have presented a Monte Carlo method for simulating Compton scattering that models the photon-electron collision kinematics exactly. However, implementing their technique in multiphysics problems that include the effects of radiation-matter energy coupling typically requires evaluating the material temperature at its beginning-of-time-step value. This explicit evaluation can lead to unstable and oscillatory solutions. In this paper, we perform a stability analysis of this Monte Carlo method and present time-step limits that avoid instabilities and nonphysical oscillations by considering a spatially independent, purely scattering radiative-transfer problem. Examining a simplified problem is justified because it isolates the effects of Compton scattering, and existing Monte Carlo techniques can robustly model other physics (such as absorption, emission, sources, and photon streaming). Our analysis begins by simplifying the equations that are solved via Monte Carlo within each time step using the Fokker-Planck approximation. Next, we linearize these approximate equations about an equilibrium solution such that the resulting linearized equations describe perturbations about this equilibrium. We then solve these linearized equations over a time step and determine the corresponding eigenvalues, quantities that can predict the behavior of solutions generated by a Monte Carlo simulation as a function of time-step size and other physical parameters. With these results, we develop our time-step limits. This approach is similar to our recent investigation of time discretizations for the

  9. Method for encapsulating nanoparticles in a zeolite matrix

    Science.gov (United States)

    Coker, Eric N.

    2007-12-11

    A method for preparing a metal nanocluster composite material. A porous zeolitic material is treated with an aqueous metal compound solution to form a metal ion-exchanged zeolitic material, heated at a temperature ramp rate of less than 2.degree. C./min to an elevated temperature, cooled, contacted with an organic monomer and heating to induce polymerization, and heating the composite material to greater than 350.degree. C. under non-oxidizing conditions to form a metal nanocluster-carbon composite material with nanocluster sizes between approximately 0.6 nm and 10 nm.

  10. Analysis and Synthesis of the Digital Structures by the Matrix Method

    OpenAIRE

    Psenicka, B.; Hospodka, J.

    2011-01-01

    This paper presents a general matrix algorithm for analysis of digital filters. The method proposed in this paper allows not only the analysis of the digital filters, but also the construction of new structures of the canonic or non-canonic digital filter. Equivalent filters of different structures can be found according to various matrix expansions. The structures can be calculated even from transfer function or from state-space matrices and with the additional advantage of requiring minimum...

  11. Method for Analysis of Matrix Degradation by CCN2 Through the MMP/TIMP System.

    Science.gov (United States)

    McLennan, Susan V; Min, Danqing; Wang, Xiaoyu; Twigg, Stephen M

    2017-01-01

    Many studies have shown effects of members of the CCN family on matrix synthesis and accumulation but few have examined degradative pathways. This scarcity of information is in part due to the lack of suitable model systems. Here we describe methods for making rhCCN2 and also for the preparation of a biosynthetically labeled matrix substrate that can be used to measure the effect of CCN on cellular or secreted degradative pathways.

  12. X-ray scatter correction method for dedicated breast computed tomography

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sechopoulos, Ioannis [Department of Radiology and Imaging Sciences and Winship Cancer Institute, Emory University School of Medicine, 1701 Upper Gate Drive NE, Suite 5018, Atlanta, Georgia 30322 (United States)

    2012-05-15

    Purpose: To improve image quality and accuracy in dedicated breast computed tomography (BCT) by removing the x-ray scatter signal included in the BCT projections. Methods: The previously characterized magnitude and distribution of x-ray scatter in BCT results in both cupping artifacts and reduction of contrast and accuracy in the reconstructions. In this study, an image processing method is proposed that estimates and subtracts the low-frequency x-ray scatter signal included in each BCT projection postacquisition and prereconstruction. The estimation of this signal is performed using simple additional hardware, one additional BCT projection acquisition with negligible radiation dose, and simple image processing software algorithms. The high frequency quantum noise due to the scatter signal is reduced using a noise filter postreconstruction. The dosimetric consequences and validity of the assumptions of this algorithm were determined using Monte Carlo simulations. The feasibility of this method was determined by imaging a breast phantom on a BCT clinical prototype and comparing the corrected reconstructions to the unprocessed reconstructions and to reconstructions obtained from fan-beam acquisitions as a reference standard. One-dimensional profiles of the reconstructions and objective image quality metrics were used to determine the impact of the algorithm. Results: The proposed additional acquisition results in negligible additional radiation dose to the imaged breast ({approx}0.4% of the standard BCT acquisition). The processed phantom reconstruction showed substantially reduced cupping artifacts, increased contrast between adipose and glandular tissue equivalents, higher voxel value accuracy, and no discernible blurring of high frequency features. Conclusions: The proposed scatter correction method for dedicated breast CT is feasible and can result in highly improved image quality. Further optimization and testing, especially with patient images, is necessary to

  13. Imagining transitions in old age through the Visual Matrix method

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Liveng, Anne; Ramvi, Ellen; Froggett, Lynn

    2017-01-01

    and collective imagination. Through analysis of data extracts, on the three transitions, we illustrate oscillations between defending against the challenges of ageing and realism in facing the anxieties it can provoke. A recurring theme includes the finality of individual life and the inter......Dominant discourses of ageing are often confined to what is less painful to think about and therefore idealise or denigrate ageing and later life. We present findings from an exploratory psychosocial study, in a Nordic context, into three later-life transitions: from working life to retirement......, from mental health to dementia and from life to death. Because, for some, these topics are hard to bear and therefore defended against and routinely excluded from everyday awareness, we used a method led by imagery and affect–the Visual Matrix–to elicit participant s’ free associative personal...

  14. The matrix method for radiological characterization of radioactive waste

    CERN Document Server

    Magistris, M

    2007-01-01

    Beam losses are responsible for material activation in some of the components of particle accelerators. The activation is caused by several nuclear processes and varies with the irradiation history and the characteristics of the material (namely chemical composition and size). Once at the end of their operational lifetime, these materials require radiological characterization. The radionuclide inventory depends on the particle spectrum, the irradiation history and the chemical composition of the material. As long as these factors are known and the material cross-sections are available, the induced radioactivity can be calculated analytically. However, these factors vary widely among different items of waste and sometimes they are only partially known. The European Laboratory for Particle Physics (CERN, Geneva) has been operating accelerators for high-energy physics for 50 years. Different methods for the evaluation of the radionuclide inventory are currently under investigation at CERN, including the so-calle...

  15. A novel method for resonant inelastic soft X-ray scattering via photoelectron spectroscopy detection.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dakovski, Georgi L; Lin, Ming Fu; Damiani, Daniel S; Schlotter, William F; Turner, Joshua J; Nordlund, Dennis; Ogasawara, Hirohito

    2017-11-01

    A method for measuring resonant inelastic X-ray scattering based on the conversion of X-ray photons into photoelectrons is presented. The setup is compact, relies on commercially available detectors, and offers significant flexibility. This method is demonstrated at the Linac Coherent Light Source with ∼0.5 eV resolution at the cobalt L3-edge, with signal rates comparable with traditional grating spectrometers.

  16. Method of making carbon fiber-carbon matrix reinforced ceramic composites

    Science.gov (United States)

    Williams, Brian (Inventor); Benander, Robert (Inventor)

    2007-01-01

    A method of making a carbon fiber-carbon matrix reinforced ceramic composite wherein the result is a carbon fiber-carbon matrix reinforcement is embedded within a ceramic matrix. The ceramic matrix does not penetrate into the carbon fiber-carbon matrix reinforcement to any significant degree. The carbide matrix is a formed in situ solid carbide of at least one metal having a melting point above about 1850 degrees centigrade. At least when the composite is intended to operate between approximately 1500 and 2000 degrees centigrade for extended periods of time the solid carbide with the embedded reinforcement is formed first by reaction infiltration. Molten silicon is then diffused into the carbide. The molten silicon diffuses preferentially into the carbide matrix but not to any significant degree into the carbon-carbon reinforcement. Where the composite is intended to operate between approximately 2000 and 2700 degrees centigrade for extended periods of time such diffusion of molten silicon into the carbide is optional and generally preferred, but not essential.

  17. Determining Complex Structures using Docking Method with Single Particle Scattering Data

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Haiguang Liu

    2017-04-01

    Full Text Available Protein complexes are critical for many molecular functions. Due to intrinsic flexibility and dynamics of complexes, their structures are more difficult to determine using conventional experimental methods, in contrast to individual subunits. One of the major challenges is the crystallization of protein complexes. Using X-ray free electron lasers (XFELs, it is possible to collect scattering signals from non-crystalline protein complexes, but data interpretation is more difficult because of unknown orientations. Here, we propose a hybrid approach to determine protein complex structures by combining XFEL single particle scattering data with computational docking methods. Using simulations data, we demonstrate that a small set of single particle scattering data collected at random orientations can be used to distinguish the native complex structure from the decoys generated using docking algorithms. The results also indicate that a small set of single particle scattering data is superior to spherically averaged intensity profile in distinguishing complex structures. Given the fact that XFEL experimental data are difficult to acquire and at low abundance, this hybrid approach should find wide applications in data interpretations.

  18. The structure of fillers, polymers and their interfaces in polymer composites using neutron scattering methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hjelm, R.P.

    1998-12-01

    The neutron scattering methods, small-angle neutron scattering and neutron reflectometry, provide information on the structure of polymer composite materials that is not available from other structural probes. The unique capabilities of these methods derive from three factors. First, the length scales probed correspond to polymer conformation, molecular and domain scales and to the characteristic sizes of many fillers. Second, neutrons are able to penetrate relatively thick samples, allowing bulk samples to be measured, and enabling buried interfaces to be studied. This characteristic also allows for the construction of special sample containment needed for studying materials under stress, extremes in pressure and temperature, etc. Third, neutrons readily distinguish between different light elements, and between different isotopes of the same element. The ability to distinguish between hydrogen and deuterium is particularly important in this regard. New ways of exploiting the capabilities of neutrons are opening up with the development of improved sources and instruments in the US and elsewhere. In this talk the author will discuss the basic concepts that give rise to the unique capabilities of neutron scattering, giving several examples of the uses of neutron scattering techniques in the study of polymer composites. The examples will include the morphology of fillers, polymer binders and matrices, interfaces and defect structures.

  19. Determining Complex Structures using Docking Method with Single Particle Scattering Data.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Hongxiao; Liu, Haiguang

    2017-01-01

    Protein complexes are critical for many molecular functions. Due to intrinsic flexibility and dynamics of complexes, their structures are more difficult to determine using conventional experimental methods, in contrast to individual subunits. One of the major challenges is the crystallization of protein complexes. Using X-ray free electron lasers (XFELs), it is possible to collect scattering signals from non-crystalline protein complexes, but data interpretation is more difficult because of unknown orientations. Here, we propose a hybrid approach to determine protein complex structures by combining XFEL single particle scattering data with computational docking methods. Using simulations data, we demonstrate that a small set of single particle scattering data collected at random orientations can be used to distinguish the native complex structure from the decoys generated using docking algorithms. The results also indicate that a small set of single particle scattering data is superior to spherically averaged intensity profile in distinguishing complex structures. Given the fact that XFEL experimental data are difficult to acquire and at low abundance, this hybrid approach should find wide applications in data interpretations.

  20. Using the Matrix Method to Compute the Degrees of Freedom of Mechanisms

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kambiz Ghaemi Osgouie

    2017-08-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, some definitions and traditional formulas for calculating the mobility of mechanisms are represented, e.g. Grubler formula, Somov - Malyshev formula, and Buchsbaum - Freudenstei. It is discussed that there are certain cases in which they are too ambiguous and incorrect to use. However, a matrix method is suggested based on the rank of the Jacobian of the mechanism and its application is investigated. It is shown that the matrix method will definitely lead to a correct answer; however, it is lengthy and consumes more computational effort. It is shown that in the cases the traditional formulas give a wrong answer and the matrix method gives the correct mobility. To compare the methods, several examples are given including the four bar planar linkage, the augmented four bar linkage, University of Maryland manipulator, Cartesian parallel manipulator (CPM, delta robot, orthoglide robot, and H4 parallel robot.

  1. Novel Direction Of Arrival Estimation Method Based on Coherent Accumulation Matrix Reconstruction

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Li Lei

    2015-04-01

    Full Text Available Based on coherent accumulation matrix reconstruction, a novel Direction Of Arrival (DOA estimation decorrelation method of coherent signals is proposed using a small sample. First, the Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR is improved by performing coherent accumulation operation on an array of observed data. Then, according to the structure characteristics of the accumulated snapshot vector, the equivalent covariance matrix, whose rank is the same as the number of array elements, is constructed. The rank of this matrix is proved to be determined just by the number of incident signals, which realize the decorrelation of coherent signals. Compared with spatial smoothing method, the proposed method performs better by effectively avoiding aperture loss with high-resolution characteristics and low computational complexity. Simulation results demonstrate the efficiency of the proposed method.

  2. Analysis of the method of generalized separation of variables in the problem of light scattering by small axisymmetric particles

    Science.gov (United States)

    Farafonov, V. G.; Ustimov, V. I.

    2017-02-01

    In the problem of light scattering by small axisymmetric particles, we have constructed the Rayleigh approximation in which the polarizability of particles is determined by the generalized separation of variables method (GSVM). In this case, electric-field strengths are gradients of scalar potentials, which are represented as expansions in term of eigenfunctions of the Laplace operator in the spherical coordinate system. By virtue of the fact that the separation of variables in the boundary conditions is incomplete, the initial problem is reduced to infinite systems of linear algebraic equations (ISLAEs) with respect to unknown expansion coefficients. We have examined the asymptotic behavior of ISLAE elements at large values of indices. It has been shown that the necessary condition of the solvability of the ISLAE coincides with the condition of correct application of the extended boundary conditions method (EBCM). We have performed numerical calculations for Chebyshev particles with one maximum (also known as Pascal's snails or limaçons of Pascal). The obtained numerical results for the asymptotics of ISLAE elements and for the matrix support theoretical inferences. We have shown that the scattering and absorption cross sections of examined particles can be calculated in a wide range of variation of parameters with an error of about 1-2% using the spheroidal model. This model is also applicable in the case in which the solvability condition of the ISLAE for nonconvex particles is violated; in this case, the SVM should be considered as an approximate method, which frequently ensures obtaining results with an error less than 0.1-0.5%.

  3. Electromagnetic Scattering of Electrically Large Ship above Sea Surface with SBR-SDFM Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lixin Guo

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available Hybrid scheme combining shooting and bouncing ray with semi-deterministic facet model is proposed to analyze composite scattering from ship-ocean scene in this study. This model can deal with complex electromagnetic interaction between ship and sea surface. Thus, scattering properties of composite ship-ocean scenes with influence of various parameters (such as incident angle and wind speed can be studied and analyzed efficiently. Studying such properties is of significance for target detection and high-resolution radar imaging in sea environments. Accuracy and performance of this method are validated and evaluated by comparing with multilevel fast multipole method of FEKO for electrically small objects. All simulation results indicate that the proposed method is suitable for providing preliminary radar cross section prediction of electrically large composite model.

  4. Discrete ordinates transport methods for problems with highly forward-peaked scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pautz, S.D.

    1998-04-01

    The author examines the solutions of the discrete ordinates (S{sub N}) method for problems with highly forward-peaked scattering kernels. He derives conditions necessary to obtain reasonable solutions in a certain forward-peaked limit, the Fokker-Planck (FP) limit. He also analyzes the acceleration of the iterative solution of such problems and offer improvements to it. He extends the analytic Fokker-Planck limit analysis to the S{sub N} equations. This analysis shows that in this asymptotic limit the S{sub N} solution satisfies a pseudospectral discretization of the FP equation, provided that the scattering term is handled in a certain way (which he describes) and that the analytic transport solution satisfies an analytic FP equation. Similar analyses of various spatially discretized S{sub N} equations reveal that they too produce solutions that satisfy discrete FP equations, given the same provisions. Numerical results agree with these theoretical predictions. He defines a multidimensional angular multigrid (ANMG) method to accelerate the iterative solution of highly forward-peaked problems. The analyses show that a straightforward application of this scheme is subject to high-frequency instabilities. However, by applying a diffusive filter to the ANMG corrections he is able to stabilize this method. Fourier analyses of model problems show that the resulting method is effective at accelerating the convergence rate when the scattering is forward-peaked. The numerical results demonstrate that these analyses are good predictors of the actual performance of the ANMG method.

  5. Holographic Imaging and Iterative Phase Optimization Methods for Focusing and Transmitting Light in Scattering Media

    Science.gov (United States)

    Purcell, Michael James

    Existing methods for focusing and imaging through strongly scattering materials are often limited by speed, the need for invasive feedback, and the shallow depth of penetration of photons into the material. These limitations have motivated the present research into the development of a new iterative phase optimization method for improving transmission of light through a sample of strongly scattering material. A new method, based on the detection of back-scattered light combined with active (phase-only) wavefront control was found to be partially successful, decreasing the power of backscattered incident light at 488 nm wavelength by approximately 35% in a 626 mum thick sample of Yttria (Y2O3) nanopowder (mean particle size 26 nm) in clear epoxy with transport mean free path length ˜116 mum. However, the observed transmitted power did not show simultaneous improvement. The conclusion was reached that scattering to the sides of the sample and polarization scrambling were responsible for the lack of improved transmission with this method. Some ideas for improvement are discussed in the thesis. This research subsequently led to the development of a lensless holographic imaging method based on a rotating diffuser for statistical averaging of the optical signal for overcoming speckle caused by reflection from a rough surface. This method made it possible to reduce background variations of intensity due to speckle and improve images reflected from rough, immobile surfaces with no direct path for photons between the object and camera. Improvements in the images obtained with this technique were evaluated quantitatively by comparing SSIM indices and were found to offer practical advances for transmissive and reflective geometries alike.

  6. A Synthetic Approach to the Transfer Matrix Method in Classical and Quantum Physics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pujol, O.; Perez, J. P.

    2007-01-01

    The aim of this paper is to propose a synthetic approach to the transfer matrix method in classical and quantum physics. This method is an efficient tool to deal with complicated physical systems of practical importance in geometrical light or charged particle optics, classical electronics, mechanics, electromagnetics and quantum physics. Teaching…

  7. Charge-constrained auxiliary-density-matrix methods for the Hartree–Fock exchange contribution

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Merlot, Patrick; Izsak, Robert; Borgoo, Alex

    2014-01-01

    Three new variants of the auxiliary-density-matrix method (ADMM) of Guidon, Hutter, and VandeVondele [J. Chem. Theory Comput. 6, 2348 (2010)] are presented with the common feature thatthey have a simplified constraint compared with the full orthonormality requirement of the earlier ADMM1 method...

  8. Scattering-matrix approach to Casimir-Lifshitz force and heat transfer out of thermal equilibrium between arbitrary bodies

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Messina, Riccardo [LNE-SYRTE, Observatoire de Paris, CNRS UMR 8630, UPMC, 61 avenue de l' Observatoire, F-75014 Paris (France); Antezza, Mauro [Universite Montpellier 2, Laboratoire Charles Coulomb UMR 5221, F-34095, Montpellier (France); CNRS, Laboratoire Charles Coulomb UMR 5221, F-34095, Montpellier (France)

    2011-10-15

    We study the radiative heat transfer and the Casimir-Lifshitz force occurring between two bodies in a system out of thermal equilibrium. We consider bodies of arbitrary shape and dielectric properties, held at two different temperatures and immersed in environmental radiation at a third different temperature. We derive explicit closed-form analytic expressions for the correlations of the electromagnetic field and for the heat transfer and Casimir-Lifshitz force in terms of the bodies' scattering matrices. We then consider some particular cases which we investigate in detail: the atom-surface and the slab-slab configurations.

  9. A Matrix Method Based on the Fibonacci Polynomials to the Generalized Pantograph Equations with Functional Arguments

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ayşe Betül Koç

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available A pseudospectral method based on the Fibonacci operational matrix is proposed to solve generalized pantograph equations with linear functional arguments. By using this method, approximate solutions of the problems are easily obtained in form of the truncated Fibonacci series. Some illustrative examples are given to verify the efficiency and effectiveness of the proposed method. Then, the numerical results are compared with other methods.

  10. [Research on particle size and size distribution of nanocrystals in urines by laser light scattering method].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wan, Mu-Hua; Zhao, Mei-Xia; Ouyang, Jian-Ming

    2009-01-01

    In the present paper laser light scattering method was used to investigate the particle size and size distribution of nanoparticles simultaneously in urines of lithogenic patients and healthy persons. This method is economic, rapid, accurate and easy to operate. The results showed that healthy urines are more stable than lithogenic urines. In urines of healthy human, the ultrafine crystals were well scattered and not aggregated with a smaller size. However, the ultrafine crystals in lithogenic urine have a broad size distribution, which increases the aggregation trend of nanocrystals. Based on the intensity-autocorrelation curve, the stability of urine samples of both healthy human and lithogenic patients was comparatively investigated. The relationship between the measurement results and the methods of handling sample was studied. The results show that a stable urine sample can be obtained by diluting the urine with a ratio of 20%, then centrifuging it at 4,000 round per minute for 15 minutes or filtrating it with 1.2 microm cellulose acetate filter. The results of laser light scattering method are consistent with that obtained by transmission electron microscopy (TEM). The reasons for the stability of urines are explained from the points of Van der Waals force, urine viscosity, pH value, ionic strength, surface charge and zeta potential of the ultrafine crystals, and so on. The results in this paper provide a new thought for preventing formation and recurrence of urinary stones.

  11. Matrix assisted ionization in vacuum, a sensitive and widely applicable ionization method for mass spectrometry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Trimpin, Sarah; Inutan, Ellen D

    2013-05-01

    An astonishingly simple new method to produce gas-phase ions of small molecules as well as proteins from the solid state under cold vacuum conditions is described. This matrix assisted ionization vacuum (MAIV) mass spectrometry (MS) method produces multiply charged ions similar to those that typify electrospray ionization (ESI) and uses sample preparation methods that are nearly identical to matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI). Unlike these established methods, MAIV does not require a laser or voltage for ionization, and unlike the recently introduced matrix assisted ionization inlet method, does not require added heat. MAIV-MS requires only introduction of a crystalline mixture of the analyte incorporated with a suitable small molecule matrix compound such as 3-nitrobenzonitrile directly to the vacuum of the mass spectrometer. Vacuum intermediate pressure MALDI sources and modified ESI sources successfully produce ions for analysis by MS with this method. As in ESI-MS, ion formation is continuous and, without a laser, little chemical background is observed. MAIV, operating from a surface offers the possibility of significantly improved sensitivity relative to atmospheric pressure ionization because ions are produced in the vacuum region of the mass spectrometer eliminating losses associated with ion transfer from atmospheric pressure to vacuum. Mechanistic aspects and potential applications for this new ionization method are discussed.

  12. Magnifying endoscopy of the duodenum with dye scattering method in a case with celiac disease

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Morishita Tetsuo

    2003-01-01

    Full Text Available AIM: To know the more detailed findings of the small intestinal mucosa with the use of a magnifying endoscope and a vital dye, and the efficacy of the both tools. PATIENT AND METHODS: A 54-year old female patient with celiac disease. The duodenal mucosa downward as far as the descending portion was observed with a magnifying endoscope (Olympus GIF HM before and after spraying the mucosa with 0.1% indigo carmine. RESULTS: The endoscopy clarified the atrophy and edema of each villus, and scattering of the dye revealed shorter villi with the relatively longer villi remaining in islands. CONCLUSION: The combination of magnifying endoscopy and the dye scattering method is useful for closer observation of the intestinal mucosa in celiac diseases.

  13. Neutron Scattering in Hydrogenous Moderators, Studied by Time Dependent Reaction Rate Method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Larsson, L.G.; Moeller, E.; Purohit, S.N.

    1966-03-15

    The moderation and absorption of a neutron burst in water, poisoned with the non-1/v absorbers cadmium and gadolinium, has been followed on the time scale by multigroup calculations, using scattering kernels for the proton gas and the Nelkin model. The time dependent reaction rate curves for each absorber display clear differences for the two models, and the separation between the curves does not depend much on the absorber concentration. An experimental method for the measurement of infinite medium reaction rate curves in a limited geometry has been investigated. This method makes the measurement of the time dependent reaction rate generally useful for thermalization studies in a small geometry of a liquid hydrogenous moderator, provided that the experiment is coupled to programs for the calculation of scattering kernels and time dependent neutron spectra. Good agreement has been found between the reaction rate curve, measured with cadmium in water, and a calculated curve, where the Haywood kernel has been used.

  14. Method and apparatus for detecting and/or imaging clusters of small scattering centers in the body

    Science.gov (United States)

    Perez-Mendez, V.; Sommer, F.G.

    1982-07-13

    An ultrasonic method and apparatus are provided for detecting and imaging clusters of small scattering centers in the breast wherein periodic pulses are applied to an ultrasound emitting transducer and projected into the body, thereafter being received by at least one receiving transducer positioned to receive scattering from the scattering center clusters. The signals are processed to provide an image showing cluster extent and location. 6 figs.

  15. A Globally Convergent Matrix-Free Method for Constrained Equations and Its Linear Convergence Rate

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Min Sun

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available A matrix-free method for constrained equations is proposed, which is a combination of the well-known PRP (Polak-Ribière-Polyak conjugate gradient method and the famous hyperplane projection method. The new method is not only derivative-free, but also completely matrix-free, and consequently, it can be applied to solve large-scale constrained equations. We obtain global convergence of the new method without any differentiability requirement on the constrained equations. Compared with the existing gradient methods for solving such problem, the new method possesses linear convergence rate under standard conditions, and a relax factor γ is attached in the update step to accelerate convergence. Preliminary numerical results show that it is promising in practice.

  16. A Normalized Transfer Matrix Method for the Free Vibration of Stepped Beams: Comparison with Experimental and FE(3D Methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tamer Ahmed El-Sayed

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available The exact solution for multistepped Timoshenko beam is derived using a set of fundamental solutions. This set of solutions is derived to normalize the solution at the origin of the coordinates. The start, end, and intermediate boundary conditions involve concentrated masses and linear and rotational elastic supports. The beam start, end, and intermediate equations are assembled using the present normalized transfer matrix (NTM. The advantage of this method is that it is quicker than the standard method because the size of the complete system coefficient matrix is 4 × 4. In addition, during the assembly of this matrix, there are no inverse matrix steps required. The validity of this method is tested by comparing the results of the current method with the literature. Then the validity of the exact stepped analysis is checked using experimental and FE(3D methods. The experimental results for stepped beams with single step and two steps, for sixteen different test samples, are in excellent agreement with those of the three-dimensional finite element FE(3D. The comparison between the NTM method and the finite element method results shows that the modal percentage deviation is increased when a beam step location coincides with a peak point in the mode shape. Meanwhile, the deviation decreases when a beam step location coincides with a straight portion in the mode shape.

  17. A Rejection Sampling Based Method for Determining Thermal Scattering Angle and Energy

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Haugen, Carl C.; Forget, Benoit; Smith, Kord S.

    2017-09-01

    Most high performance computing systems being deployed currently and envisioned for the future are based on making use of heavy parallelism across many computational nodes and many concurrent cores. These types of heavily parallel systems often have relatively little memory per core but large amounts of computing capability. This places a significant constraint on how data storage is handled in many Monte Carlo codes. This is made even more significant in fully coupled multiphysics simulations, which requires simulations of many physical phenomena be carried out concurrently on individual processing nodes, which further reduces the amount of memory available for storage of Monte Carlo data. As such, there has been a move towards on-the-fly nuclear data generation to reduce memory requirements associated with interpolation between pre-generated large nuclear data tables for a selection of system temperatures. Methods have been previously developed and implemented in MIT’s OpenMC Monte Carlo code for both the resolved resonance regime and the unresolved resonance regime, but are currently absent for the thermal energy regime. While there are many components involved in generating a thermal neutron scattering cross section on-the-fly, this work will focus on a proposed method for determining the energy and direction of a neutron after a thermal incoherent inelastic scattering event. This work proposes a rejection sampling based method using the thermal scattering kernel to determine the correct outgoing energy and angle. The goal of this project is to be able to treat the full S (a, ß) kernel for graphite, to assist in high fidelity simulations of the TREAT reactor at Idaho National Laboratory. The method is, however, sufficiently general to be applicable in other thermal scattering materials, and can be initially validated with the continuous analytic free gas model.

  18. Apparatus and Method for Measuring Strain in Optical Fibers using Rayleigh Scatter

    Science.gov (United States)

    Froggatt, Mark E. (Inventor); Moore, Jason P. (Inventor)

    2003-01-01

    An apparatus and method for measuring strain in an optical fiber using the spectral shift of Rayleigh scattered light. The interference pattern produced by an air gap reflector and backscattered radiation is measured. Using Fourier Transforms, the spectrum of any section of fiber can be extracted. Cross correlation with an unstrained measurement produces a correlation peak. The location of the correlation peak indicates the strain level in the selected portion of optical fiber.

  19. Lectures in scattering theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sitenko, A G

    1971-01-01

    Lectures in Scattering Theory discusses problems in quantum mechanics and the principles of the non-relativistic theory of potential scattering. This book describes in detail the properties of the scattering matrix and its connection with physically observable quantities. This text presents a stationary formulation of the scattering problem and the wave functions of a particle found in an external field. This book also examines the analytic properties of the scattering matrix, dispersion relations, complex angular moments, as well as the separable representation of the scattering amplitude. Th

  20. HRO: A New Forward-Scatter Observation Method Using a Ham-Band Beacon

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maegawa, K.

    1999-02-01

    A new forward-scatter meteor observation method has been used since 1996 in Japan. It uses its own 50 W continuous wave beacon with a broad directivity antenna on 53.750 MHz. To compensate for the weak echo power from the beacon, observers use SSB mode receivers and narrow band echo detection methods with Fast Fourier Transform software on personal computers. More than 250000 echoes have been counted per year so far. >From these results, diurnal and seasonal variations have been derived and are presented and discussed here. This method (HRO) will continue to play a leading radio observation role in Japan for the future.

  1. Resonance Rayleigh scattering spectral method for the determination of raloxifene using gold nanoparticle as a probe

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Liu Shaopu; He Youqiu; Liu Zhongfang; Kong Ling; Lu Qunmin [School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, Southwest China University, Chongqing 400715 (China)

    2007-08-29

    When gold nanoparticles were being prepared by sodium citrate reduction method, citrate anions self-assembled on the surface of gold nanoparticles to form supermolecular complex anions with negative charges, and protonated raloxifene (Ralo) was positively charged and could bind with the complex anions to form larger aggregates through electrostatic force and hydrophobic effects, which could result in the remarkable enhancement of the resonance Rayleigh scattering intensity (RRS), and the appearance of new RRS spectra. At the same time, the second-order scattering (SOS) and frequency-doubling scattering (FDS) intensities were also enhanced. The maximum wavelengths were located near 370 nm for RRS, 520 nm for SOS, and 350 nm for FDS, respectively. Among them, the RRS method had the highest sensitivity and the detection limit was 5.60 ng mL{sup -1} for Ralo, and its linear range was 0.05-2.37 {mu}g mL{sup -1}. A new RRS method for the determination of trace Ralo using gold nanoparticles probe was developed. The optimum conditions of the reaction and influencing factors were investigated. In addition, the reaction mechanism and the reasons for the enhancement of RRS were discussed.

  2. The Split Coefficient Matrix method for hyperbolic systems of gasdynamic equations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chakravarthy, S. R.; Anderson, D. A.; Salas, M. D.

    1980-01-01

    The Split Coefficient Matrix (SCM) finite difference method for solving hyperbolic systems of equations is presented. This new method is based on the mathematical theory of characteristics. The development of the method from characteristic theory is presented. Boundary point calculation procedures consistent with the SCM method used at interior points are explained. The split coefficient matrices that define the method for steady supersonic and unsteady inviscid flows are given for several examples. The SCM method is used to compute several flow fields to demonstrate its accuracy and versatility. The similarities and differences between the SCM method and the lambda-scheme are discussed.

  3. Comparison of Experimental Methods for Estimating Matrix Diffusion Coefficients for Contaminant Transport Modeling

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Telfeyan, Katherine Christina [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Ware, Stuart Douglas [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Reimus, Paul William [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Birdsell, Kay Hanson [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2017-11-06

    Diffusion cell and diffusion wafer experiments were conducted to compare methods for estimating matrix diffusion coefficients in rock core samples from Pahute Mesa at the Nevada Nuclear Security Site (NNSS). A diffusion wafer method, in which a solute diffuses out of a rock matrix that is pre-saturated with water containing the solute, is presented as a simpler alternative to the traditional through-diffusion (diffusion cell) method. Both methods yielded estimates of matrix diffusion coefficients that were within the range of values previously reported for NNSS volcanic rocks. The difference between the estimates of the two methods ranged from 14 to 30%, and there was no systematic high or low bias of one method relative to the other. From a transport modeling perspective, these differences are relatively minor when one considers that other variables (e.g., fracture apertures, fracture spacings) influence matrix diffusion to a greater degree and tend to have greater uncertainty than diffusion coefficients. For the same relative random errors in concentration measurements, the diffusion cell method yields diffusion coefficient estimates that have less uncertainty than the wafer method. However, the wafer method is easier and less costly to implement and yields estimates more quickly, thus allowing a greater number of samples to be analyzed for the same cost and time. Given the relatively good agreement between the methods, and the lack of any apparent bias between the methods, the diffusion wafer method appears to offer advantages over the diffusion cell method if better statistical representation of a given set of rock samples is desired.

  4. Comparison of the spatial landmark scatter of various 3D digitalization methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boldt, Florian; Weinzierl, Christian; Hertrich, Klaus; Hirschfelder, Ursula

    2009-05-01

    The aim of this study was to compare four different three-dimensional digitalization methods on the basis of the complex anatomical surface of a cleft lip and palate plaster cast, and to ascertain their accuracy when positioning 3D landmarks. A cleft lip and palate plaster cast was digitalized with the SCAN3D photo-optical scanner, the OPTIX 400S laser-optical scanner, the Somatom Sensation 64 computed tomography system and the MicroScribe MLX 3-axis articulated-arm digitizer. First, four examiners appraised by individual visual inspection the surface detail reproduction of the three non-tactile digitalization methods in comparison to the reference plaster cast. The four examiners then localized the landmarks five times at intervals of 2 weeks. This involved simply copying, or spatially tracing, the landmarks from a reference plaster cast to each model digitally reproduced by each digitalization method. Statistical analysis of the landmark distribution specific to each method was performed based on the 3D coordinates of the positioned landmarks. Visual evaluation of surface detail conformity assigned the photo-optical digitalization method an average score of 1.5, the highest subjectively-determined conformity (surpassing computer tomographic and laser-optical methods). The tactile scanning method revealed the lowest degree of 3D landmark scatter, 0.12 mm, and at 1.01 mm the lowest maximum 3D landmark scatter; this was followed by the computer tomographic, photo-optical and laser-optical methods (in that order). This study demonstrates that the landmarks' precision and reproducibility are determined by the complexity of the reference-model surface as well as the digital surface quality and individual ability of each evaluator to capture 3D spatial relationships. The differences in the 3D-landmark scatter values and lowest maximum 3D-landmark scatter between the best and the worst methods showed minor differences. The measurement results in this study reveal that it

  5. Matrix Assisted Ionization Vacuum (MAIV), a New Ionization Method for Biological Materials Analysis Using Mass Spectrometry*

    Science.gov (United States)

    Inutan, Ellen D.; Trimpin, Sarah

    2013-01-01

    The introduction of electrospray ionization (ESI) and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) for the mass spectrometric analysis of peptides and proteins had a dramatic impact on biological science. We now report that a wide variety of compounds, including peptides, proteins, and protein complexes, are transported directly from a solid-state small molecule matrix to gas-phase ions when placed into the vacuum of a mass spectrometer without the use of high voltage, a laser, or added heat. This ionization process produces ions having charge states similar to ESI, making the method applicable for high performance mass spectrometers designed for atmospheric pressure ionization. We demonstrate highly sensitive ionization using intermediate pressure MALDI and modified ESI sources. This matrix and vacuum assisted soft ionization method is suitable for the direct surface analysis of biological materials, including tissue, via mass spectrometry. PMID:23242551

  6. Decoupled Estimation of 2D DOA for Coherently Distributed Sources Using 3D Matrix Pencil Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tang Bin

    2008-08-01

    Full Text Available A new 2D DOA estimation method for coherently distributed (CD source is proposed. CD sources model is constructed by using Taylor approximation to the generalized steering vector (GSV, whereas the angular and angular spread are separated from signal pattern. The angular information is in the phase part of the GSV, and the angular spread information is in the module part of the GSV, thus enabling to decouple the estimation of 2D DOA from that of the angular spread. The array received data is used to construct three-dimensional (3D enhanced data matrix. The 2D DOA for coherently distributed sources could be estimated from the enhanced matrix by using 3D matrix pencil method. Computer simulation validated the efficiency of the algorithm.

  7. Method of azimuthally stable Mueller-matrix diagnostics of blood plasma polycrystalline films in cancer diagnostics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ushenko, Yu. A.; Prysyazhnyuk, V. P.; Gavrylyak, M. S.; Gorsky, M. P.; Bachinskiy, V. T.; Vanchuliak, O. Ya.

    2015-02-01

    A new information optical technique of diagnostics of the structure of polycrystalline films of blood plasma is proposed. The model of Mueller-matrix description of mechanisms of optical anisotropy of such objects as optical activity, birefringence, as well as linear and circular dichroism is suggested. The ensemble of informationally topical azimuthally stable Mueller-matrix invariants is determined. Within the statistical analysis of such parameters distributions the objective criteria of differentiation of films of blood plasma taken from healthy and patients with liver cirrhosis were determined. From the point of view of probative medicine the operational characteristics (sensitivity, specificity and accuracy) of the information-optical method of Mueller-matrix mapping of polycrystalline films of blood plasma were found and its efficiency in diagnostics of liver cirrhosis was demonstrated. Prospects of application of the method in experimental medicine to differentiate postmortem changes of the myocardial tissue was examined.

  8. Linear programming models and methods of matrix games with payoffs of triangular fuzzy numbers

    CERN Document Server

    Li, Deng-Feng

    2016-01-01

    This book addresses two-person zero-sum finite games in which the payoffs in any situation are expressed with fuzzy numbers. The purpose of this book is to develop a suite of effective and efficient linear programming models and methods for solving matrix games with payoffs in fuzzy numbers. Divided into six chapters, it discusses the concepts of solutions of matrix games with payoffs of intervals, along with their linear programming models and methods. Furthermore, it is directly relevant to the research field of matrix games under uncertain economic management. The book offers a valuable resource for readers involved in theoretical research and practical applications from a range of different fields including game theory, operational research, management science, fuzzy mathematical programming, fuzzy mathematics, industrial engineering, business and social economics. .

  9. Method Modification Study for the Thermo Scientific SureTect™ Listeria Species Assay-Matrix Extension.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cloke, Jonathan; Evans, Katharine; Crabtree, David; Hughes, Annette; Simpson, Helen; Holopainen, Jani; Wickstrand, Nina; Kauppinen, Mikko; Leon-Velarde, Carlos; Larson, Nathan; Dave, Keron; Chen, Yi; Ryser, Elliot; Carter, Mark

    2016-01-01

    The Thermo Scientific™ SureTect™ Listeria species assay is a new real-time PCR assay for the detection of all species of Listeria in food and environmental samples. The assay was originally certified as Performance Tested Methods(SM) (PTM) 071304 in 2013. This report details the method modification study undertaken to extend the performance claims of the assay for matrixes of raw ground turkey, raw ground pork, bagged lettuce, raw pork sausages, pasteurized 2% fat milk, raw cod, pasteurized brie cheese, and ice cream. The method modification study was conducted using the AOAC Research Institute (RI) PTM program to validate the SureTect PCR assay in comparison to the reference method detailed in ISO 11290-1:1996 including amendment 1:2004. All matrixes were tested by Thermo Fisher Scientific (Basingstoke, United Kingdom). In addition, three matrixes (raw cod, bagged lettuce, and pasteurized brie cheese) were analyzed independently as part of the AOAC RI-controlled independent laboratory study by the University of Guelph, Canada. Using probability of detection statistical analysis, there was no significant difference in the performance between the SureTect assay and the International Organization for Standardization reference method for any of the matrixes analyzed in this study.

  10. Matrix method for analysis of network accuracy based on the beam dynamic theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pupkov, Y.A.; Levashov, Y.I. [AN SSSR, Novosibirsk (Russian Federation). Inst. Yadernoj Fiziki

    1996-01-01

    Starting the development of the alignment system, surveyors have faced several questions in respect to the degree of accuracy, the length of the region of relative accuracy, the optimal smoothing curve not resulting in the orbit distortion, and the scheme of measurements and appropriate instruments. Aiming to give answers to these questions, matrix method was practically applied for VEPP-4 alignment system. By the analysis of elements of the matrix A, the particular elements to be aligned with higher accuracy and the places where special attention should be paid to the positioning of the vacuum chamber and other equipment were able to be determined. The matrix of the orbit distortion A enabled to perform an analysis of the sensitivity of the magnet system to certain Fourier frequencies in a distribution of the quad displacements. The spectral sensitivity of magnet system for harmonics was much reduced when the matrix A was replaced by A-I. It was found that the surveyor can determine the orbit distortion and reduce the number of elements requiring alignment by applying the matrix method in the realignment process. (M.N.)

  11. Characteristic matrix operation for finding global solution of one-time ray-tracing optimization method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tsai, Ko-Fan; Chu, Shu-Chun

    2016-09-19

    The one-time ray-tracing optimization method is a fast way to design LED illumination systems [Opt. Express22, 5357 (2014)10.1364/OE.22.005357]. The method optimizes the performance of LED illumination systems by modifying the LEDs' luminous intensity distribution curve (LIDC) with a freeform lens, instead of modifying the illumination system structure. In finding the LEDs' LIDC for optimizing the illumination system's performance, the LEDs' LIDC found by means of a general gradient descent method can be trapped in a local solution. This study develops a matrix operation method to directly find the global solution of the LEDs' LIDC for the optimization of the illumination system's performance for any initial design of an illumination system structure. As compared with the gradient descent method, using the proposed characteristic matrix operation method to find the best LEDs' LIDC reduces the cost in time by several orders of magnitude. The proposed characteristic matrix operation method ensures that the one-time ray-tracing optimization method is an efficient and reliable method for designing LED illumination systems.

  12. Application of the Method of Auxiliary Sources for the Analysis of Plane-Wave Scattering by Impedance Spheres

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Karamehmedovic, Mirza; Breinbjerg, Olav

    2002-01-01

    The Method of Auxiliary Sources (MAS) is applied to 3D scattering problems involving spherical impedance scatterers. The MAS results are compared with the reference spherical wave expansion (SWE) solution. It is demonstrated that good agreement is achieved between the MAS and SWE results....

  13. A novel method for megavoltage scatter correction in cone-beam CT acquired concurrent with rotational irradiation

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    van Herk, Marcel; Ploeger, Lennert; Sonke, Jan-Jakob

    2011-01-01

    Acquisition of cone-beam CT (CBCT) concurrent with VMAT results in scatter of the megavoltage (MV) beam onto the kilovoltage (kV) detector deteriorating CBCT image quality. The aim of this paper is to develop a method to estimate and correct for MV scatter reaching the kV panel. The correction

  14. Analysis of multitone holographic interference filters by use of a sparse Hill matrix method

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Diehl, D.W.; George, N.

    2004-01-01

    A theory is presented for the application of Hill's matrix method to the calculation of the reflection and transmission spectra of multitone holographic interference filters in which the permittivity is modulated by a sum of repeating functions of arbitrary period. Such filters are important because

  15. Legendre Wavelet Operational Matrix Method for Solution of Riccati Differential Equation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Balaji

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available A Legendre wavelet operational matrix method (LWM is presented for the solution of nonlinear fractional-order Riccati differential equations, having variety of applications in quantum chemistry and quantum mechanics. The fractional-order Riccati differential equations converted into a system of algebraic equations using Legendre wavelet operational matrix. Solutions given by the proposed scheme are more accurate and reliable and they are compared with recently developed numerical, analytical, and stochastic approaches. Comparison shows that the proposed LWM approach has a greater performance and less computational effort for getting accurate solutions. Further existence and uniqueness of the proposed problem are given and moreover the condition of convergence is verified.

  16. A Simple DTC-SVM method for Matrix Converter Drives Using a Deadbeat Scheme

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lee, Kyo-Beum; Blaabjerg, Frede; Lee, Kwang-Won

    2005-01-01

    In this paper, a simple direct torque control (DTC) method for sensorless matrix converter drives is proposed, which is characterized by a simple structure, minimal torque ripple and unity input power factor. Also a good sensorless speed-control performance in the low speed operation is obtained......, while maintaining constant switching frequency and fast torque dynamics. It is possible to combine the advantages of matrix converters with the advantages of the DTC strategy using space vector modulation a deadbeat algorithm in the stator flux reference frame. Experimental results are shown...

  17. New method for evaluation of the matrix representation of the generators in the unitary-group approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lin, Hai-Lun; Cao, Yu-Fang

    1988-01-01

    A new superposition method is presented for evaluating the matrix representation of the generators in the unitary-group approach. This superposition method is based on the Weyl graphical method for the calculation of matrix elements; the latter is an extension of Harter's jawbone formula for the evaluation of the matrix elements of Ei,i-1 to the more general case Ei,j and can also deal with both fermion and boson.

  18. Image multiplexing and encryption using the nonnegative matrix factorization method adopting digital holography.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chang, Hsuan T; Shui, J-W; Lin, K-P

    2017-02-01

    In this paper, a joint multiple-image encryption and multiplexing system, which utilizes both the nonnegative matrix factorization (NMF) scheme and digital holography, is proposed. A number of images are transformed into noise-like digital holograms, which are then decomposed into a defined number of basis images and a corresponding weighting matrix using the NMF scheme. The determined basis images are similar to the digital holograms and appear as noise-like patterns, which are then stored as encrypted data and serve as the lock in an encryption system. On the other hand, the column vectors in the weighting matrix serve as the keys for the corresponding plain images or the addresses of the multiplexed images. Both the increased uniformity of the column weighting factors and the parameters used in the digital holography enhance the security of the distributed keys. The experimental results show that the proposed method can successfully perform multiple-image encryption with high-level security.

  19. Multi-parameter Analysis and Inversion for Anisotropic Media Using the Scattering Integral Method

    KAUST Repository

    Djebbi, Ramzi

    2017-10-24

    The main goal in seismic exploration is to identify locations of hydrocarbons reservoirs and give insights on where to drill new wells. Therefore, estimating an Earth model that represents the right physics of the Earth\\'s subsurface is crucial in identifying these targets. Recent seismic data, with long offsets and wide azimuth features, are more sensitive to anisotropy. Accordingly, multiple anisotropic parameters need to be extracted from the recorded data on the surface to properly describe the model. I study the prospect of applying a scattering integral approach for multi-parameter inversion for a transversely isotropic model with a vertical axis of symmetry. I mainly analyze the sensitivity kernels to understand the sensitivity of seismic data to anisotropy parameters. Then, I use a frequency domain scattering integral approach to invert for the optimal parameterization. The scattering integral approach is based on the explicit computation of the sensitivity kernels. I present a new method to compute the traveltime sensitivity kernels for wave equation tomography using the unwrapped phase. I show that the new kernels are a better alternative to conventional cross-correlation/Rytov kernels. I also derive and analyze the sensitivity kernels for a transversely isotropic model with a vertical axis of symmetry. The kernels structure, for various opening/scattering angles, highlights the trade-off regions between the parameters. For a surface recorded data, I show that the normal move-out velocity vn, ƞ and δ parameterization is suitable for a simultaneous inversion of diving waves and reflections. Moreover, when seismic data is inverted hierarchically, the horizontal velocity vh, ƞ and ϵ is the parameterization with the least trade-off. In the frequency domain, the hierarchical inversion approach is naturally implemented using frequency continuation, which makes vh, ƞ and ϵ parameterization attractive. I formulate the multi-parameter inversion using the

  20. L1 -norm low-rank matrix factorization by variational Bayesian method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Qian; Meng, Deyu; Xu, Zongben; Zuo, Wangmeng; Yan, Yan

    2015-04-01

    The L1 -norm low-rank matrix factorization (LRMF) has been attracting much attention due to its wide applications to computer vision and pattern recognition. In this paper, we construct a new hierarchical Bayesian generative model for the L1 -norm LRMF problem and design a mean-field variational method to automatically infer all the parameters involved in the model by closed-form equations. The variational Bayesian inference in the proposed method can be understood as solving a weighted LRMF problem with different weights on matrix elements based on their significance and with L2 -regularization penalties on parameters. Throughout the inference process of our method, the weights imposed on the matrix elements can be adaptively fitted so that the adverse influence of noises and outliers embedded in data can be largely suppressed, and the parameters can be appropriately regularized so that the generalization capability of the problem can be statistically guaranteed. The robustness and the efficiency of the proposed method are substantiated by a series of synthetic and real data experiments, as compared with the state-of-the-art L1 -norm LRMF methods. Especially, attributed to the intrinsic generalization capability of the Bayesian methodology, our method can always predict better on the unobserved ground truth data than existing methods.

  1. Image Retrieval Based on Multiview Constrained Nonnegative Matrix Factorization and Gaussian Mixture Model Spectral Clustering Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Qunyi Xie

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Content-based image retrieval has recently become an important research topic and has been widely used for managing images from repertories. In this article, we address an efficient technique, called MNGS, which integrates multiview constrained nonnegative matrix factorization (NMF and Gaussian mixture model- (GMM- based spectral clustering for image retrieval. In the proposed methodology, the multiview NMF scheme provides competitive sparse representations of underlying images through decomposition of a similarity-preserving matrix that is formed by fusing multiple features from different visual aspects. In particular, the proposed method merges manifold constraints into the standard NMF objective function to impose an orthogonality constraint on the basis matrix and satisfy the structure preservation requirement of the coefficient matrix. To manipulate the clustering method on sparse representations, this paper has developed a GMM-based spectral clustering method in which the Gaussian components are regrouped in spectral space, which significantly improves the retrieval effectiveness. In this way, image retrieval of the whole database translates to a nearest-neighbour search in the cluster containing the query image. Simultaneously, this study investigates the proof of convergence of the objective function and the analysis of the computational complexity. Experimental results on three standard image datasets reveal the advantages that can be achieved with the proposed retrieval scheme.

  2. Free vibration characteristics of multiple load path blades by the transfer matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Murthy, V. R.; Joshi, Arun M.

    1986-01-01

    The determination of free vibrational characteristics is basic to any dynamic design, and these characteristics can form the basis for aeroelastic stability analyses. Conventional helicopter blades are typically idealized as single-load-path blades, and the transfer matrix method is well suited to analyze such blades. Several current helicopter dynamic programs employ transfer matrices to analyze the rotor blades. In this paper, however, the transfer matrix method is extended to treat multiple-load-path blades, without resorting to an equivalent single-load-path approximation. With such an extension, these current rotor dynamic programs which employ the transfer matrix method can be modified with relative ease to account for the multiple load paths. Unlike the conventional blades, the multiple-load-path blades require the introduction of the axial degree-of-freedom into the solution process to account for the differential axial displacements of the different load paths. The transfer matrix formulation is validated through comparison with the finite-element solutions.

  3. Free Vibration Characteristic of Multilevel Beam Based on Transfer Matrix Method of Linear Multibody Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Laith K. Abbas

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, an approach based on transfer matrix method of linear multibody systems (MS-TMM is developed to analyze the free vibration of a multilevel beam, coupled by spring/dashpot systems attached to them in-span. The Euler-Bernoulli model is used for the transverse vibration of the beams, and the spring/dashpot system represents a simplified model of a viscoelastic material. MS-TMM reduces the dynamic problem to an overall transfer equation which only involves boundary state vectors. The state vectors at the boundaries are composed of displacements, rotation angles, bending moments, and shear forces, which are partly known and partly unknown, and end up with reduced overall transfer matrix. Nontrivial solution requires the coefficient matrix to be singular to yield the required natural frequencies. This paper implements two novel algorithms based on the methodology by reducing the zero search of the reduced overall transfer matrix's determinate to a minimization problem and demonstrates a simple and robust algorithm being much more efficient than direct enumeration. The proposal method is easy to formulate, systematic to apply, and simple to code and can be extended to complex structures with any boundary conditions. Numerical results are presented to show the validity of the proposal method against the published literature.

  4. Evaluation of the scattered radiation components produced in a gamma camera using Monte Carlo method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Polo, Ivon Oramas, E-mail: ivonoramas67@gmail.com [Department of Nuclear Engineering, Faculty of Nuclear Sciences and Technologies, Higher Institute of Applied Science and Technology (InSTEC), La Habana (Cuba)

    2014-07-01

    Introduction: this paper presents a simulation for evaluation of the scattered radiation components produced in a gamma camera PARK using Monte Carlo code SIMIND. It simulates a whole body study with MDP (Methylene Diphosphonate) radiopharmaceutical based on Zubal anthropomorphic phantom, with some spinal lesions. Methods: the simulation was done by comparing 3 configurations for the detected photons. The corresponding energy spectra were obtained using Low Energy High Resolution collimator. The parameters related with the interactions and the fraction of events in the energy window, the simulated events of the spectrum and scatter events were calculated. Results: the simulation confirmed that the images without influence of scattering events have a higher number of valid recorded events and it improved the statistical quality of them. A comparison among different collimators was made. The parameters and detector energy spectrum were calculated for each simulation configuration with these collimators using {sup 99m}Tc. Conclusion: the simulation corroborated that LEHS collimator has higher sensitivity and HEHR collimator has lower sensitivity when they are used with low energy photons. (author)

  5. Modeling of wave propagation in drill strings using vibration transfer matrix methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Han, Je-Heon; Kim, Yong-Joe; Karkoub, Mansour

    2013-09-01

    In order to understand critical vibration of a drill bit such as stick-slip and bit-bounce and their wave propagation characteristics through a drill string system, it is critical to model the torsional, longitudinal, and flexural waves generated by the drill bit vibration. Here, a modeling method based on a vibration transfer matrix between two sets of structural wave variables at the ends of a constant cross-sectional, hollow, circular pipe is proposed. For a drill string system with multiple pipe sections, the total vibration transfer matrix is calculated by multiplying all individual matrices, each is obtained for an individual pipe section. Since drill string systems are typically extremely long, conventional numerical analysis methods such as a finite element method (FEM) require a large number of meshes, which makes it computationally inefficient to analyze these drill string systems numerically. The proposed "analytical" vibration transfer matrix method requires significantly low computational resources. For the validation of the proposed method, experimental and numerical data are obtained from laboratory experiments and FEM analyses conducted by using a commercial FEM package, ANSYS. It is shown that the modeling results obtained by using the proposed method are well matched with the experimental and numerical results.

  6. Multiple resonance compensation for betatron coupling and its equivalence with matrix method

    CERN Document Server

    De Ninno, G

    1999-01-01

    Analyses of betatron coupling can be broadly divided into two categories: the matrix approach that decouples the single-turn matrix to reveal the normal modes and the hamiltonian approach that evaluates the coupling in terms of the action of resonances in perturbation theory. The latter is often regarded as being less exact but good for physical insight. The common opinion is that the correction of the two closest sum and difference resonances to the working point is sufficient to reduce the off-axis terms in the 4X4 single-turn matrix, but this is only partially true. The reason for this is explained, and a method is developed that sums to infinity all coupling resonances and, in this way, obtains results equivalent to the matrix approach. The two approaches is discussed with reference to the dynamic aperture. Finally, the extension of the summation method to resonances of all orders is outlined and the relative importance of a single resonance compared to all resonances of a given order is analytically desc...

  7. A revised version of the transfer matrix method to analyze one-dimensional structures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nitzsche, F.

    1983-01-01

    A new and general method to analyze both free and forced vibration characteristics of one-dimensional structures is discussed in this paper. This scheme links for the first time the classical transfer matrix method with the recently developed integrating matrix technique to integrate systems of differential equations. Two alternative approaches to the problem are presented. The first is based upon the lumped parameter model to account for the inertia properties of the structure. The second releases that constraint allowing a more precise description of the physical system. The free vibration of a straight uniform beam under different support conditions is analyzed to test the accuracy of the two models. Finally some results for the free vibration of a 12th order system representing a curved, rotating beam prove that the present method is conveniently extended to more complicated structural dynamics problems.

  8. Probability density of tunneled carrier states near heterojunctions calculated numerically by the scattering method.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wampler, William R. [Sandia National Lab. (SNL-NM), Albuquerque, NM (United States); Myers, Samuel M. [Sandia National Lab. (SNL-NM), Albuquerque, NM (United States); Modine, Normand A. [Sandia National Lab. (SNL-NM), Albuquerque, NM (United States)

    2017-09-01

    The energy-dependent probability density of tunneled carrier states for arbitrarily specified longitudinal potential-energy profiles in planar bipolar devices is numerically computed using the scattering method. Results agree accurately with a previous treatment based on solution of the localized eigenvalue problem, where computation times are much greater. These developments enable quantitative treatment of tunneling-assisted recombination in irradiated heterojunction bipolar transistors, where band offsets may enhance the tunneling effect by orders of magnitude. The calculations also reveal the density of non-tunneled carrier states in spatially varying potentials, and thereby test the common approximation of uniform- bulk values for such densities.

  9. Application of Fast Multipole Methods to the NASA Fast Scattering Code

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dunn, Mark H.; Tinetti, Ana F.

    2008-01-01

    The NASA Fast Scattering Code (FSC) is a versatile noise prediction program designed to conduct aeroacoustic noise reduction studies. The equivalent source method is used to solve an exterior Helmholtz boundary value problem with an impedance type boundary condition. The solution process in FSC v2.0 requires direct manipulation of a large, dense system of linear equations, limiting the applicability of the code to small scales and/or moderate excitation frequencies. Recent advances in the use of Fast Multipole Methods (FMM) for solving scattering problems, coupled with sparse linear algebra techniques, suggest that a substantial reduction in computer resource utilization over conventional solution approaches can be obtained. Implementation of the single level FMM (SLFMM) and a variant of the Conjugate Gradient Method (CGM) into the FSC is discussed in this paper. The culmination of this effort, FSC v3.0, was used to generate solutions for three configurations of interest. Benchmarking against previously obtained simulations indicate that a twenty-fold reduction in computational memory and up to a four-fold reduction in computer time have been achieved on a single processor.

  10. Fast iterative boundary element methods for high-frequency scattering problems in 3D elastodynamics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chaillat, Stéphanie; Darbas, Marion; Le Louër, Frédérique

    2017-07-01

    The fast multipole method is an efficient technique to accelerate the solution of large scale 3D scattering problems with boundary integral equations. However, the fast multipole accelerated boundary element method (FM-BEM) is intrinsically based on an iterative solver. It has been shown that the number of iterations can significantly hinder the overall efficiency of the FM-BEM. The derivation of robust preconditioners for FM-BEM is now inevitable to increase the size of the problems that can be considered. The main constraint in the context of the FM-BEM is that the complete system is not assembled to reduce computational times and memory requirements. Analytic preconditioners offer a very interesting strategy by improving the spectral properties of the boundary integral equations ahead from the discretization. The main contribution of this paper is to combine an approximate adjoint Dirichlet to Neumann (DtN) map as an analytic preconditioner with a FM-BEM solver to treat Dirichlet exterior scattering problems in 3D elasticity. The approximations of the adjoint DtN map are derived using tools proposed in [40]. The resulting boundary integral equations are preconditioned Combined Field Integral Equations (CFIEs). We provide various numerical illustrations of the efficiency of the method for different smooth and non-smooth geometries. In particular, the number of iterations is shown to be completely independent of the number of degrees of freedom and of the frequency for convex obstacles.

  11. Characterization of a large glycoprotein proteoglycan by size-exclusion chromatography combined with light and X-ray scattering methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Watanabe, Yasushi; Inoko, Yoji

    2013-08-16

    The molecular weight and chain conformation of a proteoglycan derived from shark cartilage in solution were characterized by size-exclusion chromatography combined with low-angle laser light scattering and small-angle X-ray scattering methods. The total molecular weight of the proteoglycan was 3.9±0.2 million and the molecular weight of the main component was about 2.0±0.2 million. The X-ray scattering data revealed that the main components of the proteoglycan are nearly equal to a chain with excluded volume and their persistence lengths range from 13.5 to 16.4nm. These results show that size-exclusion chromatography combined with low-angle laser light scattering and small-angle X-ray scattering measurements are complementarily useful for characterization of large biopolymers in solution. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Time-dependent wave-packet method for the complete determination of S-matrix elements for reactive molecular collisions in three dimensions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Judson, Richard S.; Kouri, Donald J.; Neuhauser, Daniel; Baer, Michael

    1990-01-01

    An alternative time-dependent wave-packet method for treating three-dimensional gas phase reactive atom-diatom collisions is presented. The method employs a nonreactive body-frame wave packet propagation procedure, made possible by judicious use of absorbing optical potentials, a novel scheme for interpolating the wave function from coordinates in one arrangement to those in another and the fact that the time-dependent Schroedinger equation is an initial-value problem. The last feature makes possible a computationally viable and accurate procedure for changing from one arrangement's coordinates to another. In addition, the method allows the determination of S-matrix elements over a wide range of energies from a single wave-packet propagation. The method is illustrated by carrying out detailed calculations of inelastic and reactive scattering in the H + H2 system using the Liu-Siegbahn-Truhlar-Horowitz potential surface.

  13. A semi-analytical method for simulating matrix diffusion in numerical transport models.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Falta, Ronald W; Wang, Wenwen

    2017-02-01

    A semi-analytical approximation for transient matrix diffusion is developed for use in numerical contaminant transport simulators. This method is an adaptation and extension of the heat conduction method of Vinsome and Westerveld (1980) used to simulate heat losses during thermally enhanced oil recovery. The semi-analytical method is used in place of discretization of the low permeability materials, and it represents the concentration profile in the low permeability materials with a fitting function that is adjusted in each element at each time-step. The resulting matrix diffusion fluxes are added to the numerical model as linear concentration-dependent source/sink terms. Since only the high permeability zones need to be discretized, the numerical formulation is extremely efficient compared to traditional approaches that require discretization of both the high and low permeability zones. The semi-analytical method compares favorably with the analytical solution for transient one-dimensional diffusion with first order decay, with a two-layer aquifer/aquitard solution, with the solution for transport in a fracture with matrix diffusion and decay, and with a fully numerical solution for transport in a thin sand zone bounded by clay with variable decay rates. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Method of interior boundaries in a mixed problem of acoustic scattering

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    P. A. Krutitskii

    1999-01-01

    Full Text Available The mixed problem for the Helmholtz equation in the exterior of several bodies (obstacles is studied in 2 and 3 dimensions. The Dirichlet boundary condition is given on some obstacles and the impedance boundary condition is specified on the rest. The problem is investigated by a special modification of the boundary integral equation method. This modification can be called ‘Method of interior boundaries’, because additional boundaries are introduced inside scattering bodies, where impedance boundary condition is given. The solution of the problem is obtained in the form of potentials on the whole boundary. The density in the potentials satisfies the uniquely solvable Fredholm equation of the second kind and can be computed by standard codes. In fact our method holds for any positive wave numbers. The Neumann, Dirichlet, impedance problems and mixed Dirichlet–Neumann problem are particular cases of our problem.

  15. An efficient algorithm using matrix methods to solve wind tunnel force-balance equations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Smith, D. L.

    1972-01-01

    An iterative procedure applying matrix methods to accomplish an efficient algorithm for automatic computer reduction of wind-tunnel force-balance data has been developed. Balance equations are expressed in a matrix form that is convenient for storing balance sensitivities and interaction coefficient values for online or offline batch data reduction. The convergence of the iterative values to a unique solution of this system of equations is investigated, and it is shown that for balances which satisfy the criteria discussed, this type of solution does occur. Methods for making sensitivity adjustments and initial load effect considerations in wind-tunnel applications are also discussed, and the logic for determining the convergence accuracy limits for the iterative solution is given. This more efficient data reduction program is compared with the technique presently in use at the NASA Langley Research Center, and computational times on the order of one-third or less are demonstrated by use of this new program.

  16. Extension of the noise propagation matrix method for higher mode solutions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Peng; Lee, Hyunsuk; Lee, Deokjung

    2017-09-01

    The noise propagation matrix method (NPMM) has been extended to get higher mode solutions. Previous studies show that the NPMM can be used to compute the dominance ratio of a system. It is essentially the same as the Coarse Mesh Projection Method (CMPM), both of which use the noise propagation matrix (NPM) to determine the dominance ratio, either after finishing the Monte Carlo simulation or on-the-fly during the simulation. Since only the fundamental fission source information is explicitly utilized while the higher mode information is implicitly contained in the statistical noises, the NPMM can usually only give an approximate estimation of the dominance ratio after thousands of cycles. In this study, the NPMM is extended by simulating the higher modes explicitly, so that the dominance ratio estimation can be more accurate and efficient. Besides, the higher mode solutions can be obtained at the same time with good accuracy and efficiency.

  17. Fault detection of helicopter gearboxes using the multi-valued influence matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chin, Hsinyung; Danai, Kourosh; Lewicki, David G.

    1993-01-01

    In this paper we investigate the effectiveness of a pattern classifying fault detection system that is designed to cope with the variability of fault signatures inherent in helicopter gearboxes. For detection, the measurements are monitored on-line and flagged upon the detection of abnormalities, so that they can be attributed to a faulty or normal case. As such, the detection system is composed of two components, a quantization matrix to flag the measurements, and a multi-valued influence matrix (MVIM) that represents the behavior of measurements during normal operation and at fault instances. Both the quantization matrix and influence matrix are tuned during a training session so as to minimize the error in detection. To demonstrate the effectiveness of this detection system, it was applied to vibration measurements collected from a helicopter gearbox during normal operation and at various fault instances. The results indicate that the MVIM method provides excellent results when the full range of faults effects on the measurements are included in the training set.

  18. A Method of Q-Matrix Validation for the Linear Logistic Test Model.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baghaei, Purya; Hohensinn, Christine

    2017-01-01

    The linear logistic test model (LLTM) is a well-recognized psychometric model for examining the components of difficulty in cognitive tests and validating construct theories. The plausibility of the construct model, summarized in a matrix of weights, known as the Q-matrix or weight matrix, is tested by (1) comparing the fit of LLTM with the fit of the Rasch model (RM) using the likelihood ratio (LR) test and (2) by examining the correlation between the Rasch model item parameters and LLTM reconstructed item parameters. The problem with the LR test is that it is almost always significant and, consequently, LLTM is rejected. The drawback of examining the correlation coefficient is that there is no cut-off value or lower bound for the magnitude of the correlation coefficient. In this article we suggest a simulation method to set a minimum benchmark for the correlation between item parameters from the Rasch model and those reconstructed by the LLTM. If the cognitive model is valid then the correlation coefficient between the RM-based item parameters and the LLTM-reconstructed item parameters derived from the theoretical weight matrix should be greater than those derived from the simulated matrices.

  19. A Novel Method to Implement the Matrix Pencil Super Resolution Algorithm for Indoor Positioning

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tariq Jamil Saifullah Khanzada

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available This article highlights the estimation of the results for the algorithms implemented in order to estimate the delays and distances for the indoor positioning system. The data sets for the transmitted and received signals are captured at a typical outdoor and indoor area. The estimation super resolution algorithms are applied. Different state of art and super resolution techniques based algorithms are applied to avail the optimal estimates of the delays and distances between the transmitted and received signals and a novel method for matrix pencil algorithm is devised. The algorithms perform variably at different scenarios of transmitted and received positions. Two scenarios are experienced, for the single antenna scenario the super resolution techniques like ESPRIT (Estimation of Signal Parameters via Rotational Invariance Technique and theMatrix Pencil algorithms give optimal performance compared to the conventional techniques. In two antenna scenario RootMUSIC and Matrix Pencil algorithm performed better than other algorithms for the distance estimation, however, the accuracy of all the algorithms is worst than the single antenna scenario. In all cases our devised Matrix Pencil algorithm achieved the best estimation results.

  20. Assessment of a fast generated analytical matrix for rotating slat collimation iterative reconstruction: a possible method to optimize the collimation profile.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boisson, F; Bekaert, V; Reilhac, A; Wurtz, J; Brasse, D

    2015-03-21

    In SPECT imaging, improvement or deterioration of performance is mostly due to collimator design. Classical SPECT systems mainly use parallel hole or pinhole collimators. Rotating slat collimators (RSC) can be an interesting alternative to optimize the tradeoff between detection efficiency and spatial resolution. The present study was conducted using a RSC system for small animal imaging called CLiR. The CLiR system was used in planar mode only. In a previous study, planar 2D projections were reconstructed using the well-known filtered backprojection algorithm (FBP). In this paper, we investigated the use of the statistical reconstruction algorithm maximum likelihood expectation maximization (MLEM) to reconstruct 2D images with the CLiR system using a probability matrix calculated using an analytic approach. The primary objective was to propose a method to quickly generate a light system matrix, which facilitates its handling and storage, while providing accurate and reliable performance. Two other matrices were calculated using GATE Monte Carlo simulations to investigate the performance obtained using the matrix calculated analytically. The first matrix calculated using GATE took all the physics processes into account, where the second did not consider for the scattering, as the analytical matrix did not take this physics process into account either. 2D images were reconstructed using FBP and MLEM with the three different probability matrices. Both simulated and experimental data were used. A comparative study of these images was conducted using different metrics: the modulation transfert function, the signal-to-noise ratio and quantification measurement. All the results demonstrated the suitability of using a probability matrix calculated analytically. It provided similar results in terms of spatial resolution (about 0.6 mm with differences <5%), signal-to-noise ratio (differences <10%), or quality of image.

  1. Finding all real roots of a polynomial by matrix algebra and the Adomian decomposition method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hooman Fatoorehchi

    2014-10-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we put forth a combined method for calculation of all real zeroes of a polynomial equation through the Adomian decomposition method equipped with a number of developed theorems from matrix algebra. These auxiliary theorems are associated with eigenvalues of matrices and enable convergence of the Adomian decomposition method toward different real roots of the target polynomial equation. To further improve the computational speed of our technique, a nonlinear convergence accelerator known as the Shanks transform has optionally been employed. For the sake of illustration, a number of numerical examples are given.

  2. Fast and accurate simulations of transmission-line metamaterials using transmission-matrix method

    OpenAIRE

    Ma, Hui Feng; Cui, Tie Jun; Chin, Jessie Yao; Cheng, Qiang

    2009-01-01

    Recently, two-dimensional (2D) periodically L and C loaded transmission-line (TL) networks have been applied to represent metamaterials. The commercial Agilent's Advanced Design System (ADS) is a commonly-used tool to simulate the TL metamaterials. However, it takes a lot of time to set up the TL network and perform numerical simulations using ADS, making the metamaterial analysis inefficient, especially for large-scale TL networks. In this paper, we propose transmission-matrix method (TMM) t...

  3. Resonance Rayleigh scattering, second-order scattering and frequency doubling scattering methods for the indirect determination of penicillin antibiotics based on the formation of Fe3[Fe(CN)6]2 nanoparticles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Duan, Hui; Liu, Zhongfang; Liu, Shaopu; Yi, Aoer

    2008-06-15

    Under the HCl solution and heating condition, penicillin antibiotics such as amoxicillin (AMO), ampicillin (AMP), sodium cloxacillin (CLO), sodium carbenicillin (CAR) and sodium benzylpenicillin (BEN) could react with Fe(III) to produce Fe(II) which further reacted with Fe(CN)(6)(3-) to form a Fe(3)[Fe(CN)(6)](2) complex. By virtue of hydrophobic force and Van der Waals force, the complex aggregated to form Fe(3)[Fe(CN)(6)](2) nanoparticles with an average diameter of 45 nm. This resulted in a significant enhancement of resonance Rayleigh scattering (RRS) and non-linear scattering such as second-order scattering (SOS) and frequency doubling scattering (FDS). The increments of scattering intensity (DeltaI) were directly proportional to the concentrations of the antibiotics in a certain range. The detection limits for the five penicillin antibiotics were 2.9-6.1 ng ml(-1) for RRS method, 4.0-6.8 ng ml(-1) for SOS method and 7.4-16.2 ng ml(-1) for FDS method, respectively. Among them, the RRS method exhibited the highest sensitivity and the AMO system was more sensitive than other antibiotics systems. Based on the above researches, a new highly sensitive and simple method for the indirect determination of penicillin antibiotics has been developed. It can be applied to the determination of penicillin antibiotics in capsule, tablet, human serum and urine samples. In this work, the spectral characteristics of absorption, RRS, SOS and FDS spectra, the optimum conditions of the reaction and the influencing factors were investigated. In addition, the reaction mechanism was discussed.

  4. Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Fiber Reinforced Metal Matrix Composites

    CERN Document Server

    American Society for Testing and Materials. Philadelphia

    1996-01-01

    1.1 This test method covers the determination of the tensile properties of metal matrix composites reinforced by continuous and discontinuous high-modulus fibers. Nontraditional metal matrix composites as stated in also are covered in this test method. This test method applies to specimens loaded in a uniaxial manner tested in laboratory air at either room temperature or elevated temperatures. The types of metal matrix composites covered are: 1.1.1 Unidirectional - Any fiber-reinforced composite with all fibers aligned in a single direction. Continuous or discontinuous reinforcing fibers, longitudinal and transverse properties. 1.1.2 0/90 Balanced Crossply - A laminate composed of only 0 and 90 plies. This is not necessarily symmetric, continuous, or discontinuous reinforcing fibers. 1.1.3 Angleply Laminate - Any balanced laminate consisting of theta plies where theta is an acute angle with respect to a reference direction. Continuous reinforcing fibers without 0 reinforcing fibers (that is, (±45)ns, (±3...

  5. ECAP – New consolidation method for production of aluminium matrix composites with ceramic reinforcement

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mateja Šnajdar Musa

    2013-06-01

    Full Text Available Aluminium based metal matrix composites are rapidly developing group of materials due to their unique combination of properties that include low weight, elevated strength, improved wear and corrosion resistance and relatively good ductility. This combination of properties is a result of mixing two groups of materials with rather different properties with aluminium as ductile matrix and different oxides and carbides added as reinforcement. Al2O3, SiC and ZrO2 are the most popular choices of reinforcement material. One of the most common methods for producing this type of metal matrix composites is powder metallurgy since it has many variations and also is relatively low-cost method. Many different techniques of compacting aluminium and ceramic powders have been previously investigated. Among those techniques equal channel angular pressing (ECAP stands out due to its beneficial influence on the main problem that arises during powder compaction and that is a non-uniform distribution of reinforcement particles. This paper gives an overview on ECAP method principles, advantages and produced powder composite properties.

  6. Simulation of diffuse photon migration in tissue by a Monte Carlo method derived from the optical scattering of spheroids.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hart, Vern P; Doyle, Timothy E

    2013-09-01

    A Monte Carlo method was derived from the optical scattering properties of spheroidal particles and used for modeling diffuse photon migration in biological tissue. The spheroidal scattering solution used a separation of variables approach and numerical calculation of the light intensity as a function of the scattering angle. A Monte Carlo algorithm was then developed which utilized the scattering solution to determine successive photon trajectories in a three-dimensional simulation of optical diffusion and resultant scattering intensities in virtual tissue. Monte Carlo simulations using isotropic randomization, Henyey-Greenstein phase functions, and spherical Mie scattering were additionally developed and used for comparison to the spheroidal method. Intensity profiles extracted from diffusion simulations showed that the four models differed significantly. The depth of scattering extinction varied widely among the four models, with the isotropic, spherical, spheroidal, and phase function models displaying total extinction at depths of 3.62, 2.83, 3.28, and 1.95 cm, respectively. The results suggest that advanced scattering simulations could be used as a diagnostic tool by distinguishing specific cellular structures in the diffused signal. For example, simulations could be used to detect large concentrations of deformed cell nuclei indicative of early stage cancer. The presented technique is proposed to be a more physical description of photon migration than existing phase function methods. This is attributed to the spheroidal structure of highly scattering mitochondria and elongation of the cell nucleus, which occurs in the initial phases of certain cancers. The potential applications of the model and its importance to diffusive imaging techniques are discussed.

  7. X-ray scatter correction method for dedicated breast computed tomography: improvements and initial patient testing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ramamurthy, Senthil; D'Orsi, Carl J; Sechopoulos, Ioannis

    2016-02-07

    A previously proposed x-ray scatter correction method for dedicated breast computed tomography was further developed and implemented so as to allow for initial patient testing. The method involves the acquisition of a complete second set of breast CT projections covering 360° with a perforated tungsten plate in the path of the x-ray beam. To make patient testing feasible, a wirelessly controlled electronic positioner for the tungsten plate was designed and added to a breast CT system. Other improvements to the algorithm were implemented, including automated exclusion of non-valid primary estimate points and the use of a different approximation method to estimate the full scatter signal. To evaluate the effectiveness of the algorithm, evaluation of the resulting image quality was performed with a breast phantom and with nine patient images. The improvements in the algorithm resulted in the avoidance of introduction of artifacts, especially at the object borders, which was an issue in the previous implementation in some cases. Both contrast, in terms of signal difference and signal difference-to-noise ratio were improved with the proposed method, as opposed to with the correction algorithm incorporated in the system, which does not recover contrast. Patient image evaluation also showed enhanced contrast, better cupping correction, and more consistent voxel values for the different tissues. The algorithm also reduces artifacts present in reconstructions of non-regularly shaped breasts. With the implemented hardware and software improvements, the proposed method can be reliably used during patient breast CT imaging, resulting in improvement of image quality, no introduction of artifacts, and in some cases reduction of artifacts already present. The impact of the algorithm on actual clinical performance for detection, diagnosis and other clinical tasks in breast imaging remains to be evaluated.

  8. Optical phantoms with adjustable subdiffusive scattering parameters

    Science.gov (United States)

    Krauter, Philipp; Nothelfer, Steffen; Bodenschatz, Nico; Simon, Emanuel; Stocker, Sabrina; Foschum, Florian; Kienle, Alwin

    2015-10-01

    A new epoxy-resin-based optical phantom system with adjustable subdiffusive scattering parameters is presented along with measurements of the intrinsic absorption, scattering, fluorescence, and refractive index of the matrix material. Both an aluminium oxide powder and a titanium dioxide dispersion were used as scattering agents and we present measurements of their scattering and reduced scattering coefficients. A method is theoretically described for a mixture of both scattering agents to obtain continuously adjustable anisotropy values g between 0.65 and 0.9 and values of the phase function parameter γ in the range of 1.4 to 2.2. Furthermore, we show absorption spectra for a set of pigments that can be added to achieve particular absorption characteristics. By additional analysis of the aging, a fully characterized phantom system is obtained with the novelty of g and γ parameter adjustment.

  9. A method of atmospheric density measurements during space shuttle entry using ultraviolet-laser Rayleigh scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mckenzie, Robert L.

    1988-01-01

    An analytical study and its experimental verification are described which show the performance capabilities and the hardware requirements of a method for measuring atmospheric density along the Space Shuttle flightpath during entry. Using onboard instrumentation, the technique relies on Rayleigh scattering of light from a pulsed ArF excimer laser operating at a wavelength of 193 nm. The method is shown to be capable of providing density measurements with an uncertainty of less than 1 percent and with a spatial resolution along the flightpath of 1 km, over an altitude range from 50 to 90 km. Experimental verification of the signal linearity and the expected signal-to-noise ratios is demonstrated in a simulation facility at conditions that duplicate the signal levels of the flight environment.

  10. A method of atmospheric density measurements during Shuttle entry using UV laser Rayleigh scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mckenzie, Robert L.

    1987-01-01

    A detailed study is described of the performance capabilities and the hardware requirements for a method in which ambient density is measured along the Space Shuttle flight path using on-board optical instrumentation. The technique relies on Rayleigh scattering of light from a pulsed, ultraviolet, ArF excimer laser operating at a wavelength of 193 nm. The method is shown to be capable of providing direct measurements of ambient density with an uncertainty of less than 1 percent and with a spatial resolution of 1 km, over an altitude range from 50 to 90 km. In addition, extensions of this concept are discussed that allow measurements of the shock wave location and the density profile within the shock layer. Two approaches are identified that appear to be feasible, in which the same laser system is used for the extended measurements as that required for the ambient density measurements.

  11. An accurate boundary element method for the exterior elastic scattering problem in two dimensions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bao, Gang; Xu, Liwei; Yin, Tao

    2017-11-01

    This paper is concerned with a Galerkin boundary element method solving the two dimensional exterior elastic wave scattering problem. The original problem is first reduced to the so-called Burton-Miller [1] boundary integral formulation, and essential mathematical features of its variational form are discussed. In numerical implementations, a newly-derived and analytically accurate regularization formula [2] is employed for the numerical evaluation of hyper-singular boundary integral operator. A new computational approach is employed based on the series expansions of Hankel functions for the computation of weakly-singular boundary integral operators during the reduction of corresponding Galerkin equations into a discrete linear system. The effectiveness of proposed numerical methods is demonstrated using several numerical examples.

  12. Comparison between Two Methods to Calculate the Transition Matrix of Orbit Motion

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ana Paula Marins Chiaradia

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Two methods to evaluate the state transition matrix are implemented and analyzed to verify the computational cost and the accuracy of both methods. This evaluation represents one of the highest computational costs on the artificial satellite orbit determination task. The first method is an approximation of the Keplerian motion, providing an analytical solution which is then calculated numerically by solving Kepler's equation. The second one is a local numerical approximation that includes the effect of 2. The analysis is performed comparing these two methods with a reference generated by a numerical integrator. For small intervals of time (1 to 10 s and when one needs more accuracy, it is recommended to use the second method, since the CPU time does not excessively overload the computer during the orbit determination procedure. For larger intervals of time and when one expects more stability on the calculation, it is recommended to use the first method.

  13. Quantitative methods for compensation of matrix effects and self-absorption in LIBS signals of solids

    Science.gov (United States)

    Takahashi, Tomoko; Thornton, Blair

    2017-12-01

    This paper reviews methods to compensate for matrix effects and self-absorption during quantitative analysis of compositions of solids measured using Laser Induced Breakdown Spectroscopy (LIBS) and their applications to in-situ analysis. Methods to reduce matrix and self-absorption effects on calibration curves are first introduced. The conditions where calibration curves are applicable to quantification of compositions of solid samples and their limitations are discussed. While calibration-free LIBS (CF-LIBS), which corrects matrix effects theoretically based on the Boltzmann distribution law and Saha equation, has been applied in a number of studies, requirements need to be satisfied for the calculation of chemical compositions to be valid. Also, peaks of all elements contained in the target need to be detected, which is a bottleneck for in-situ analysis of unknown materials. Multivariate analysis techniques are gaining momentum in LIBS analysis. Among the available techniques, principal component regression (PCR) analysis and partial least squares (PLS) regression analysis, which can extract related information to compositions from all spectral data, are widely established methods and have been applied to various fields including in-situ applications in air and for planetary explorations. Artificial neural networks (ANNs), where non-linear effects can be modelled, have also been investigated as a quantitative method and their applications are introduced. The ability to make quantitative estimates based on LIBS signals is seen as a key element for the technique to gain wider acceptance as an analytical method, especially in in-situ applications. In order to accelerate this process, it is recommended that the accuracy should be described using common figures of merit which express the overall normalised accuracy, such as the normalised root mean square errors (NRMSEs), when comparing the accuracy obtained from different setups and analytical methods.

  14. Photoelectron angular distributions from aligned molecules using the R-matrix method

    CERN Document Server

    Harvey, Alex G; Morales, Felipe; Smirnova, Olga

    2014-01-01

    We present a new extension of the UKRmol electron-molecule scattering code suite, which allows one to compute ab initio photoionization and photorecombination amplitudes for complex molecules, resolved both on the molecular alignment (orientation) and the emission angle and energy of the photoelectron. We illustrate our approach using CO$_2$ as an example, and analyze the importance of multi-channel effects by performing our calculations at different, increasing levels of complexity. We benchmark our method by comparing the results of our calculations with experimental data and with theoretical calculations available in the literature.

  15. S-matrix method for the numerical determination of bound states.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bhatia, A. K.; Madan, R. N.

    1973-01-01

    A rapid numerical technique for the determination of bound states of a partial-wave-projected Schroedinger equation is presented. First, one needs to integrate the equation only outwards as in the scattering case, and second, the number of trials necessary to determine the eigenenergy and the corresponding eigenfunction is considerably less than in the usual method. As a nontrivial example of the technique, bound states are calculated in the exchange approximation for the e-/He+ system and l equals 1 partial wave.

  16. On the convergence of certain finite-difference schemes by an inverse-matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Steger, J. L.; Warming, R. F.

    1975-01-01

    The inverse-matrix method of analyzing the convergence of the solution of a given system of finite-difference equations to the solution of the corresponding system of partial-differential equations is discussed and generalized. The convergence properties of a time- and space-centered differencing of the diffusion equation are analyzed as well as a staggered grid differencing of the Cauchy-Riemann equations. These two schemes are significant since they serve as simplified model algorithms for two recently developed methods used to calculate nonlinear aerodynamic flows.

  17. Fast and accurate generation method of PSF-based system matrix for PET reconstruction

    CERN Document Server

    Sun, Xiao-Li; Yun, Ming-Kai; Li, Dao-Wu; Gao, Juan; Li, Mo-Han; Chai, Pei; Tang, Hao-Hui; Zhang, Zhi-Ming; Wei, Long

    2016-01-01

    Positional single photon incidence response (P-SPIR) theory is researched in this paper to generate more accurate PSF-contained system matrix simply and quickly. The method has been proved highly effective to improve the spatial resolution by applying to the Eplus-260 primate PET designed by the Institute of High Energy Physics of the Chinese Academy of Sciences(IHEP). Simultaneously, to meet the clinical needs, GPU acceleration is put to use. Basically, P-SPIR theory takes both incidence angle and incidence position by crystal subdivision instead of only incidence angle into consideration based on Geant4 Application for Emission Tomography (GATE). The simulation conforms to the actual response distribution and can be completed rapidly within less than 1s. Furthermore,two-block penetration and normalization of the response probability are raised to fit the reality. With PSF obtained, the homogenization model is analyzed to calculate the spread distribution of bins within a few minutes for system matrix genera...

  18. Laplace-transform-based method to calculate back-reflected radiance from an isotropically scattering half-space

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Rinzema, K.; Hoenders, B.J; Ferwerda, H.A

    We present a method to determine the back-reflected radiance From an isotropically scattering half-space with matched boundary. This method has the advantage that it leads very quickly to the relevant equations, the numerical solution of which is also quite easy. Essentially, the method is derived

  19. Community structure discovery method based on the Gaussian kernel similarity matrix

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guo, Chonghui; Zhao, Haipeng

    2012-03-01

    Community structure discovery in complex networks is a popular issue, and overlapping community structure discovery in academic research has become one of the hot spots. Based on the Gaussian kernel similarity matrix and spectral bisection, this paper proposes a new community structure discovery method. First, by adjusting the Gaussian kernel parameter to change the scale of similarity, we can find the corresponding non-overlapping community structure when the value of the modularity is the largest relatively. Second, the changes of the Gaussian kernel parameter would lead to the unstable nodes jumping off, so with a slight change in method of non-overlapping community discovery, we can find the overlapping community nodes. Finally, synthetic data, karate club and political books datasets are used to test the proposed method, comparing with some other community discovery methods, to demonstrate the feasibility and effectiveness of this method.

  20. Scattering anomaly in optics

    CERN Document Server

    Silveirinha, Mario G

    2016-01-01

    In time-reversal invariant electronic systems the scattering matrix is anti-symmetric. This property enables an effect, designated here as "scattering anomaly", such that the electron transport does not suffer from back reflections, independent of the specific geometry of the propagation path or the presence of time-reversal invariant defects. In contrast, for a generic time-reversal invariant photonic system the scattering matrix is symmetric and there is no similar anomaly. Here, it is theoretically proven that despite these fundamental differences there is a wide class of photonic platforms - in some cases formed only by time-reversal invariant media - in which the scattering anomaly can occur. It is shown that an optical system invariant under the action of the composition of the time-reversal, parity and duality operators is characterized by an anti-symmetric scattering matrix. Specific examples of photonic platforms wherein the scattering anomaly occurs are given, and it is demonstrated with full wave n...

  1. A practical cone-beam CT scatter correction method with optimized Monte Carlo simulations for image-guided radiation therapy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Yuan; Bai, Ti; Yan, Hao; Ouyang, Luo; Pompos, Arnold; Wang, Jing; Zhou, Linghong; Jiang, Steve B.; Jia, Xun

    2015-05-01

    Cone-beam CT (CBCT) has become the standard image guidance tool for patient setup in image-guided radiation therapy. However, due to its large illumination field, scattered photons severely degrade its image quality. While kernel-based scatter correction methods have been used routinely in the clinic, it is still desirable to develop Monte Carlo (MC) simulation-based methods due to their accuracy. However, the high computational burden of the MC method has prevented routine clinical application. This paper reports our recent development of a practical method of MC-based scatter estimation and removal for CBCT. In contrast with conventional MC approaches that estimate scatter signals using a scatter-contaminated CBCT image, our method used a planning CT image for MC simulation, which has the advantages of accurate image intensity and absence of image truncation. In our method, the planning CT was first rigidly registered with the CBCT. Scatter signals were then estimated via MC simulation. After scatter signals were removed from the raw CBCT projections, a corrected CBCT image was reconstructed. The entire workflow was implemented on a GPU platform for high computational efficiency. Strategies such as projection denoising, CT image downsampling, and interpolation along the angular direction were employed to further enhance the calculation speed. We studied the impact of key parameters in the workflow on the resulting accuracy and efficiency, based on which the optimal parameter values were determined. Our method was evaluated in numerical simulation, phantom, and real patient cases. In the simulation cases, our method reduced mean HU errors from 44 to 3 HU and from 78 to 9 HU in the full-fan and the half-fan cases, respectively. In both the phantom and the patient cases, image artifacts caused by scatter, such as ring artifacts around the bowtie area, were reduced. With all the techniques employed, we achieved computation time of less than 30 s including the

  2. PREDICTION OF RESERVOIR FLOW RATE OF DEZ DAM BY THE PROBABILITY MATRIX METHOD

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mohammad Hashem Kanani

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available The data collected from the operation of existing storage reservoirs, could offer valuable information for the better allocation and management of fresh water rates for future use to mitigation droughts effect. In this paper the long-term Dez reservoir (IRAN water rate prediction is presented using probability matrix method. Data is analyzed to find the probability matrix of water rates in Dez reservoir based on the previous history of annual water entrance during the past and present years(40 years. The algorithm developed covers both, the overflow and non-overflow conditions in the reservoir. Result of this study shows that in non-overflow conditions the most exigency case is equal to 75%. This means that, if the reservoir is empty (the stored water is less than 100 MCM this year, it would be also empty by 75% next year. The stored water in the reservoir would be less than 300 MCM by 85% next year if the reservoir is empty this year. This percentage decreases to 70% next year if the water of reservoir is less than 300 MCM this year. The percentage also decreases to 5% next year if the reservoir is full this year. In overflow conditions the most exigency case is equal to 75% again. The reservoir volume would be less than 150 MCM by 90% next year, if it is empty this year. This percentage decreases to 70% if its water volume is less than 300 MCM and 55% if the water volume is less than 500 MCM this year. Result shows that too, if the probability matrix of water rates to a reservoir is multiplied by itself repeatedly; it converges to a constant probability matrix, which could be used to predict the long-term water rate of the reservoir. In other words, the probability matrix of series of water rates is changed to a steady probability matrix in the course of time, which could reflect the hydrological behavior of the watershed and could be easily used for the long-term prediction of water storage in the down stream reservoirs.

  3. Mechanism and application method to analyze the carrier scattering factor by electrical conductivity ratio based on thermoelectric property measurement

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Guiying; Ren, Pan; Lin, Tie; Wu, Xiaofeng; Zhang, Yanhua; Niu, Sitong; Bailey, Trevor P.

    2018-01-01

    Carrier scattering factor is one of the most important parameters for semiconductors. In this paper, we propose the mechanism and the application method to analyze the carrier scattering factor(s) by comparing the ratios of electrical conductivity σ(T)/σ(T0 = 300 K) vs. temperature T in the theoretical calculation and experimental results. It is demonstrated that σ(T)/σ(T0 = 300 K) is only related to the carrier scattering factor when the density of states effective mass, m*, is assumed to be constant in small temperature ranges. Therefore, the carrier scattering factor dependence of the ratios of σ(T)/σ(T0 = 300 K) can be used to pinpoint the carrier scattering mechanism. Taking Bi0.5Sb1.5Te2.7+xSe0.3 as an example, it is found that no matter what theoretical models for the Seebeck coefficient over a range of the reduced Fermi energy are used, the analysis results for the scattering mechanism are unique. The reason behind such an observation is that the ratio of σ(T)/σ(T0) is only dependent on the carrier scattering for a certain material. As such, we can neglect the effect of degeneracy on the carrier scattering mechanism, and select the simplest theoretical Seebeck coefficient model to estimate the scattering mechanism before the self-consistent η(T) (reduced Fermi level) is obtained. The effect of temperature dependence of the m*(T) on the σ(T)/σ(T0) is also discussed.

  4. Limited-memory fast gradient descent method for graph regularized nonnegative matrix factorization.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guan, Naiyang; Wei, Lei; Luo, Zhigang; Tao, Dacheng

    2013-01-01

    Graph regularized nonnegative matrix factorization (GNMF) decomposes a nonnegative data matrix X[Symbol:see text]R(m x n) to the product of two lower-rank nonnegative factor matrices, i.e.,W[Symbol:see text]R(m x r) and H[Symbol:see text]R(r x n) (r gradient direction with a non-optimal step size. Recently, a multiple step-sizes fast gradient descent (MFGD) method has been proposed for optimizing NMF which accelerates MUR by searching the optimal step-size along the rescaled negative gradient direction with Newton's method. However, the computational cost of MFGD is high because 1) the high-dimensional Hessian matrix is dense and costs too much memory; and 2) the Hessian inverse operator and its multiplication with gradient cost too much time. To overcome these deficiencies of MFGD, we propose an efficient limited-memory FGD (L-FGD) method for optimizing GNMF. In particular, we apply the limited-memory BFGS (L-BFGS) method to directly approximate the multiplication of the inverse Hessian and the gradient for searching the optimal step size in MFGD. The preliminary results on real-world datasets show that L-FGD is more efficient than both MFGD and MUR. To evaluate the effectiveness of L-FGD, we validate its clustering performance for optimizing KL-divergence based GNMF on two popular face image datasets including ORL and PIE and two text corpora including Reuters and TDT2. The experimental results confirm the effectiveness of L-FGD by comparing it with the representative GNMF solvers.

  5. Limited-Memory Fast Gradient Descent Method for Graph Regularized Nonnegative Matrix Factorization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guan, Naiyang; Wei, Lei; Luo, Zhigang; Tao, Dacheng

    2013-01-01

    Graph regularized nonnegative matrix factorization (GNMF) decomposes a nonnegative data matrix to the product of two lower-rank nonnegative factor matrices, i.e., and () and aims to preserve the local geometric structure of the dataset by minimizing squared Euclidean distance or Kullback-Leibler (KL) divergence between X and WH. The multiplicative update rule (MUR) is usually applied to optimize GNMF, but it suffers from the drawback of slow-convergence because it intrinsically advances one step along the rescaled negative gradient direction with a non-optimal step size. Recently, a multiple step-sizes fast gradient descent (MFGD) method has been proposed for optimizing NMF which accelerates MUR by searching the optimal step-size along the rescaled negative gradient direction with Newton's method. However, the computational cost of MFGD is high because 1) the high-dimensional Hessian matrix is dense and costs too much memory; and 2) the Hessian inverse operator and its multiplication with gradient cost too much time. To overcome these deficiencies of MFGD, we propose an efficient limited-memory FGD (L-FGD) method for optimizing GNMF. In particular, we apply the limited-memory BFGS (L-BFGS) method to directly approximate the multiplication of the inverse Hessian and the gradient for searching the optimal step size in MFGD. The preliminary results on real-world datasets show that L-FGD is more efficient than both MFGD and MUR. To evaluate the effectiveness of L-FGD, we validate its clustering performance for optimizing KL-divergence based GNMF on two popular face image datasets including ORL and PIE and two text corpora including Reuters and TDT2. The experimental results confirm the effectiveness of L-FGD by comparing it with the representative GNMF solvers. PMID:24204761

  6. Shrinkage-thresholding enhanced born iterative method for solving 2D inverse electromagnetic scattering problem

    KAUST Repository

    Desmal, Abdulla

    2014-07-01

    A numerical framework that incorporates recently developed iterative shrinkage thresholding (IST) algorithms within the Born iterative method (BIM) is proposed for solving the two-dimensional inverse electromagnetic scattering problem. IST algorithms minimize a cost function weighted between measurement-data misfit and a zeroth/first-norm penalty term and therefore promote "sharpness" in the solution. Consequently, when applied to domains with sharp variations, discontinuities, or sparse content, the proposed framework is more efficient and accurate than the "classical" BIM that minimizes a cost function with a second-norm penalty term. Indeed, numerical results demonstrate the superiority of the IST-BIM over the classical BIM when they are applied to sparse domains: Permittivity and conductivity profiles recovered using the IST-BIM are sharper and more accurate and converge faster. © 1963-2012 IEEE.

  7. Comparison of F-region electron density observations by satellite radio tomography and incoherent scatter methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    T. Nygrén

    1996-12-01

    Full Text Available In November 1995 a campaign of satellite radiotomography supported by the EISCAT incoherent scatter radar and several other instruments was arranged in Scandinavia. A chain of four satellite receivers extending from the north of Norway to the south of Finland was installed approximately along a geomagnetic meridian. The receivers carried out difference Doppler measurements using signals from satellites flying along the chain. The EISCAT UHF radar was simultaneously operational with its beam swinging either in geomagnetic or in geographic meridional plane. With this experimental set-up latitudinal scans of F-region electron density are obtained both from the radar observations and by tomographic inversion of the phase observations given by the difference Doppler experiment. This paper shows the first results of the campaign and compares the electron densities given by the two methods.

  8. Momentum measurement by the Multiple Coulomb Scattering method in the OPERA lead emulsion target

    CERN Document Server

    Agafonova, N.; Altinok, O.; Anokhina, A.; Aoki, S.; Ariga, A.; Ariga, T.; Autiero, D.; Badertscher, A.; Bagulya, A.; Ben Dhahbi, A.; Bertolin, A.; Besnier, M.; Bozza, C.; Brugiere, T.; Brugnera, R.; Brunet, F.; Brunetti, G.; Buontempo, S.; Cazes, A.; Chaussard, L.; Chernyavskiy, M.; Chiarella, V.; Chukanov, A.; D'Ambrosio, N.; Dal Corso, F.; De Lellis, G.; del Amo Sanchez, P.; Declais, Y.; De Serio, M.; Di Capua, F.; Di Crescenzo, A.; Di Ferdinando, D.; Di Marco, N.; Dmitrievski, S.; Dracos, M.; Duchesneau, D.; Dusini, S.; Dzhatdoev, T.; Ebert, J.; Egorov, O.; Enikeev, R.; Ereditato, A.; Esposito, L.S.; Favier, J.; Ferber, T.; Fini, R.A.; Frekers, D.; Fukuda, T.; Garfagnini, A.; Giacomelli, G.; Giorgini, M.; Gollnitz, C.; Goldberg, J.; Golubkov, D.; Goncharova, L.; Gornushkin, Y.; Grella, G.; Grianti, F.; Guler, A.M.; Gustavino, C.; Hagner, C.; Hamada, K.; Hara, T.; Hierholzer, M.; Hollnagel, A.; Hoshino, K.; Ieva, M.; Ishida, H.; Jakovcic, K.; Jollet, C.; Juget, F.; Kamiscioglu, M.; Kazuyama, K.; Kim, S.H.; Kimura, M.; Kitagawa, N.; Klicek, B.; Knuesel, J.; Kodama, K.; Komatsu, M.; Kose, U.; Kreslo, I.; Kubota, H.; Lazzaro, C.; Lenkeit, J.; Lippi, I.; Ljubicic, A.; Longhin, A.; Loverre, P.; Lutter, G.; Malgin, A.; Mandrioli, G.; Manai, K.; Marteau, J.; Matsuo, T.; Matveev, V.; Mauri, N.; Medinaceli, E.; Meisel, F.; Meregaglia, A.; Migliozzi, P.; Mikado, S.; Miyamoto, S.; Monacelli, P.; Morishima, K.; Moser, U.; Muciaccia, M.T.; Naganawa, N.; Naka, T.; Nakamura, M.; Nakano, T.; Naumov, D.; Nikitina, V.; Niwa, K.; Nonoyama, Y.; Ogawa, S.; Okateva, N.; Olshevskiy, A.; Paniccia, M.; Paoloni, A.; Park, B.D.; Park, I.G.; Pastore, A.; Patrizii, L.; Pennacchio, E.; Pessard, H.; Pretzl, K.; Pilipenko, V.; Pistillo, C.; Polukhina, N.; Pozzato, M.; Pupilli, F.; Rescigno, R.; Roganova, T.; Rokujo, H.; Romano, G.; Rosa, G.; Rostovtseva, I.; Rubbia, A.; Russo, A.; Ryasny, V.; Ryazhskaya, O.; Sato, O.; Sato, Y.; Schembri, A.; Schmidt-Parzefall, W.; Schroeder, H.; Scotto Lavina, L.; Sheshukov, A.; Shibuya, H.; Shoziyoev, G.; Simone, S.; Sioli, M.; Sirignano, C.; Sirri, G.; Song, J.S.; Spinetti, M.; Stanco, L.; Starkov, N.; Stipcevic, M.; Strauss, T.; Strolin, P.; Takahashi, S.; Tenti, M.; Terranova, F.; Tezuka, I.; Tioukov, V.; Tolun, P.; Trabelsi, A.; Tran, T.; Tufanli, S.; Vilain, P.; Vladimirov, M.; Votano, L.; Vuilleumier, J.L.; Wilquet, G.; Wonsak, B.; Yakushev, V.; Yoon, C.S.; Yoshioka, T.; Yoshida, J.; Zaitsev, Y.; Zemskova, S.; Zghiche, A.; Zimmermann, R.

    2012-01-01

    A new method of momentum measurement of charged particles through Multiple Coulomb Scattering (MCS) in the OPERA lead emulsion target is presented. It is based on precise measurements of track angular deviations performed thanks to the very high resolution of nuclear emulsions. The algorithm has been tested with Monte Carlo (MC) pions. The results are found to describe within the expected uncertainties the data obtained from test beams. We also report a comparison of muon momenta evaluated through MCS in the OPERA lead emulsion target with those determined by the electronic detectors for neutrino charged current interaction events. The two independent measurements agree within the experimental uncertainties, and the results validate the algorithm developed for the emulsion detector of OPERA.

  9. Method of measuring blood oxygenation based on spectroscopy of diffusely scattered light

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kleshnin, M. S.; Orlova, A. G.; Kirillin, M. Yu.; Golubyatnikov, G. Yu.; Turchin, I. V.

    2017-05-01

    A new approach to the measurement of blood oxygenation is developed and implemented, based on an original two-step algorithm reconstructing the relative concentration of biological chromophores (haemoglobin, water, lipids) from the measured spectra of diffusely scattered light at different distances from the radiation source. The numerical experiments and approbation of the proposed approach using a biological phantom have shown the high accuracy of the reconstruction of optical properties of the object in question, as well as the possibility of correct calculation of the haemoglobin oxygenation in the presence of additive noises without calibration of the measuring device. The results of the experimental studies in animals agree with the previously published results obtained by other research groups and demonstrate the possibility of applying the developed method to the monitoring of blood oxygenation in tumour tissues.

  10. Simplified LCA and matrix methods in identifying the environmental aspects of a product system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hur, Tak; Lee, Jiyong; Ryu, Jiyeon; Kwon, Eunsun

    2005-05-01

    In order to effectively integrate environmental attributes into the product design and development processes, it is crucial to identify the significant environmental aspects related to a product system within a relatively short period of time. In this study, the usefulness of life cycle assessment (LCA) and a matrix method as tools for identifying the key environmental issues of a product system were examined. For this, a simplified LCA (SLCA) method that can be applied to Electrical and Electronic Equipment (EEE) was developed to efficiently identify their significant environmental aspects for eco-design, since a full scale LCA study is usually very detailed, expensive and time-consuming. The environmentally responsible product assessment (ERPA) method, which is one of the matrix methods, was also analyzed. Then, the usefulness of each method in eco-design processes was evaluated and compared using the case studies of the cellular phone and vacuum cleaner systems. It was found that the SLCA and the ERPA methods provided different information but they complemented each other to some extent. The SLCA method generated more information on the inherent environmental characteristics of a product system so that it might be useful for new design/eco-innovation when developing a completely new product or method where environmental considerations play a major role from the beginning. On the other hand, the ERPA method gave more information on the potential for improving a product so that it could be effectively used in eco-redesign which intends to alleviate environmental impacts of an existing product or process.

  11. Modified Matrix Method for Calculating Steady-State Span Loading on Flexible Wings in Subsonic Flight

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gainer, Patrick A.; Aiken, William S., Jr.

    1959-01-01

    A method is presented for shortening the computations required to determine the steady-state span loading on flexible wings in subsonic flight. The method makes use of tables of downwash factors to find the necessary aerodynamic-influence coefficients for the application of lifting-line theory. Explicit matrix equations of equilibrium are converted into a matrix power series with a finite number of terms by utilizing certain characteristic properties of matrices. The number of terms in the series is determined by a trial-and-error process dependent upon the required accuracy of the solution. Spanwise distributions of angle of attack, airload, shear, bending moment, and pitching moment are readily obtained as functions of qm(sub R) where q denotes the dynamic pressure and mR denotes the lift-curve slope of a rigid wing. This method is intended primarily to make it practical to solve steady-state aeroelastic problems on the ordinary manually operated desk calculators, but the method is also readily adaptable to automatic computing equipment.

  12. Matrix solid phase dispersion method for determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in moss.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Concha-Graña, Estefanía; Muniategui-Lorenzo, Soledad; De Nicola, Flavia; Aboal, Jesús R; Rey-Asensio, Ana Isabel; Giordano, Simonetta; Reski, Ralf; López-Mahía, Purificación; Prada-Rodríguez, Darío

    2015-08-07

    In this work a matrix solid-phase dispersion extraction method, followed by programmed temperature vaporization-gas chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry determination is proposed for the analysis of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in moss samples. A devitalized, cultivated Sphagnum palustre L. moss clone obtained from the "Mossclone" EU-FP7 Project was used for the optimization and validation of the proposed method. Good trueness (84-116%), precision (intermediate precision lower than 11%) and sensitivity (quantitation limits lower than 1.7ngg(-1)) were obtained. The proposed method was compared with other procedures applied for this complex matrix, achieving a considerable reduction of sample amount, solvent volume and time consumption. The procedure was successfully tested for the analysis of PAHs in exposed moss clone samples for the monitoring of air pollution. Finally, the method was also tested for its suitability in the analysis of PAHs in other moss species as well as a lichen species. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. Dispersion curve extraction of Lamb waves in metallic plates by matrix pencil method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chang, C. Y.; Yuan, F. G.

    2017-04-01

    Lamb wave dispersion curves for isotropic plates are extracted from measured sensor data by matrix pencil (MP) method. A piezoelectric wafer emits a linear chirp signal as broadband excitation to generate Lamb waves in isotropic plates. The propagating waves are measured at discrete locations along a wave ray direction with a sensor 1-D laser Doppler vibrometer (LDV). The out-of-plane velocities are first Fourier transformed into either space-frequency x-ω domain or wavenumber-time k-t domain. The matrix pencil method is then employed to extract the dispersion curves for various wave modes simultaneously. In addition, the phase and group velocity dispersion curves are deduced by the relation between wavenumber and frequency. In this research, the inspections for dispersion relations on isotropic plates are demonstrated and compared by two-dimensional Fourier transform (2D-FFT) and MP method. The results are confirmed by theoretical curves computed numerically. It has demonstrated that the MP method is robust in recognining/differentiating different wave modes, including higher order ones.

  14. Representing Matrix Cracks Through Decomposition of the Deformation Gradient Tensor in Continuum Damage Mechanics Methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Leone, Frank A., Jr.

    2015-01-01

    A method is presented to represent the large-deformation kinematics of intraply matrix cracks and delaminations in continuum damage mechanics (CDM) constitutive material models. The method involves the additive decomposition of the deformation gradient tensor into 'crack' and 'bulk material' components. The response of the intact bulk material is represented by a reduced deformation gradient tensor, and the opening of an embedded cohesive interface is represented by a normalized cohesive displacement-jump vector. The rotation of the embedded interface is tracked as the material deforms and as the crack opens. The distribution of the total local deformation between the bulk material and the cohesive interface components is determined by minimizing the difference between the cohesive stress and the bulk material stress projected onto the cohesive interface. The improvements to the accuracy of CDM models that incorporate the presented method over existing approaches are demonstrated for a single element subjected to simple shear deformation and for a finite element model of a unidirectional open-hole tension specimen. The material model is implemented as a VUMAT user subroutine for the Abaqus/Explicit finite element software. The presented deformation gradient decomposition method reduces the artificial load transfer across matrix cracks subjected to large shearing deformations, and avoids the spurious secondary failure modes that often occur in analyses based on conventional progressive damage models.

  15. CHANGE DETECTION BASED ON PERSISTENT SCATTERER INTERFEROMETRY – A NEW METHOD OF MONITORING BUILDING CHANGES

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    C. H. Yang

    2016-06-01

    Full Text Available Persistent Scatterer Interferometry (PSI is a technique to detect a network of extracted persistent scatterer (PS points which feature temporal phase stability and strong radar signal throughout time-series of SAR images. The small surface deformations on such PS points are estimated. PSI particularly works well in monitoring human settlements because regular substructures of man-made objects give rise to large number of PS points. If such structures and/or substructures substantially alter or even vanish due to big change like construction, their PS points are discarded without additional explorations during standard PSI procedure. Such rejected points are called big change (BC points. On the other hand, incoherent change detection (ICD relies on local comparison of multi-temporal images (e.g. image difference, image ratio to highlight scene modifications of larger size rather than detail level. However, image noise inevitably degrades ICD accuracy. We propose a change detection approach based on PSI to synergize benefits of PSI and ICD. PS points are extracted by PSI procedure. A local change index is introduced to quantify probability of a big change for each point. We propose an automatic thresholding method adopting change index to extract BC points along with a clue of the period they emerge. In the end, PS ad BC points are integrated into a change detection image. Our method is tested at a site located around north of Berlin main station where steady, demolished, and erected building substructures are successfully detected. The results are consistent with ground truth derived from time-series of aerial images provided by Google Earth. In addition, we apply our technique for traffic infrastructure, business district, and sports playground monitoring.

  16. Change Detection Based on Persistent Scatterer Interferometry - a New Method of Monitoring Building Changes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, C. H.; Kenduiywo, B. K.; Soergel, U.

    2016-06-01

    Persistent Scatterer Interferometry (PSI) is a technique to detect a network of extracted persistent scatterer (PS) points which feature temporal phase stability and strong radar signal throughout time-series of SAR images. The small surface deformations on such PS points are estimated. PSI particularly works well in monitoring human settlements because regular substructures of man-made objects give rise to large number of PS points. If such structures and/or substructures substantially alter or even vanish due to big change like construction, their PS points are discarded without additional explorations during standard PSI procedure. Such rejected points are called big change (BC) points. On the other hand, incoherent change detection (ICD) relies on local comparison of multi-temporal images (e.g. image difference, image ratio) to highlight scene modifications of larger size rather than detail level. However, image noise inevitably degrades ICD accuracy. We propose a change detection approach based on PSI to synergize benefits of PSI and ICD. PS points are extracted by PSI procedure. A local change index is introduced to quantify probability of a big change for each point. We propose an automatic thresholding method adopting change index to extract BC points along with a clue of the period they emerge. In the end, PS ad BC points are integrated into a change detection image. Our method is tested at a site located around north of Berlin main station where steady, demolished, and erected building substructures are successfully detected. The results are consistent with ground truth derived from time-series of aerial images provided by Google Earth. In addition, we apply our technique for traffic infrastructure, business district, and sports playground monitoring.

  17. Pyrolysis of organomercury compounds: investigation by the method of matrix isolation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maltsev, A K; Mikaelian, R G; Nefedov, O M; Hauge, R H; Margrave, J L

    1971-12-01

    The method of matrix isolation has been used to investigate mechanisms of gas-phase chemical reactions, in particular the pyrolysis of some organomercury compounds. A molecular beam of pyrolysis products was condensed simultaneously with a large excess of rare gas at temperatures from 5 to 15 degrees K to form a matrix that was subsequently studied by infrared spectroscopy. In the case of C(6)H(5)HgCCl(3), we found that pyrolysis in the temperature range 220-400 degrees C produced mainly dichlorocarbene. In addition, some trichloromethyl radical was observed and increased in relative importance at increased temperatures. Another identified product of pyrolysis was C(6)H(5)HgCl. In general, the same reactive intermediates, CCl(2) and CCl(3), were found from pyrolysis of Hg(CCl(3))(2) in the temperature range 250-500 degrees C, along with CCl(3)HgCl and HgCl(2). The identity of CCl(2) and CCl(2) was demonstrated by measurement of the relative intensities and isotopic splittings of stretching vibrations due to the chlorine isotopes. Isotopic patterns found for CCl(2) are: v(3) (745.8, 744.0, 741.8 cm(-1)), v(1) (719.5, 717.0, 714.9 cm(-1)) and for CCl(3) are: v(3) (897.8, 896.4, 895.2, 893.9 cm(-1)). Less dilution with the rare gas or warming of the matrix produced a decrease of CCl(2) and CCl(3) spectral bands and an increase of bands due to C(2)Cl(4), C(2)Cl(6), and other products. These results show the usefulness of matrix isolation in the study of such reactive species as CCl(2) produced by pyrolysis in the gas phase.

  18. Determination of Trace Perfluoroalkyl Carboxylic Acids in Edible Crop Matrices: Matrix Effect and Method Development.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xiang, Lei; Chen, Lei; Xiao, Tao; Mo, Ce-Hui; Li, Yan-Wen; Cai, Quan-Ying; Li, Hui; Zhou, Dong-Mei; Wong, Ming-Hung

    2017-10-04

    A robust method was developed for simultaneous determination of nine trace perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids (PFCAs) in various edible crop matrices including cereal (grain), root vegetable (carrot), leafy vegetable (lettuce), and melon vegetable (pumpkin) using ultrasonic extraction followed by solid-phase extraction cleanup and high liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS/MS). The varieties of extractants and cleanup cartridges, the usage of Supelclean graphitized carbon, and the matrix effect and its potential influencing factors were estimated to gain an optimal extraction procedure. The developed method presented high sensitivity and accuracy with the method detection limits and the recoveries at four fortification levels in various matrices ranging from 0.017 to 0.180 ng/g (dry weight) and from 70% to 114%, respectively. The successful application of the developed method to determine PFCAs in various crops sampled from several farms demonstrated its practicability for regular monitoring of PFCAs in real crops.

  19. Resonance Rayleigh scattering method for determination of ethion using silver nanoparticles as probe.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Parham, Hooshang; Saeed, Sedighe

    2015-01-01

    A simple, novel and sensitive method was developed to determine ethion insecticide in water samples. This method was based on the interaction of ethion with silver nanoparticles (AgNPs) and quenching of the resonance Rayleigh scattering (RRS) intensity. The change in RRS intensity (ΔIRRS) was linearly correlated to the concentration of ethion over the range of 10.0-900.0 µg L(-1). Ethion can be measured in a short time (3 min) without any complicated or time-consuming sample pretreatment process. Parameters that affect the RRS intensities such as pH, concentration of AgNPs, standing time, electrolyte concentration, and coexisting substances were systematically investigated and optimized. Interference tests showed that the developed method has a very good selectivity and could be used conveniently for determination of ethion. The limit of detection (LOD) and limit of quantification (LOQ) were 3.7 and 11.0 µg L(-1), respectively. Relative standard deviations (RSD) for 15.0 and 60.0 µg L(-1) of ethion were 4.1 and 0.2, respectively. Possible mechanisms for the quenching of RRS of AgNPs were discussed and the method was successfully applied for the analysis of spiked real water samples. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Dust optical properties in antarctic ice cores: application of the Single Particle Extinction and Scattering (SPES) method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Potenza, Marco; Villa, Stefano; Sanvito, Tiziano; Albani, Samuel; Delmonte, Barbara; Maggi, Valter

    2015-04-01

    From the point of view of light scattering each particle is characterized by several parameters, the size being by far the most important in determining the amount of radiated power. Nevertheless, composition, internal structure, shape do slightly affect the way light is scattered, and in turn also prevent the possibility to extract the correct size. Recovering the whole information is of paramount difficulty, if not impossibile for single particles. A trade off can be obtained by introducing the optical thickness, i.e. the product of the size and the refractive index, which determines the optical properties. Here we focus at studying the optical thickness of dust particles from the EPICA Dome C ice core. We provide for the first time a direct measurement of dust optical parameters that is the most direct information needed by climate models, and highlight important differences among samples. The SPES method is named after its capability to access both the extinction cross section and the forward scattered field amplitude for each particle. This method is well working with extremely dilute suspensions, such as Antarctic ice core samples. The SPES method is based upon combined and simultaneous measurements of the power reduction of a laser beam in presence of the particle (extinction by definition) and the interference between the intense transmitted beam and the much fainter forward scattered wave (scattering). In such a way it is possible to access both the amplitude and phase of the scattered wave, which means both the real and imaginary parts of the complex field amplitude. This makes the difference with traditional approaches. We show some preliminary results from glacial and interglacial samples from the EPICA ice core and suggest a method to extract information which is important for the light scattering properties of the ensemble of dust particles contained in each sample.

  1. A model-based radiography restoration method based on simple scatter-degradation scheme for improving image visibility

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, K.; Kang, S.; Cho, H.; Kang, W.; Seo, C.; Park, C.; Lee, D.; Lim, H.; Lee, H.; Kim, G.; Park, S.; Park, J.; Kim, W.; Jeon, D.; Woo, T.; Oh, J.

    2018-02-01

    In conventional planar radiography, image visibility is often limited mainly due to the superimposition of the object structure under investigation and the artifacts caused by scattered x-rays and noise. Several methods, including computed tomography (CT) as a multiplanar imaging modality, air-gap and grid techniques for the reduction of scatters, phase-contrast imaging as another image-contrast modality, etc., have extensively been investigated in attempt to overcome these difficulties. However, those methods typically require higher x-ray doses or special equipment. In this work, as another approach, we propose a new model-based radiography restoration method based on simple scatter-degradation scheme where the intensity of scattered x-rays and the transmission function of a given object are estimated from a single x-ray image to restore the original degraded image. We implemented the proposed algorithm and performed an experiment to demonstrate its viability. Our results indicate that the degradation of image characteristics by scattered x-rays and noise was effectively recovered by using the proposed method, which improves the image visibility in radiography considerably.

  2. Electron-H2 Collisions Studied Using the Finite Element Z-Matrix Method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huo, Winifred M.; Brown, David; Langhoff, Stephen R. (Technical Monitor)

    1997-01-01

    We have applied the Z-matrix method, using a mixed basis of finite elements and Gaussians, to study e-H2 elastic and inelastic collisions. Special attention is paid to the quality of the basis set and the treatment of electron correlation. The calculated cross sections are invariant, to machine accuracy, with respect to the choice of parameters a, b, d, e as long as they satisfy Equation (3). However, the log derivative approach, i.e., the choice a = -e = 1, b = d = 0 appears to converge slightly faster than other choices. The cross sections agree well with previous theoretical results. Comparison will be made with available experimental data.

  3. Method and apparatus for evaluating structural weakness in polymer matrix composites

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wachter, Eric A.; Fisher, Walter G.

    1996-01-01

    A method and apparatus for evaluating structural weaknesses in polymer matrix composites is described. An object to be studied is illuminated with laser radiation and fluorescence emanating therefrom is collected and filtered. The fluorescence is then imaged and the image is studied to determine fluorescence intensity over the surface of the object being studied and the wavelength of maximum fluorescent intensity. Such images provide a map of the structural integrity of the part being studied and weaknesses, particularly weaknesses created by exposure of the object to heat, are readily visible in the image.

  4. The application of the eshelby method of internal stress determination to short fibre metal matrix composites

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Withers, P.J.; Stobbs, W.M.; Pedersen, O.B.

    1989-01-01

    behaviour of short fibre metal matrix composites is predicted, and, taking the Al/SiC system as an example, compared with experiment. Finally, it is shown that relaxation phenomena play an important role in the development of internal stresses, and that the energetics and the resultant stress redistribution......Eshelby's equivalent inclusion approach is used to provide a rigorous theoretical basis for the prediction of the mechanical properties of short fibre composites. The equivalent inclusion construction which is central to this method is described in detail. The elastic, thermoelastic and plastic...

  5. Systems and methods for commutating inductor current using a matrix converter

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ransom, Ray M; Kajouke, Lateef A; Perisic, Milun

    2012-10-16

    Systems and methods are provided for delivering current using a matrix converter in a vehicle. An electrical system comprises an AC interface, a first conversion module coupled to the AC interface, an inductive element coupled between the AC interface and the first conversion module, and a control module coupled to the first conversion module. The control module is configured to operate the first conversion module in a bidirectional operating mode to commutate current bidirectionally. When a magnitude of the current through the inductive element is greater than a first threshold value, the control module operates the conversion module in a unidirectional operating mode, wherein current is commutated unidirectionally.

  6. A spectral method to detect community structure based on distance modularity matrix

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Jin-Xuan; Zhang, Xiao-Dong

    2017-08-01

    There are many community organizations in social and biological networks. How to identify these community structure in complex networks has become a hot issue. In this paper, an algorithm to detect community structure of networks is proposed by using spectra of distance modularity matrix. The proposed algorithm focuses on the distance of vertices within communities, rather than the most weakly connected vertex pairs or number of edges between communities. The experimental results show that our method achieves better effectiveness to identify community structure for a variety of real-world networks and computer generated networks with a little more time-consumption.

  7. Using the modified matrix element method to constrain Lμ-Lτ interactions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Elahi, Fatemeh; Martin, Adam

    2017-07-01

    In this paper, we explore the discriminatory power of the matrix element method (MEM) in constraining the Lμ-Lτ model at the LHC. The Z' boson associated with the spontaneously broken U (1 )Lμ-Lτ symmetry only interacts with the second and third generation of leptons at tree level, and is thus difficult to produce at the LHC. We argue that the best channels for discovering this Z' are in Z →4 μ and 2 μ + ET. Both these channels have a large number of kinematic observables, which strongly motivates the usage of a multivariate technique. The MEM is a multivariate analysis that uses the squared matrix element |M |2 to quantify the likelihood of the testing hypotheses. As the computation of the |M |2 requires knowing the initial and final state momenta and the model parameters, it is not commonly used in new physics searches. Conventionally, new parameters are estimated by maximizing the likelihood of the signal with respect to the background, and we outline scenarios in which this procedure is (in)effective. We illustrate that the new parameters can also be estimated by studying the |M |2 distributions, and, even if our parameter estimation is off, we can gain better sensitivity than cut-and-count methods. Additionally, unlike the conventional MEM, where one integrates over all unknown momenta in processes with ET, we show an example scenario where these momenta can be estimated using the process topology. This procedure, which we refer to as the "modified squared matrix element," is computationally much faster than the canonical matrix element method and maintains signal-background discrimination. Bringing the MEM and the aforementioned modifications to bear on the Lμ-Lτ model, we find that with 300 fb-1 of integrated luminosity, we are sensitive to the couplings of gZ'≳0.002 g1 and MZ'<20 GeV , and gZ'≳0.005 g1 and 20 GeV method for the same amount of data.

  8. Floating Node Method and Virtual Crack Closure Technique for Modeling Matrix Cracking-Delamination Interaction

    Science.gov (United States)

    DeCarvalho, N. V.; Chen, B. Y.; Pinho, S. T.; Baiz, P. M.; Ratcliffe, J. G.; Tay, T. E.

    2013-01-01

    A novel approach is proposed for high-fidelity modeling of progressive damage and failure in composite materials that combines the Floating Node Method (FNM) and the Virtual Crack Closure Technique (VCCT) to represent multiple interacting failure mechanisms in a mesh-independent fashion. In this study, the approach is applied to the modeling of delamination migration in cross-ply tape laminates. Delamination, matrix cracking, and migration are all modeled using fracture mechanics based failure and migration criteria. The methodology proposed shows very good qualitative and quantitative agreement with experiments.

  9. Floating Node Method and Virtual Crack Closure Technique for Modeling Matrix Cracking-Delamination Migration

    Science.gov (United States)

    DeCarvalho, Nelson V.; Chen, B. Y.; Pinho, Silvestre T.; Baiz, P. M.; Ratcliffe, James G.; Tay, T. E.

    2013-01-01

    A novel approach is proposed for high-fidelity modeling of progressive damage and failure in composite materials that combines the Floating Node Method (FNM) and the Virtual Crack Closure Technique (VCCT) to represent multiple interacting failure mechanisms in a mesh-independent fashion. In this study, the approach is applied to the modeling of delamination migration in cross-ply tape laminates. Delamination, matrix cracking, and migration are all modeled using fracture mechanics based failure and migration criteria. The methodology proposed shows very good qualitative and quantitative agreement with experiments.

  10. Impact of Material and Architecture Model Parameters on the Failure of Woven Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMCs) via the Multiscale Generalized Method of Cells

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Kuang C.; Arnold, Steven M.

    2011-01-01

    It is well known that failure of a material is a locally driven event. In the case of ceramic matrix composites (CMCs), significant variations in the microstructure of the composite exist and their significance on both deformation and life response need to be assessed. Examples of these variations include changes in the fiber tow shape, tow shifting/nesting and voids within and between tows. In the present work, the effects of many of these architectural parameters and material scatter of woven ceramic composite properties at the macroscale (woven RUC) will be studied to assess their sensitivity. The recently developed Multiscale Generalized Method of Cells methodology is used to determine the overall deformation response, proportional elastic limit (first matrix cracking), and failure under tensile loading conditions. The macroscale responses investigated illustrate the effect of architectural and material parameters on a single RUC representing a five harness satin weave fabric. Results shows that the most critical architectural parameter is weave void shape and content with other parameters being less in severity. Variation of the matrix material properties was also studied to illustrate the influence of the material variability on the overall features of the composite stress-strain response.

  11. Comparison of finite difference and finite element methods for simulating two-dimensional scattering of elastic waves

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Frehner, Marcel; Schmalholz, Stefan M.; Saenger, Erik H.; Steeb, Holger Karl

    2008-01-01

    Two-dimensional scattering of elastic waves in a medium containing a circular heterogeneity is investigated with an analytical solution and numerical wave propagation simulations. Different combinations of finite difference methods (FDM) and finite element methods (FEM) are used to numerically solve

  12. Efficient Data Gathering Methods in Wireless Sensor Networks Using GBTR Matrix Completion

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Donghao Wang

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available To obtain efficient data gathering methods for wireless sensor networks (WSNs, a novel graph based transform regularized (GBTR matrix completion algorithm is proposed. The graph based transform sparsity of the sensed data is explored, which is also considered as a penalty term in the matrix completion problem. The proposed GBTR-ADMM algorithm utilizes the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM in an iterative procedure to solve the constrained optimization problem. Since the performance of the ADMM method is sensitive to the number of constraints, the GBTR-A2DM2 algorithm obtained to accelerate the convergence of GBTR-ADMM. GBTR-A2DM2 benefits from merging two constraint conditions into one as well as using a restart rule. The theoretical analysis shows the proposed algorithms obtain satisfactory time complexity. Extensive simulation results verify that our proposed algorithms outperform the state of the art algorithms for data collection problems in WSNs in respect to recovery accuracy, convergence rate, and energy consumption.

  13. Improved Riccati Transfer Matrix Method for Free Vibration of Non-Cylindrical Helical Springs Including Warping

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A.M. Yu

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Free vibration equations for non-cylindrical (conical, barrel, and hyperboloidal types helical springs with noncircular cross-sections, which consist of 14 first-order ordinary differential equations with variable coefficients, are theoretically derived using spatially curved beam theory. In the formulation, the warping effect upon natural frequencies and vibrating mode shapes is first studied in addition to including the rotary inertia, the shear and axial deformation influences. The natural frequencies of the springs are determined by the use of improved Riccati transfer matrix method. The element transfer matrix used in the solution is calculated using the Scaling and Squaring method and Pad'e approximations. Three examples are presented for three types of springs with different cross-sectional shapes under clamped-clamped boundary condition. The accuracy of the proposed method has been compared with the FEM results using three-dimensional solid elements (Solid 45 in ANSYS code. Numerical results reveal that the warping effect is more pronounced in the case of non-cylindrical helical springs than that of cylindrical helical springs, which should be taken into consideration in the free vibration analysis of such springs.

  14. Sixty gigahertz indoor radio wave propagation prediction method based on full scattering model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Järveläinen, J.; Haneda, K.

    2014-04-01

    In radio system deployment, the main focus is on assuring sufficient coverage, which can be estimated with path loss models for specific scenarios. When more detailed performance metrics such as peak throughput are studied, the environment has to be modeled accurately in order to estimate multipath behavior. By means of laser scanning we can acquire very accurate data of indoor environments, but the format of the scanning data, a point cloud, cannot be used directly in available deterministic propagation prediction tools. Therefore, we propose to use a single-lobe directive model, which calculates the electromagnetic field scattering from a small surface and is applicable to the point cloud, and describe the overall field as fully diffuse backscattering from the point cloud. The focus of this paper is to validate the point cloud-based full diffuse propagation prediction method at 60 GHz. The performance is evaluated by comparing characteristics of measured and predicted power delay profiles in a small office room and an ultrasonic inspection room in a hospital. Also directional characteristics are investigated. It is shown that by considering single-bounce scattering only, the mean delay can be estimated with an average error of 2.6% and the RMS delay spread with an average error of 8.2%. The errors when calculating the azimuth and elevation spreads are 2.6° and 0.6°, respectively. Furthermore, the results demonstrate the applicability of a single parameter set to characterize the propagation channel in all transmit and receive antenna locations in the tested scenarios.

  15. Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering Substrates Made by Oblique Angle Deposition: Methods and Applications

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hin On Chu

    2017-02-01

    Full Text Available Surface Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy presents a rapid, non-destructive method to identify chemical and biological samples with up to single molecule sensitivity. Since its discovery in 1974, the technique has become an intense field of interdisciplinary research, typically generating >2000 publications per year since 2011. The technique relies on the localised surface plasmon resonance phenomenon, where incident light can couple with plasmons at the interface that result in the generation of an intense electric field. This field can propagate from the surface from the metal-dielectric interface, so molecules within proximity will experience more intense Raman scattering. Localised surface plasmon resonance wavelength is determined by a number of factors, such as size, geometry and material. Due to the requirements of the surface optical response, Ag and Au are typical metals used for surface enhanced Raman applications. These metals then need to have nano features that improve the localised surface plasmon resonance, several variants of these substrates exist; surfaces can range from nanoparticles in a suspension, electrochemically roughened electrodes to metal nanostructures on a substrate. The latter will be the focus of this review, particularly reviewing substrates made by oblique angle deposition. Oblique angle deposition is the technique of growing thin films so that the material flux is not normal to the surface. Films grown in this fashion will possess nanostructures, due to the atomic self-shadowing effect, that are dependent mainly on the deposition angle. Recent developments, applications and highlights of surface enhanced Raman scattering substrates made by oblique angle deposition will be reviewed.

  16. Method Enabling Gene Expression Studies of Pathogens in a Complex Food Matrix

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kjeldgaard, Jette; Henriksen, Sidsel; Cohn, Marianne Thorup

    2011-01-01

    We describe a simple method for stabilizing and extracting high-quality prokaryotic RNA from meat. Heat and salt stress of Escherichia coli and Salmonella spp. in minced meat reproducibly induced dnaK and otsB expression, respectively, as observed by quantitative reverse transcription-PCR (>5-fol...... relative changes). Thus, the method is applicable in studies of bacterial gene expression in a meat matrix.......We describe a simple method for stabilizing and extracting high-quality prokaryotic RNA from meat. Heat and salt stress of Escherichia coli and Salmonella spp. in minced meat reproducibly induced dnaK and otsB expression, respectively, as observed by quantitative reverse transcription-PCR (>5-fold...

  17. A Numerical Matrix-Based method in Harmonic Studies in Wind Power Plants

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Dowlatabadi, Mohammadkazem Bakhshizadeh; Hjerrild, Jesper; Kocewiak, Łukasz Hubert

    2016-01-01

    In the low frequency range, there are some couplings between the positive- and negative-sequence small-signal impedances of the power converter due to the nonlinear and low bandwidth control loops such as the synchronization loop. In this paper, a new numerical method which also considers...... these couplings will be presented. The numerical data are advantageous to the parametric differential equations, because analysing the high order and complex transfer functions is very difficult, and finally one uses the numerical evaluation methods. This paper proposes a numerical matrix-based method, which...... is not only able to deal with those mentioned numerical data, but also it is able to consider all couplings between the positive and negative sequences....

  18. Efficient combination of acceleration techniques applied to high frequency methods for solving radiation and scattering problems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lozano, Lorena; Algar, Ma Jesús; García, Eliseo; González, Iván; Cátedra, Felipe

    2017-12-01

    An improved ray-tracing method applied to high-frequency techniques such as the Uniform Theory of Diffraction (UTD) is presented. The main goal is to increase the speed of the analysis of complex structures while considering a vast number of observation directions and taking into account multiple bounces. The method is based on a combination of the Angular Z-Buffer (AZB), the Space Volumetric Partitioning (SVP) algorithm and the A∗ heuristic search method to treat multiple bounces. In addition, a Master Point strategy was developed to analyze efficiently a large number of Near-Field points or Far-Field directions. This technique can be applied to electromagnetic radiation problems, scattering analysis, propagation at urban or indoor environments and to the mutual coupling between antennas. Due to its efficiency, its application is suitable to study large antennas radiation patterns and even its interactions with complex environments, including satellites, ships, aircrafts, cities or another complex electrically large bodies. The new technique appears to be extremely efficient at these applications even when considering multiple bounces.

  19. A simple and rapid resonance Rayleigh scattering method for detection of indigo carmine in soft drink.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Qin; Yang, Jidong; Tan, Xuanping; Zhang, Zhan; Hu, Xiaomei; Yang, Menghuan

    2016-08-01

    A novel method that uses acridine orange (AO) to detect indigo carmine (IC) in soft drinks was developed. The method is highly sensitive and is based on a resonance Rayleigh scattering (RRS) technique. In Britton-Robinson (BR) buffer solution, pH 4.3, the weak RRS intensity of AO was greatly enhanced by the addition of IC, with the maximum peak located at 332 nm. Under optimum conditions, it was found that the enhanced RRS intensity was proportional to the concentration of IC over a range of 2-32 × 10(-6)  mol/L. A low detection limit of 2.4 × 10(-8)  mol/L was achieved. The sensitivity and selectivity of the method are high enough to permit the determination of trace amounts of IC without any significant interference from high levels of other components such as common anions and other amino acids. Finally, the concentration of IC in three different soft drinks was determined with satisfactory results. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  20. An improved matrix separation method for characterization of ultrapure germanium (8N).

    Science.gov (United States)

    Reddy, M A; Shekhar, R; Jai Kumar, Sunil

    2016-10-01

    An improved matrix separation method has been described to characterize ultrapure germanium of 8N (99.999999%) purity. In this method, temperature of the reaction vessel in which in-situ generated chlorine gas reacts with germanium solid material directly is optimized to quantitatively remove Ge matrix from all its impurities. Optimized reaction temperature has been found to be 230±5°C. Recovery studies on more than 60 elements have been carried out at the optimized temperature. Recoveries of all the analytes except As, Se, Sn, Hg, Tl are found to be quantitative. The method has been examined for various amounts of Ge material and found to be suitable even for 10g of Ge sample and provides low parts per billion and trillion levels of process blanks. Determination of concentrations of impurities has been done by inductively coupled plasma quadrupole mass spectrometer (ICP-QMS) and high resolution continuum source graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometer (HR-CS-GFAAS). In the absence of certified reference materials for ultrapure germanium, accuracy of the proposed method is established by spike recovery tests. Precision of this method is found to vary from 7% to 50% for concentrations between 4 and 0.004ngg(-1). Limits of detection (LOD) for the target analytes are found to be between 6 and 0.011ngmL(-1) or 1.8-0.003ngg(-1) for the proposed procedure. The method has been successfully applied for that characterization of ultrapure germanium material of 8N purity. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. Generating quantitative models describing the sequence specificity of biological processes with the stabilized matrix method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sette Alessandro

    2005-05-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Many processes in molecular biology involve the recognition of short sequences of nucleic-or amino acids, such as the binding of immunogenic peptides to major histocompatibility complex (MHC molecules. From experimental data, a model of the sequence specificity of these processes can be constructed, such as a sequence motif, a scoring matrix or an artificial neural network. The purpose of these models is two-fold. First, they can provide a summary of experimental results, allowing for a deeper understanding of the mechanisms involved in sequence recognition. Second, such models can be used to predict the experimental outcome for yet untested sequences. In the past we reported the development of a method to generate such models called the Stabilized Matrix Method (SMM. This method has been successfully applied to predicting peptide binding to MHC molecules, peptide transport by the transporter associated with antigen presentation (TAP and proteasomal cleavage of protein sequences. Results Herein we report the implementation of the SMM algorithm as a publicly available software package. Specific features determining the type of problems the method is most appropriate for are discussed. Advantageous features of the package are: (1 the output generated is easy to interpret, (2 input and output are both quantitative, (3 specific computational strategies to handle experimental noise are built in, (4 the algorithm is designed to effectively handle bounded experimental data, (5 experimental data from randomized peptide libraries and conventional peptides can easily be combined, and (6 it is possible to incorporate pair interactions between positions of a sequence. Conclusion Making the SMM method publicly available enables bioinformaticians and experimental biologists to easily access it, to compare its performance to other prediction methods, and to extend it to other applications.

  2. A new method for x-ray scatter correction: first assessment on a cone-beam CT experimental setup

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rinkel, J [CEA-LETI MINATEC, Division of Micro Technologies for Biology and Healthcare, 38054 Grenoble Cedex 09 (France); Gerfault, L [CEA-LETI MINATEC, Division of Micro Technologies for Biology and Healthcare, 38054 Grenoble Cedex 09 (France); Esteve, F [INSERM U647-RSRM, ESRF, BP200, 38043 Grenoble Cedex 09 (France); Dinten, J-M [CEA-LETI MINATEC, Division of Micro Technologies for Biology and Healthcare, 38054 Grenoble Cedex 09 (France)

    2007-08-07

    Cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT) enables three-dimensional imaging with isotropic resolution and a shorter acquisition time compared to a helical CT scanner. Because a larger object volume is exposed for each projection, scatter levels are much higher than in collimated fan-beam systems, resulting in cupping artifacts, streaks and quantification inaccuracies. In this paper, a general method to correct for scatter in CBCT, without supplementary on-line acquisition, is presented. This method is based on scatter calibration through off-line acquisition combined with on-line analytical transformation based on physical equations, to adapt calibration to the object observed. The method was tested on a PMMA phantom and on an anthropomorphic thorax phantom. The results were validated by comparison to simulation for the PMMA phantom and by comparison to scans obtained on a commercial multi-slice CT scanner for the thorax phantom. Finally, the improvements achieved with the new method were compared to those obtained using a standard beam-stop method. The new method provided results that closely agreed with the simulation and with the conventional CT scanner, eliminating cupping artifacts and significantly improving quantification. Compared to the beam-stop method, lower x-ray doses and shorter acquisition times were needed, both divided by a factor of 9 for the same scatter estimation accuracy.

  3. An Analytical Method of Auxiliary Sources Solution for Plane Wave Scattering by Impedance Cylinders - A Reference Solution for the Numerical Method of Auxiliary Sources

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Larsen, Niels Vesterdal; Breinbjerg, Olav

    2004-01-01

    To facilitate the validation of the numerical Method of Auxiliary Sources an analytical Method of Auxiliary Sources solution is derived in this paper. The Analytical solution is valid for transverse magnetic, and electric, plane wave scattering by circular impedance Cylinders, and it is derived...... of the numerical Method of Auxiliary Sources for a range of scattering configurations....... with their singularities at different positions away from the origin. The transformation necessitates a truncation of the wave transformation but the inaccuracy introduced hereby is shown to be negligible. The analytical Method of Auxiliary Sources solution is employed as a reference to investigate the accuracy...

  4. Half-space albedo problem with modified F{sub N} method for linear and quadratic anisotropic scattering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tuereci, R.G. [Kirikkale Univ., Kirikkale (Turkey). Kirikkale Vocational School; Tuereci, D. [Ministry of Education, Ankara (Turkey). 75th year Anatolia High School

    2017-05-15

    One speed, time independent and homogeneous medium neutron transport equation can be solved with the anisotropic scattering which includes both the linear anisotropic and the quadratic anisotropic scattering properties. Having solved Case's eigenfunctions and the orthogonality relations among these eigenfunctions, some neutron transport problems such as albedo problem can be calculated as numerically by using numerical or semi-analytic methods. In this study the half-space albedo problem is investigated by using the modified F{sub N} method.

  5. Measurement of the top quark mass in the dilepton final state using the matrix element method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Grohsjean, Alexander [Ludwig Maximilian Univ., Munich (Germany)

    2008-12-15

    The top quark, discovered in 1995 by the CDF and D0 experiments at the Fermilab Tevatron Collider, is the heaviest known fundamental particle. The precise knowledge of its mass yields important constraints on the mass of the yet-unobserved Higgs boson and allows to probe for physics beyond the Standard Model. The first measurement of the top quark mass in the dilepton channel with the Matrix Element method at the D0 experiment is presented. After a short description of the experimental environment and the reconstruction chain from hits in the detector to physical objects, a detailed review of the Matrix Element method is given. The Matrix Element method is based on the likelihood to observe a given event under the assumption of the quantity to be measured, e.g. the mass of the top quark. The method has undergone significant modifications and improvements compared to previous measurements in the lepton+jets channel: the two undetected neutrinos require a new reconstruction scheme for the four-momenta of the final state particles, the small event sample demands the modeling of additional jets in the signal likelihood, and a new likelihood is designed to account for the main source of background containing tauonic Z decay. The Matrix Element method is validated on Monte Carlo simulated events at the generator level. For the measurement, calibration curves are derived from events that are run through the full D0 detector simulation. The analysis makes use of the Run II data set recorded between April 2002 and May 2008 corresponding to an integrated luminosity of 2.8 fb-1. A total of 107 t$\\bar{t}$ candidate events with one electron and one muon in the final state are selected. Applying the Matrix Element method to this data set, the top quark mass is measured to be mtopRun IIa = 170.6 ± 6.1(stat.)-1.5+2.1(syst.)GeV; mtopRun IIb = 174.1 ± 4.4(stat.)-1.8+2.5(syst.)GeV; m

  6. Enhancement of image quality with a fast iterative scatter and beam hardening correction method for kV CBCT

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Reitz, Irmtraud; Hesse, Bernd-Michael; Nill, Simeon; Tuecking, Thomas; Oelfke, Uwe [DKFZ, Heidelberg (Germany)

    2009-07-01

    The problem of the enormous amount of scattered radiation in kV CBCT (kilo voltage cone beam computer tomography) is addressed. Scatter causes undesirable streak- and cup-artifacts and results in a quantitative inaccuracy of reconstructed CT numbers, so that an accurate dose calculation might be impossible. Image contrast is also significantly reduced. Therefore we checked whether an appropriate implementation of the fast iterative scatter correction algorithm we have developed for MV (mega voltage) CBCT reduces the scatter contribution in a kV CBCT as well. This scatter correction method is based on a superposition of pre-calculated Monte Carlo generated pencil beam scatter kernels. The algorithm requires only a system calibration by measuring homogeneous slab phantoms with known water-equivalent thicknesses. In this study we compare scatter corrected CBCT images of several phantoms to the fan beam CT images acquired with a reduced cone angle (a slice-thickness of 14 mm in the isocenter) at the same system. Additional measurements at a different CBCT system were made (different energy spectrum and phantom-to-detector distance) and a first order approach of a fast beam hardening correction will be introduced. The observed, image quality of the scatter corrected CBCT images is comparable concerning resolution, noise and contrast-to-noise ratio to the images acquired in fan beam geometry. Compared to the CBCT without any corrections the contrast of the contrast-and-resolution phantom with scatter correction and additional beam hardening correction is improved by a factor of about 1.5. The reconstructed attenuation coefficients and the CT numbers of the scatter corrected CBCT images are close to the values of the images acquired in fan beam geometry for the most pronounced tissue types. Only for extreme dense tissue types like cortical bone we see a difference in CT numbers of 5.2%, which can be improved to 4.4% with the additional beam hardening correction. Cupping

  7. Enhancement of image quality with a fast iterative scatter and beam hardening correction method for kV CBCT.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Reitz, Irmtraud; Hesse, Bernd-Michael; Nill, Simeon; Tücking, Thomas; Oelfke, Uwe

    2009-01-01

    The problem of the enormous amount of scattered radiation in kV CBCT (kilo voltage cone beam computer tomography) is addressed. Scatter causes undesirable streak- and cup-artifacts and results in a quantitative inaccuracy of reconstructed CT numbers, so that an accurate dose calculation might be impossible. Image contrast is also significantly reduced. Therefore we checked whether an appropriate implementation of the fast iterative scatter correction algorithm we have developed for MV (mega voltage) CBCT reduces the scatter contribution in a kV CBCT as well. This scatter correction method is based on a superposition of pre-calculated Monte Carlo generated pencil beam scatter kernels. The algorithm requires only a system calibration by measuring homogeneous slab phantoms with known water-equivalent thicknesses. In this study we compare scatter corrected CBCT images of several phantoms to the fan beam CT images acquired with a reduced cone angle (a slice-thickness of 14 mm in the isocenter) at the same system. Additional measurements at a different CBCT system were made (different energy spectrum and phantom-to-detector distance) and a first order approach of a fast beam hardening correction will be introduced. The observed image quality of the scatter corrected CBCT images is comparable concerning resolution, noise and contrast-to-noise ratio to the images acquired in fan beam geometry. Compared to the CBCT without any corrections the contrast of the contrast-and-resolution phantom with scatter correction and additional beam hardening correction is improved by a factor of about 1.5. The reconstructed attenuation coefficients and the CT numbers of the scatter corrected CBCT images are close to the values of the images acquired in fan beam geometry for the most pronounced tissue types. Only for extreme dense tissue types like cortical bone we see a difference in CT numbers of 5.2%, which can be improved to 4.4% with the additional beam hardening correction. Cupping is

  8. Applying machine learning methods for characterization of hexagonal prisms from their 2D scattering patterns - an investigation using modelled scattering data

    Science.gov (United States)

    Salawu, Emmanuel Oluwatobi; Hesse, Evelyn; Stopford, Chris; Davey, Neil; Sun, Yi

    2017-11-01

    Better understanding and characterization of cloud particles, whose properties and distributions affect climate and weather, are essential for the understanding of present climate and climate change. Since imaging cloud probes have limitations of optical resolution, especially for small particles (with diameter < 25 μm), instruments like the Small Ice Detector (SID) probes, which capture high-resolution spatial light scattering patterns from individual particles down to 1 μm in size, have been developed. In this work, we have proposed a method using Machine Learning techniques to estimate simulated particles' orientation-averaged projected sizes (PAD) and aspect ratio from their 2D scattering patterns. The two-dimensional light scattering patterns (2DLSP) of hexagonal prisms are computed using the Ray Tracing with Diffraction on Facets (RTDF) model. The 2DLSP cover the same angular range as the SID probes. We generated 2DLSP for 162 hexagonal prisms at 133 orientations for each. In a first step, the 2DLSP were transformed into rotation-invariant Zernike moments (ZMs), which are particularly suitable for analyses of pattern symmetry. Then we used ZMs, summed intensities, and root mean square contrast as inputs to the advanced Machine Learning methods. We created one random forests classifier for predicting prism orientation, 133 orientation-specific (OS) support vector classification models for predicting the prism aspect-ratios, 133 OS support vector regression models for estimating prism sizes, and another 133 OS Support Vector Regression (SVR) models for estimating the size PADs. We have achieved a high accuracy of 0.99 in predicting prism aspect ratios, and a low value of normalized mean square error of 0.004 for estimating the particle's size and size PADs.

  9. Validation of neutron current formulations for the response matrix method based on the SP3 theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tada, Kenichi, E-mail: k-tada@fermi.nucl.nagoya-u.ac.j [Department of Materials, Physics and Energy Engineering, Nagoya University, Furo-cho, Chikusa-ku, Nagoya 464-8603 (Japan); Yamamoto, Akio; Yamane, Yoshihiro [Department of Materials, Physics and Energy Engineering, Nagoya University, Furo-cho, Chikusa-ku, Nagoya 464-8603 (Japan); Kosaka, Shinya; Hirano, Gou [TEPCOSYSTEMS CORPORATION, 2-37-28, Eitai, Koto-ku, Tokyo 135-0034 (Japan)

    2010-01-15

    The pin-by-pin fine mesh BWR core analysis code SUBARU has been developed as a next-generation BWR core analysis code. SUBARU is based on the SP3 theory and the response matrix method is used for flux calculations. The SP3 theory consists of the 0th and 2nd order neutron fluxes. Therefore, the relations among the 0th and 2nd order partial neutron currents and the fluxes are required to apply the response matrix method. SUBARU is approximated the relations among the partial neutron currents and the fluxes are similar to that the diffusion theory. Our previous study revealed that the prediction accuracy of SUBARU is much higher than that of conventional core analysis codes. However, validity of the above approximation is not directly investigated so far. Therefore, relations among the partial neutron currents and the fluxes are theoretically derived and calculation results with the rigorous and the conventional formulations are compared. The calculation results indicate that the approximation of the conventional formulation is appropriate for the BWR core analysis.

  10. A dynamic model of mobile concrete pump boom based on discrete time transfer matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ren, Wu; Wu, Yunxin; Zhang, Zhaowei

    2013-12-01

    Mobile concrete pump boom is typical multibody large-scale motion manipulator. Due to posture constantly change in working process, kinematic rule and dynamic characteristic are difficult to solve. A dynamics model of a mobile concrete pump boom is established based on discrete time transfer matrix method (DTTMM). The boom system is divided into sub-structure A and substructure B. Sub-structure A is composed by the 1st boom and hydraulic actuator as well as the support. And substructure B is consists of the other three booms and corresponding hydraulic actuators. In the model, the booms and links are regarded as rigid elements and the hydraulic cylinders are equivalent to spring-damper. The booms are driven by the controllable hydraulic actuators. The overall dynamic equation and transfer matrix of the model can be assembled by sub-structures A and B. To get a precise result, step size and integration parameters are studied then. Next the tip displacement is calculated and compared with the result of ADAMS software. The displacement and rotation angle curves of the proposed method fit well with the ADAMS model. Besides it is convenient in modeling and saves time. So it is suitable for mobile concrete pump boom real-time monitoring and dynamic analysis. All of these provide reference to boom optimize and engineering application of such mechanisms.

  11. A Poisson likelihood approach to fake lepton estimation with the matrix method

    CERN Document Server

    Varnes, Erich W

    2016-01-01

    Many high-energy physics analyses require the presence of leptons from $W$, $Z$, or $H$ boson decay. For these analyses, signatures that mimic such leptons present a `fake lepton' background that must be estimated. Since the magnitude of this background depends strongly upon details of the detector response, it can be difficult to estimate with simulation. One data-driven approach is the `matrix method', in which two categories of leptons are defined (`loose' and `tight'), with the tight category being a subset of the loose category. Using the populations of leptons in each category in the analysis sample, and the efficiencies for both real and fake leptons in the loose category to satisfy the criteria for the tight category, the fake background yield can be estimated. This paper describes a Poisson likelihood implementation of the matrix method, which provides a more precise, reliable, and robust estimate of the fake background yield compared to an analytic solution. This implementation also provides a relia...

  12. A rapid method to authenticate vegetable oils through surface-enhanced Raman scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lv, Ming Yang; Zhang, Xin; Ren, Hai Rui; Liu, Luo; Zhao, Yong Mei; Wang, Zheng; Wu, Zheng Long; Liu, Li Min; Xu, Hai Jun

    2016-03-01

    Vegetable oils are essential in our daily diet. Among various vegetable oils, the major difference lies in the composition of fatty acids, including unsaturated fatty acids (USFA) and saturated fatty acids (SFA). USFA include oleic acid (OA), linoleic acid (LA), and α-linolenic acid (ALA), while SFA are mainly palmitic acid (PA). In this study, the most typical and abundant USFA present with PA in vegetable oils were quantified. More importantly, certain proportional relationships between the integrated intensities of peaks centered at 1656 cm-1 (S1656) in the surface-enhanced Raman scattering spectra of different USFA were confirmed. Therefore, the LA or ALA content could be converted into an equivalent virtual OA content enabling the characterization of the USFA content in vegetable oils using the equivalent total OA content. In combination with the S1656 of pure OA and using peanut, sesame, and soybean oils as examples, the ranges of S1656 corresponding to the National Standards of China were established to allow the rapid authentication of vegetable oils. Gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer analyses verified the accuracy of the method, with relative errors of less than 5%. Moreover, this method can be extended to other detection fields, such as diseases.

  13. The study of membrane formation via phase inversion method by cloud point and light scattering experiment

    Science.gov (United States)

    Arahman, Nasrul; Maimun, Teuku; Mukramah, Syawaliah

    2017-01-01

    The composition of polymer solution and the methods of membrane preparation determine the solidification process of membrane. The formation of membrane structure prepared via non-solvent induced phase separation (NIPS) method is mostly determined by phase separation process between polymer, solvent, and non-solvent. This paper discusses the phase separation process of polymer solution containing Polyethersulfone (PES), N-methylpirrolidone (NMP), and surfactant Tetronic 1307 (Tet). Cloud point experiment is conducted to determine the amount of non-solvent needed on induced phase separation. Amount of water required as a non-solvent decreases by the addition of surfactant Tet. Kinetics of phase separation for such system is studied by the light scattering measurement. With the addition of Tet., the delayed phase separation is observed and the structure growth rate decreases. Moreover, the morphology of fabricated membrane from those polymer systems is analyzed by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The images of both systems show the formation of finger-like macrovoids through the cross-section.

  14. Higher order analytical nodal methods in response-matrix formulation for the multigroup neutron diffusion equations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Guessous, N. E-mail: guessous_najib@hotmail.com; Akhmouch, M

    2002-10-01

    A higher analytical nodal method for the multigroup neutron diffusion equations, based on the transverse integration procedure, is presented. The discrete 1D equations are cast with the interface partial current techniques in response matrix formalism. The remaining Legendre coefficients of the transverse leakage moment are determined exactly in terms of the different neutron flux moments order in the reference node. In the weighted balance equations, the transverse leakage moments are linearly written in terms of the partial currents, facial and centered fluxes moments. The self-consistent is guaranteed. Furthermore, as the order k increase the neutronic balance in each node and the copulate between the adjacent cell are reinforced. The convergence order in L{sup 2}-norm is of O(h{sup k+3-{delta}k{sub 0}}) under smooth assumptions. The efficacy of the method is showed for 2D-PWR, 2D-IAEA LWR and 2D-LMFBR benchmark problems.

  15. Highly efficient parallel direct solver for solving dense complex matrix equations from method of moments

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yan Chen

    2017-03-01

    Full Text Available Based on the vectorised and cache optimised kernel, a parallel lower upper decomposition with a novel communication avoiding pivoting scheme is developed to solve dense complex matrix equations generated by the method of moments. The fine-grain data rearrangement and assembler instructions are adopted to reduce memory accessing times and improve CPU cache utilisation, which also facilitate vectorisation of the code. Through grouping processes in a binary tree, a parallel pivoting scheme is designed to optimise the communication pattern and thus reduces the solving time of the proposed solver. Two large electromagnetic radiation problems are solved on two supercomputers, respectively, and the numerical results demonstrate that the proposed method outperforms those in open source and commercial libraries.

  16. Limited-memory fast gradient descent method for graph regularized nonnegative matrix factorization.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Naiyang Guan

    Full Text Available Graph regularized nonnegative matrix factorization (GNMF decomposes a nonnegative data matrix X[Symbol:see text]R(m x n to the product of two lower-rank nonnegative factor matrices, i.e.,W[Symbol:see text]R(m x r and H[Symbol:see text]R(r x n (r < min {m,n} and aims to preserve the local geometric structure of the dataset by minimizing squared Euclidean distance or Kullback-Leibler (KL divergence between X and WH. The multiplicative update rule (MUR is usually applied to optimize GNMF, but it suffers from the drawback of slow-convergence because it intrinsically advances one step along the rescaled negative gradient direction with a non-optimal step size. Recently, a multiple step-sizes fast gradient descent (MFGD method has been proposed for optimizing NMF which accelerates MUR by searching the optimal step-size along the rescaled negative gradient direction with Newton's method. However, the computational cost of MFGD is high because 1 the high-dimensional Hessian matrix is dense and costs too much memory; and 2 the Hessian inverse operator and its multiplication with gradient cost too much time. To overcome these deficiencies of MFGD, we propose an efficient limited-memory FGD (L-FGD method for optimizing GNMF. In particular, we apply the limited-memory BFGS (L-BFGS method to directly approximate the multiplication of the inverse Hessian and the gradient for searching the optimal step size in MFGD. The preliminary results on real-world datasets show that L-FGD is more efficient than both MFGD and MUR. To evaluate the effectiveness of L-FGD, we validate its clustering performance for optimizing KL-divergence based GNMF on two popular face image datasets including ORL and PIE and two text corpora including Reuters and TDT2. The experimental results confirm the effectiveness of L-FGD by comparing it with the representative GNMF solvers.

  17. Non-regularized inversion method from light scattering applied to ferrofluid magnetization curves for magnetic size distribution analysis

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rijssel, Jos van; Kuipers, Bonny W.M.; Erné, Ben H., E-mail: B.H.Erne@uu.nl

    2014-03-15

    A numerical inversion method known from the analysis of light scattering by colloidal dispersions is now applied to magnetization curves of ferrofluids. The distribution of magnetic particle sizes or dipole moments is determined without assuming that the distribution is unimodal or of a particular shape. The inversion method enforces positive number densities via a non-negative least squares procedure. It is tested successfully on experimental and simulated data for ferrofluid samples with known multimodal size distributions. The created computer program MINORIM is made available on the web. - Highlights: • A method from light scattering is applied to analyze ferrofluid magnetization curves. • A magnetic size distribution is obtained without prior assumption of its shape. • The method is tested successfully on ferrofluids with a known size distribution. • The practical limits of the method are explored with simulated data including noise. • This method is implemented in the program MINORIM, freely available online.

  18. Subthreshold resonances and resonances in the R -matrix method for binary reactions and in the Trojan horse method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mukhamedzhanov, A. M.; Shubhchintak, Bertulani, C. A.

    2017-08-01

    In this paper we discuss the R -matrix approach to treat the subthreshold resonances for the single-level and one-channel and for the single-level and two-channel cases. In particular, the expression relating the asymptotic normalization coefficient (ANC) with the observable reduced width, when the subthreshold bound state is the only channel or coupled with an open channel, which is a resonance, is formulated. Since the ANC plays a very important role in nuclear astrophysics, these relations significantly enhance the power of the derived equations. We present the relationship between the resonance width and the ANC for the general case and consider two limiting cases: wide and narrow resonances. Different equations for the astrophysical S factors in the R -matrix approach are presented. After that we discuss the Trojan horse method (THM) formalism. The developed equations are obtained using the surface-integral formalism and the generalized R -matrix approach for the three-body resonant reactions. It is shown how the Trojan horse (TH) double-differential cross section can be expressed in terms of the on-the-energy-shell astrophysical S factor for the binary subreaction. Finally, we demonstrate how the THM can be used to calculate the astrophysical S factor for the neutron generator 13C(α ,n )16O in low-mass AGB stars. At astrophysically relevant energies this astrophysical S factor is controlled by the threshold level 1 /2+,Ex=6356 keV. Here, we reanalyzed recent TH data taking into account more accurately the three-body effects and using both assumptions that the threshold level is a subthreshold bound state or it is a resonance state.

  19. Proceedings of a workshop on methods for neutron scattering instrumentation design

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hjelm, R.P. [ed.] [Los Alamos National Lab., NM (United States)

    1997-09-01

    The future of neutron and x-ray scattering instrument development and international cooperation was the focus of the workshop. The international gathering of about 50 participants representing 15 national facilities, universities and corporations featured oral presentations, posters, discussions and demonstrations. Participants looked at a number of issues concerning neutron scattering instruments and the tools used in instrument design. Objectives included: (1) determining the needs of the neutron scattering community in instrument design computer code and information sharing to aid future instrument development, (2) providing for a means of training scientists in neutron scattering and neutron instrument techniques, and (3) facilitating the involvement of other scientists in determining the characteristics of new instruments that meet future scientific objectives, and (4) fostering international cooperation in meeting these needs. The scope of the meeting included: (1) a review of x-ray scattering instrument design tools, (2) a look at the present status of neutron scattering instrument design tools and models of neutron optical elements, and (3) discussions of the present and future needs of the neutron scattering community. Selected papers were abstracted separately for inclusion to the Energy Science and Technology Database.

  20. Laplace-transform-based method to calculate back-reflected radiance from an isotropically scattering half-space

    OpenAIRE

    Rinzema, K.; Hoenders, B. J.; Ferwerda, H.A.

    1997-01-01

    We present a method to determine the back-reflected radiance From an isotropically scattering half-space with matched boundary. This method has the advantage that it leads very quickly to the relevant equations, the numerical solution of which is also quite easy. Essentially, the method is derived from a mathematical criterion that effectively forbids the existence of solutions to the transport equation which grow exponentially as one moves away from the surface and deeper into the medium. Pr...

  1. Top Quark Mass Measurement in the Lepton plus Jets Channel Using a Modified Matrix Element Method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aaltonen, T.; /Helsinki Inst. of Phys.; Adelman, J.; /Chicago U., EFI; Akimoto, T.; /Tsukuba U.; Alvarez Gonzalez, B.; /CSIC, Catalunya; Amerio, S.; /INFN, Padua; Amidei, D.; /Michigan U.; Anastassov, A.; /Northwestern U.; Annovi, A.; /Frascati; Antos, J.; /Comenius U.; Apollinari, G.; /Fermilab; Apresyan, A.; /Purdue U. /Waseda U.

    2008-12-01

    The authors report a measurement of the top quark mass, m{sub t}, obtained from p{bar p} collisions at {radical}s = 1.96 TeV at the Fermilab Tevatron using the CDF II detector. They analyze a sample corresponding to an integrated luminosity of 1.9 rfb{sup -1}. They select events with an electron or muon, large missing transverse energy, and exactly four high-energy jets in the central region of the detector, at least one of which is tagged as coming from a b quark. They calculate a signal likelihood using a matrix element integration method, where the matrix element is modified by using effective propagators to take into account assumptions on event kinematics. The event likelihood is a function of m{sub t} and a parameter JES that determines in situ the calibration of the jet energies. They use a neural network discriminant to distinguish signal from background events. They also apply a cut on the peak value of each event likelihood curve to reduce the contribution of background and badly reconstructed events. Using the 318 events that pass all selection criteria, they find m{sub t} = 172.7 {+-} 1.8 (stat. + JES) {+-} 1.2(syst.) GeV/c{sup 2}.

  2. Tunneling Current of Electron in Armchair Graphene Nanoribbon Bipolar Transistor Model Using Transfer Matrix Method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fahmi, A. K.; Hasanah, L.; Rusdiana, D.; Aminudin, A.; Suhendi, E.

    2017-03-01

    The tunneling current of n-p-n bipolar junction transistor AGNR-based is modeled with semi-numerical method. The exponential solution from Schrödinger equation is used and solved analytically. The potential profile of n-p-n BJT divided into several segments in the numerical method. Then, the solved analytical result is used in the numerical method to compute the electron transmittance. Transfer Matrix Method (TMM) is the numerical method used to compute the electron transmittance. From the calculated transmittance the tunneling current can be computed by using Landauer formula with aid of Gauss-Legendre Quadrature (GLQ). Next, the tunneling current is computed with several change of variables which are base-emitter voltage (VBE), base-collector voltage (VBC), temperature and the AGNR’s width. The computed tunneling current shows that the larger value of applied voltage for both VBE and VBC results in larger value of tunneling current. At the lower temperature, the current is larger. The computed tunneling current shows that at wider width of AGNR, the current is also larger. This is due to the decreased band-gap energy (Eg) because of the wider width of AGNR.

  3. Multilevel Green's function interpolation method for scattering from composite metallic and dielectric objects.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shi, Yan; Wang, Hao Gang; Li, Long; Chan, Chi Hou

    2008-10-01

    A multilevel Green's function interpolation method based on two kinds of multilevel partitioning schemes--the quasi-2D and the hybrid partitioning scheme--is proposed for analyzing electromagnetic scattering from objects comprising both conducting and dielectric parts. The problem is formulated using the surface integral equation for homogeneous dielectric and conducting bodies. A quasi-2D multilevel partitioning scheme is devised to improve the efficiency of the Green's function interpolation. In contrast to previous multilevel partitioning schemes, noncubic groups are introduced to discretize the whole EM structure in this quasi-2D multilevel partitioning scheme. Based on the detailed analysis of the dimension of the group in this partitioning scheme, a hybrid quasi-2D/3D multilevel partitioning scheme is proposed to effectively handle objects with fine local structures. Selection criteria for some key parameters relating to the interpolation technique are given. The proposed algorithm is ideal for the solution of problems involving objects such as missiles, microstrip antenna arrays, photonic bandgap structures, etc. Numerical examples are presented to show that CPU time is between O(N) and O(N log N) while the computer memory requirement is O(N).

  4. Study of Electromagnetic Scattering From Material Object Doped Randomly With Thin Metallic Wires Using Finite Element Method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Deshpande, Manohar D.

    2005-01-01

    A new numerical simulation method using the finite element methodology (FEM) is presented to study electromagnetic scattering due to an arbitrarily shaped material body doped randomly with thin and short metallic wires. The FEM approach described in many standard text books is appropriately modified to account for the presence of thin and short metallic wires distributed randomly inside an arbitrarily shaped material body. Using this modified FEM approach, the electromagnetic scattering due to cylindrical, spherical material body doped randomly with thin metallic wires is studied.

  5. A Novel Window Technique Using CO2 Laser, and a Review of Methods for Nail Matrix Biopsy of Longitudinal Melanonychia.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ohn, Jungyoon; Jo, Gwanghyun; Chae, Je Byeong; Mun, Je-Ho

    2017-11-06

    Nail matrix histopathological examination is essential to diagnose longitudinal melanonychia (LM). Several methods for nail matrix biopsy have been introduced but are often difficult to perform because of their invasiveness and technical difficulty. Therefore, a less invasive and novel biopsy technique is needed. To introduce a window technique for nail matrix biopsy. We retrospectively reviewed the medical records and histopathological specimens of patients with LM who underwent the window technique for nail matrix biopsy at our institution between September 2015 and December 2016. Eleven cases from 10 patients with LM were subjected to our tailored window technique assisted by carbon dioxide (CO2) laser and dermoscopy. We performed nail plate dermoscopy to select the biopsy site and used CO2 laser to create the window in the proximal nail plate. Nail matrix pigmentation was carefully investigated using intraoperative dermoscopy. The technique established appropriate diagnosis in 11 LM cases, without significant complications, as follows: melanoma in situ (4 cases) and nail matrix activation (7 cases). The window technique assisted by CO2 laser and dermoscopy can be a minimally invasive and effective method for nail matrix LM biopsy under local anesthesia.

  6. Characterization and Synthesis of Silver Nanostructures in Rare Earth Activated GeO2-PbO Glass Matrix Using Matrix Adjustment Thermal Reduction Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hj. A. A. Sidek

    2013-04-01

    Full Text Available This paper reports matrix adjustment thermal reduction method to synthesize silver nanostructures in Er3+/Yb3+ activated GeO2-PbO glass matrix. The GeO2-PbO glass, the medium of nanoparticle formation, doped with Er2O3, Yb2O3 and AgNO3 was prepared by a melt quenching method. Annealing of the glass for different times was utilized, not only due to thermally reduce Ag+ ions to Ag nanostructures, but also to influence the glassy network. This is because, the glass structural transformation temperature is near to 435 °C and heating at more than this temperature can cause some structural changes in the glass matrix. According to TEM images, samples that tolerate 450 °C annealing temperature for one hour show the formation of basil-like silver nanostructures with a mean length of 54 nm and mean diameter of 13 nm embedded in the glass matrix, whereas with annealing at 450 °C for 5 to 20 h, silver nanoparticles of about 3–4 nm mean diameter size are formed. Annealing for 30 h causes silver nanoparticles to aggregate to form larger particles due to an Oswald ripening process. Observation of the characteristic Ag-NP SPR band at 400–500 nm in the UV-visible absorption spectra confirms the existence of silver nanoparticles. The SPR band widens to longer wavelengths in one hour annealed samples, which relates to the existence of nanostructures with different size or fractal shapes. In addition, an increment in the peak of the SPR band by increasing the duration of annealing indicates the formation of more nanoparticles. Furthermore, the existence of a peak at 470 cm–1 in the FTIR spectra of annealed samples and its absence in the samples not exposed to an annealing process suggests that the glass matrix is polymerized by Pb-O chains during the 450 °C annealing process. This is the main source of different nanostructures because of the dissimilar stabilizing media. The tighter media cap the particles to form small and dense nanoparticles but a

  7. A method to measure PET scatter fractions for daily quality control

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    de Jong, H. W.; Lubberink, M.; Watabe, H.; Iida, H.; Lammertsma, A. A.

    2009-01-01

    Purpose: Regular monitoring of PET scanner performance is mandatory to assure quality of acquired data. While extensive performance measurements include many scanner characteristics such as resolution, count rate, uniformity, sensitivity, and scatter fraction (SF), most daily QC protocols are

  8. Protein analysis by dynamic light scattering: Methods and techniques for students

    National Research Council Canada - National Science Library

    Lorber, Bernard; Fischer, Frédéric; Bailly, Marc; Roy, Hervé; Kern, Daniel

    2012-01-01

    Dynamic light scattering (DLS) analyses are routinely used in biology laboratories to detect aggregates in macromolecular solutions, to determine the size of proteins, nucleic acids, and complexes or to monitor the binding of ligands...

  9. The finite-difference time-domain (FD-TD) method for electromagnetic scattering and interaction problems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Taflove, A.; Umashankar, K. R.

    1987-01-01

    The formulation and recent applications of the finite-difference time-domain (FD-TD) method for the numerical modeling of electromagnetic scattering and interaction problems are considered. It is shown that improvements in FD-TD modeling concepts and software implementation often make it a preferable choice for structures which cannot be easily treated by conventional integral equations and asymptotic approaches. Recent FD-TD modeling validations in research areas including coupling to wires and wire bundles in free space and cavities, scattering from surfaces in relativistic motion, inverse scattering, and radiation condition theory, are reviewed. Finally, the advantages and disadvantages of FD-TD, and guidelines concerning when FD-TD should and should not be used in high-frequency electromagnetic modeling problems, are summarized.

  10. Size validity of plasma-metamaterial cloaking monitored by scattering wave in finite-difference time-domain method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bambina, Alexandre; Yamaguchi, Shuhei; Iwai, Akinori; Miyagi, Shigeyuki; Sakai, Osamu

    2018-01-01

    Limitation of the cloak-size reduction is investigated numerically by a finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method. A metallic pole that imitates an antenna is cloaked with an anisotropic and parameter-gradient medium against electromagnetic-wave propagation in microwave range. The cloaking structure is a metamaterial submerged in a plasma confined in a vacuum chamber made of glass. The smooth-permittivity plasma can be compressed in the radial direction, which enables us to decrease the size of the cloak. Theoretical analysis is performed numerically by comparing scattering waves in various cases; there exists a high reduction of the scattering wave when the radius of the cloak is larger than a quarter of one wavelength. This result indicates that the required size of the cloaking layer is more than an object scale in the Rayleigh scattering regime.

  11. A Simplified Method of Assessing the Progress of a Cataract Based on Deterioration in Color Discrimination by Scattering Light

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Masashi Iwamoto

    2011-05-01

    Full Text Available Cataract is one of the most typical age-related eye diseases. As a cataract progress, the crystalline lens becomes hazier and visual ability deteriorates. Since the main cause of visual impairment is light scattered by the hazy lens, both brighter environments and hazier lenses worsen visual ability. In this study, error scores of 50 Hue test were measured for pseudo-cataract subjects (young observer with foggy filters of known as haze factor when the intensity of scattering light was increased. The rate of increase in error score of 50 Hue test was larger with higher haze factor. We propose, as an easy method for assessing the progress of a cataract, the haze estimation of elderly crystalline lens using the obtained error scores of 50 Hue test as a function of the intensity of scattering light.

  12. Study of modal coupling procedures for the shuttle: A matrix method for damping synthesis

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hasselman, T. K.

    1972-01-01

    The damping method was applied successfully to real structures as well as analytical models. It depends on the ability to determine an appropriate modal damping matrix for each substructure. In the past, modal damping matrices were assumed diagonal for lack of being able to determine the coupling terms which are significant in the general case of nonproportional damping. This problem was overcome by formulating the damped equations of motion as a linear perturbation of the undamped equations for light structural damping. Damped modes are defined as complex vectors derived from the complex frequency response vectors of each substructure and are obtained directly from sinusoidal vibration tests. The damped modes are used to compute first order approximations to the modal damping matrices. The perturbation approach avoids ever having to solve a complex eigenvalue problem.

  13. Modeling of highly loaded 0-3 piezoelectric composites using a matrix method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Levassort, F; Lethiecq, M; Millar, C; Pourcelot, L

    1998-01-01

    A model previously developed for pure 0-3 connectivity piezocomposites has been extended to 3-3 connectivity. This matrix method allows the prediction of the effective electroelastic moduli of a piezocomposite according to its connectivity. It is used to optimize composite performance by choosing the optimal constituents for each phase. A simple combination of the results for 0-3 and 3-3 connectivities allows the effective proportion of 3-3 connectivity to be defined in highly loaded 0-3 piezocomposites. This theoretical analysis has been used to evaluate effective proportions of 3-3 connectivity in five composite samples. The values obtained are shown to be a function of the ceramic volume fraction and fabrication process. The results of this study were used to optimize the fabrication process.

  14. Field analysis of TE and TM modes in photonic crystal Bragg fibers by transmission matrix method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M Hosseini Farzad

    2010-03-01

    Full Text Available In this article, we considered the field analysis in photonic crystal Bragg fibers. We apply the method of transmission matrix to calculater the dispersion curves, the longitudinal wave number over wave number versus incident wavelength, and the field distributions of TE and TM modes in the Bragg fiber. Our analysis shows that the field of guided modes is confined in the core and can exist only in particular wavelength bands corresponding to the band-gap of the periodic structure of the clad. From another point of view, light confinement is due to Bragg reflection from high-and low-refractive index layers of the clad. Also, the diagram of average angular frequency with respect to average longitudinal wave number is plotted so that the band gap regions of the clad are clearly observed.

  15. Construction Method of Regularization by Singular Value Decomposition of Design Matrix

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    LIN Dongfang

    2016-08-01

    Full Text Available Tikhonov regularization introduces regularization parameter and stable functional to improve the ill-condition. When the stable functional expressed as two-norm constraint, the regularization method is the same as ridge estimation. The analysis of the variance and bias of the ridge estimation shows that ridge estimation improved the ill-condition but introduced more bias. The estimation reliability is lowered. We get that correct the larger singular values cannot decrease the variance effectively but introduced more bias, correcting the smaller singular values can decrease the variance effectively. We choose the eigenvectors of the smaller singular values to construct the regularization matrix. It can adjust the correction of the singular values, decrease the variance and biases and finally get a more reliable estimation.

  16. Design of electronic medical record user interfaces: a matrix-based method for improving usability.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kuqi, Kushtrim; Eveleigh, Tim; Holzer, Thomas; Sarkani, Shahryar; Levin, James E; Crowley, Rebecca S

    2013-01-01

    This study examines a new approach of using the Design Structure Matrix (DSM) modeling technique to improve the design of Electronic Medical Record (EMR) user interfaces. The usability of an EMR medication dosage calculator used for placing orders in an academic hospital setting was investigated. The proposed method captures and analyzes the interactions between user interface elements of the EMR system and groups elements based on information exchange, spatial adjacency, and similarity to improve screen density and time-on-task. Medication dose adjustment task time was recorded for the existing and new designs using a cognitive simulation model that predicts user performance. We estimate that the design improvement could reduce time-on-task by saving an average of 21 hours of hospital physicians' time over the course of a month. The study suggests that the application of DSM can improve the usability of an EMR user interface.

  17. Design of Electronic Medical Record User Interfaces: A Matrix-Based Method for Improving Usability

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kushtrim Kuqi

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This study examines a new approach of using the Design Structure Matrix (DSM modeling technique to improve the design of Electronic Medical Record (EMR user interfaces. The usability of an EMR medication dosage calculator used for placing orders in an academic hospital setting was investigated. The proposed method captures and analyzes the interactions between user interface elements of the EMR system and groups elements based on information exchange, spatial adjacency, and similarity to improve screen density and time-on-task. Medication dose adjustment task time was recorded for the existing and new designs using a cognitive simulation model that predicts user performance. We estimate that the design improvement could reduce time-on-task by saving an average of 21 hours of hospital physicians’ time over the course of a month. The study suggests that the application of DSM can improve the usability of an EMR user interface.

  18. Pollutant Dispersion Modeling in Natural Streams Using the Transmission Line Matrix Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Safia Meddah

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available Numerical modeling has become an indispensable tool for solving various physical problems. In this context, we present a model of pollutant dispersion in natural streams for the far field case where dispersion is considered longitudinal and one-dimensional in the flow direction. The Transmission Line Matrix (TLM, which has earned a reputation as powerful and efficient numerical method, is used. The presented one-dimensional TLM model requires a minimum input data and provides a significant gain in computing time. To validate our model, the results are compared with observations and experimental data from the river Severn (UK. The results show a good agreement with experimental data. The model can be used to predict the spatiotemporal evolution of a pollutant in natural streams for effective and rapid decision-making in a case of emergency, such as accidental discharges in a stream with a dynamic similar to that of the river Severn (UK.

  19. A shared latent space matrix factorisation method for recommending new trial evidence for systematic review updates.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Surian, Didi; Dunn, Adam G; Orenstein, Liat; Bashir, Rabia; Coiera, Enrico; Bourgeois, Florence T

    2018-02-01

    Clinical trial registries can be used to monitor the production of trial evidence and signal when systematic reviews become out of date. However, this use has been limited to date due to the extensive manual review required to search for and screen relevant trial registrations. Our aim was to evaluate a new method that could partially automate the identification of trial registrations that may be relevant for systematic review updates. We identified 179 systematic reviews of drug interventions for type 2 diabetes, which included 537 clinical trials that had registrations in ClinicalTrials.gov. Text from the trial registrations were used as features directly, or transformed using Latent Dirichlet Allocation (LDA) or Principal Component Analysis (PCA). We tested a novel matrix factorisation approach that uses a shared latent space to learn how to rank relevant trial registrations for each systematic review, comparing the performance to document similarity to rank relevant trial registrations. The two approaches were tested on a holdout set of the newest trials from the set of type 2 diabetes systematic reviews and an unseen set of 141 clinical trial registrations from 17 updated systematic reviews published in the Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews. The performance was measured by the number of relevant registrations found after examining 100 candidates (recall@100) and the median rank of relevant registrations in the ranked candidate lists. The matrix factorisation approach outperformed the document similarity approach with a median rank of 59 (of 128,392 candidate registrations in ClinicalTrials.gov) and recall@100 of 60.9% using LDA feature representation, compared to a median rank of 138 and recall@100 of 42.8% in the document similarity baseline. In the second set of systematic reviews and their updates, the highest performing approach used document similarity and gave a median rank of 67 (recall@100 of 62.9%). A shared latent space matrix factorisation

  20. Matrix elimination method for the determination of precious metals in ores using electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometry

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Salih, Bekir [Hacettepe University, Department of Chemistry, Ankara (Turkey)]. E-mail: bekir@hacettepe.edu.tr; Celikbicak, Omuer [Hacettepe University, Department of Chemistry, Ankara (Turkey); Doeker, Serhat [Hacettepe University, Department of Chemistry, Ankara (Turkey); Dogan, Mehmet [Hacettepe University, Department of Chemistry, Ankara (Turkey)

    2007-03-28

    Poly(N-(hydroxymethyl)methacrylamide)-1-allyl-2-thiourea) hydrogels, poly(NHMMA-ATU), were synthesized by gamma radiation using {sup 60}Co {gamma} source in the ternary mixture of NHMMA-ATU-H{sub 2}O. These hydrogels were used for the specific gold, silver, platinum and palladium recovery, pre-concentration and matrix elimination from the solutions containing trace amounts of precious metal ions. Elimination of inorganic matrices such as different transition and heavy metal ions, and anions was performed by adjusting the solution pH to 0.5 that was the selective adsorption pH of the precious metal ions. Desorption of the precious metal ions was performed by using 0.8 M thiourea in 3 M HCl as the most efficient desorbing agent with recovery values more than 95%. In the desorption medium, thiourea effect on the atomic signal was eliminated by selecting proper pyrolysis and atomization temperatures for all precious metal ions. Precision and the accuracy of the results were improved in the graphite furnace-atomic absorption spectrometer (GFAAS) measurements by applying the developed matrix elimination method performing the adsorption at pH 0.5. Pre-concentration factors of the studied precious metal ions were found to be at least 1000-fold. Detection limits of the precious metal ions were found to be less than 10 ng L{sup -1} of the all studied precious metal ions by using the proposed pre-concentration method. Determination of trace levels of the precious metals in the sea-water, anode slime, geological samples and photographic fixer solutions were performed using GFAAS clearly after applying the adsorption-desorption cycle onto the poly(NHMMA-UTU) hydrogels.

  1. Glycoproteomics of the Extracellular Matrix: A Method for Intact Glycopeptide Analysis Using Mass Spectrometry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Barallobre-Barreiro, Javier; Baig, Ferheen; Fava, Marika; Yin, Xiaoke; Mayr, Manuel

    2017-04-21

    Fibrosis is a hallmark of many cardiovascular diseases and is associated with the exacerbated secretion and deposition of the extracellular matrix (ECM). Using proteomics, we have previously identified more than 150 ECM and ECM-associated proteins in cardiovascular tissues. Notably, many ECM proteins are glycosylated. This post-translational modification affects protein folding, solubility, binding, and degradation. We have developed a sequential extraction and enrichment method for ECM proteins that is compatible with the subsequent liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) analysis of intact glycopeptides. The strategy is based on sequential incubations with NaCl, SDS for tissue decellularization, and guanidine hydrochloride for the solubilization of ECM proteins. Recent advances in LC-MS/MS include fragmentation methods, such as combinations of higher-energy collision dissociation (HCD) and electron transfer dissociation (ETD), which allow for the direct compositional analysis of glycopeptides of ECM proteins. In the present paper, we describe a method to prepare the ECM from tissue samples. The method not only allows for protein profiling but also the assessment and characterization of glycosylation by MS analysis.

  2. A new method for the preparation of biomedical hydrogels comprised of extracellular matrix and oligourethanes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Claudio-Rizo, Jesús A; Mendoza-Novelo, Birzabith; Delgado, Jorge; Castellano, Laura E; Mata-Mata, José L

    2016-06-15

    This paper reports a new method to modify hydrogels derived from the acellular extracellular matrix (ECM) and consequently to improve their properties. The method is comprised of the combination of liquid precursors derived from hydrolyzed acellular small intestinal submucosa (hECM) and water-soluble oligourethanes that bear protected isocyanate groups, synthesized from poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) and hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI). The results demonstrate that the reactivity of oligourethanes, along with their water solubility, properly induce simultaneously the polymerization of type I collagen and its crosslinking. The polymerization rate and the gel network parameters such as fiber diameter, porosity, crosslinking degree, mechanics, swelling, in vitro degradation and cell proliferation, keep a direct relationship with the oligourethane concentration. Consequently, the hybrid hydrogels formulated with 15 wt.% of oligourethane exhibit enhanced storage modulus and degradation resistance, while maintaining the cell viability and impeding the fibroblast-induced contraction in comparison with the hECM hydrogels without oligourethanes. Therefore, this method is adequate to prepare novel hydrogels where the adjustment of the crosslinking degree controls the materials structure and their properties. This new method offers advantages for regulating the features of ECM-derived templates, thereby extending their possibilities for tissue engineering (TE) applications.

  3. A novel artificial neural network method for biomedical prediction based on matrix pseudo-inversion.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cai, Binghuang; Jiang, Xia

    2014-04-01

    Biomedical prediction based on clinical and genome-wide data has become increasingly important in disease diagnosis and classification. To solve the prediction problem in an effective manner for the improvement of clinical care, we develop a novel Artificial Neural Network (ANN) method based on Matrix Pseudo-Inversion (MPI) for use in biomedical applications. The MPI-ANN is constructed as a three-layer (i.e., input, hidden, and output layers) feed-forward neural network, and the weights connecting the hidden and output layers are directly determined based on MPI without a lengthy learning iteration. The LASSO (Least Absolute Shrinkage and Selection Operator) method is also presented for comparative purposes. Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP) simulated data and real breast cancer data are employed to validate the performance of the MPI-ANN method via 5-fold cross validation. Experimental results demonstrate the efficacy of the developed MPI-ANN for disease classification and prediction, in view of the significantly superior accuracy (i.e., the rate of correct predictions), as compared with LASSO. The results based on the real breast cancer data also show that the MPI-ANN has better performance than other machine learning methods (including support vector machine (SVM), logistic regression (LR), and an iterative ANN). In addition, experiments demonstrate that our MPI-ANN could be used for bio-marker selection as well. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  4. Matrix methods to analyze long-range transport of air pollutants

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ball, R H

    1981-01-01

    To assess air quality constraints and impacts of energy activities, models that account for long-range transport processes, as well as for local effects of meteorological dispersion, are required. At the present state of the art of modeling, separate models are used to estimate the detailed, rapidly varying effects of local sources and the long-term average effects of distant sources. Development of the air transport matrix method was undertaken to provide a simpler, faster method of analysis. The method represents results of comprehensive longrange transport models in a simple, easy to use form. The present report is a description of the concept and methodologies used in developing matrices, a preliminary analysis of those matrices and their properties, and a guide to the types of applications they can serve. Matrices have been generated by BNL for transport of sulfur oxide emissions among the 238 Air Quality Control Regions in the conterminous United States, using their AIRSOX model. PNL has used their long-range transport model and a streamlined calculation method to generate matrices for sulfur oxides and for emitted fine particulates. Matrices have been completed for 4 months of meterological data (one in each season) from 1974. BNL further separates matrices according to three categories of sources: utility, industrial, and area sources. They differ in terms of effective stack heights and detailed distribution of source locations within each AQCR. Matrices have also been calculated at the more aggregated levels of state and Federal region boundaries.

  5. Rotation Matrix Method Based on Ambiguity Function for GNSS Attitude Determination.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Yingdong; Mao, Xuchu; Tian, Weifeng

    2016-06-08

    Global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) are well suited for attitude determination. In this study, we use the rotation matrix method to resolve the attitude angle. This method achieves better performance in reducing computational complexity and selecting satellites. The condition of the baseline length is combined with the ambiguity function method (AFM) to search for integer ambiguity, and it is validated in reducing the span of candidates. The noise error is always the key factor to the success rate. It is closely related to the satellite geometry model. In contrast to the AFM, the LAMBDA (Least-squares AMBiguity Decorrelation Adjustment) method gets better results in solving the relationship of the geometric model and the noise error. Although the AFM is more flexible, it is lack of analysis on this aspect. In this study, the influence of the satellite geometry model on the success rate is analyzed in detail. The computation error and the noise error are effectively treated. Not only is the flexibility of the AFM inherited, but the success rate is also increased. An experiment is conducted in a selected campus, and the performance is proved to be effective. Our results are based on simulated and real-time GNSS data and are applied on single-frequency processing, which is known as one of the challenging case of GNSS attitude determination.

  6. A new technique for marginal linear stability analysis of thermal convection using propagator matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, X.; Zhong, S.

    2011-12-01

    Critical Rayleigh number, Ra_c, is the Rayleigh number at the onset of thermal convection. Classic linear analysis provides a way to solve for Ra_c, but this method is mostly used for incompressible fluid with uniform properties. Here we report a new technique for linear stability analysis using propagator matrix method. This new technique can solve for Ra_c for both incompressible and compressible fluids, with depth dependent viscosity, thermal expansion and thermal diffusivity. This technique determines Ra_c for fundamental mode as well as higher modes. We found that results from this new technique agree well with those from the classic analysis for incompressible fluid with uniform properties. We have compared results of Ra_c from the new method with that of finite element code Citcom( Leng and Zhong, 2008 ). For incompressible fluid, they agree with each other very well, including fundamental and higher modes. For compressible fluid, the agreement is not as good, but relative difference remains less than a couple of percent, especially for fundamental mode at small dissipation number Di (e.g., less than 1). Our results show that Ra_c for compressible fluid are similar to that of incompressible fluid, but are significantly different from that of Jarvis & Mckenzie (1981). Given that much higher Rayleigh number is needed in compressible fluid to generate a given heat flux, our results from the new method have implications for the Nusselt-Rayleigh number relation for compressible thermal convection.

  7. Free vibration analysis of open circular cylindrical shells by the method of reverberation-ray matrix

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Dong Tang

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available This article is concerned with free vibration analysis of open circular cylindrical shells with either the two straight edges or the two curved edges simply supported and the remaining two edges supported by arbitrary classical boundary conditions. An analytical solution of the traveling wave form along the simply supported edges and the standing wave form along the remaining two edges is obtained based on the Flügge thin shell theory. With such a unidirectional traveling wave form solution, the method of reverberation-ray matrix is introduced to derive the equation of natural frequencies of the open circular cylindrical shell with various boundary conditions. Then, the golden section search algorithm is employed to obtain the natural frequencies of the open circular cylindrical shell. The calculation results are compared with those obtained by the finite element method and the method in available literature. Finally, the natural frequencies of the open circular cylindrical shell with various boundary conditions are calculated and the effects of boundary conditions on the natural frequencies are examined. The calculation results can be used as benchmark values for researchers to check their numerical methods and for engineers to design thin structures with shell components.

  8. The augmented lagrange multipliers method for matrix completion from corrupted samplings with application to mixed Gaussian-impulse noise removal.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fan Meng

    Full Text Available This paper studies the problem of the restoration of images corrupted by mixed Gaussian-impulse noise. In recent years, low-rank matrix reconstruction has become a research hotspot in many scientific and engineering domains such as machine learning, image processing, computer vision and bioinformatics, which mainly involves the problem of matrix completion and robust principal component analysis, namely recovering a low-rank matrix from an incomplete but accurate sampling subset of its entries and from an observed data matrix with an unknown fraction of its entries being arbitrarily corrupted, respectively. Inspired by these ideas, we consider the problem of recovering a low-rank matrix from an incomplete sampling subset of its entries with an unknown fraction of the samplings contaminated by arbitrary errors, which is defined as the problem of matrix completion from corrupted samplings and modeled as a convex optimization problem that minimizes a combination of the nuclear norm and the l(1-norm in this paper. Meanwhile, we put forward a novel and effective algorithm called augmented Lagrange multipliers to exactly solve the problem. For mixed Gaussian-impulse noise removal, we regard it as the problem of matrix completion from corrupted samplings, and restore the noisy image following an impulse-detecting procedure. Compared with some existing methods for mixed noise removal, the recovery quality performance of our method is dominant if images possess low-rank features such as geometrically regular textures and similar structured contents; especially when the density of impulse noise is relatively high and the variance of Gaussian noise is small, our method can outperform the traditional methods significantly not only in the simultaneous removal of Gaussian noise and impulse noise, and the restoration ability for a low-rank image matrix, but also in the preservation of textures and details in the image.

  9. The augmented lagrange multipliers method for matrix completion from corrupted samplings with application to mixed Gaussian-impulse noise removal.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Meng, Fan; Yang, Xiaomei; Zhou, Chenghu

    2014-01-01

    This paper studies the problem of the restoration of images corrupted by mixed Gaussian-impulse noise. In recent years, low-rank matrix reconstruction has become a research hotspot in many scientific and engineering domains such as machine learning, image processing, computer vision and bioinformatics, which mainly involves the problem of matrix completion and robust principal component analysis, namely recovering a low-rank matrix from an incomplete but accurate sampling subset of its entries and from an observed data matrix with an unknown fraction of its entries being arbitrarily corrupted, respectively. Inspired by these ideas, we consider the problem of recovering a low-rank matrix from an incomplete sampling subset of its entries with an unknown fraction of the samplings contaminated by arbitrary errors, which is defined as the problem of matrix completion from corrupted samplings and modeled as a convex optimization problem that minimizes a combination of the nuclear norm and the l(1)-norm in this paper. Meanwhile, we put forward a novel and effective algorithm called augmented Lagrange multipliers to exactly solve the problem. For mixed Gaussian-impulse noise removal, we regard it as the problem of matrix completion from corrupted samplings, and restore the noisy image following an impulse-detecting procedure. Compared with some existing methods for mixed noise removal, the recovery quality performance of our method is dominant if images possess low-rank features such as geometrically regular textures and similar structured contents; especially when the density of impulse noise is relatively high and the variance of Gaussian noise is small, our method can outperform the traditional methods significantly not only in the simultaneous removal of Gaussian noise and impulse noise, and the restoration ability for a low-rank image matrix, but also in the preservation of textures and details in the image.

  10. Measurement of the top quark mass in the lepton+jets final state with the matrix element method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Abazov, V.M.; Abbott, B.; Abolins, M.; Acharya, B.S.; Adams, M.; Adams, T.; Agelou, M.; Aguilo, E.; Ahn, S.H.; Ahsan, M.; Alexeev, G.D.; /Buenos Aires U. /Rio de Janeiro,

    2006-09-01

    We present a measurement of the top quark mass with the Matrix Element method in the lepton+jets final state. As the energy scale for calorimeter jets represents the dominant source of systematic uncertainty, the Matrix Element likelihood is extended by an additional parameter, which is defined as a global multiplicative factor applied to the standard energy scale. The top quark mass is obtained from a fit that yields the combined statistical and systematic jet energy scale uncertainty.

  11. A method for determination of the absorption and scattering properties interstitially in turbid media

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dimofte, Andreea; Finlay, Jarod C; Zhu, Timothy C [Department of Radiation Oncology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA (United States)

    2005-05-21

    We have developed a method to quickly determine tissue optical properties (absorption coefficient {mu}{sub a} and transport scattering coefficient {mu}'{sub s}) by measuring the ratio of light fluence rate to source power along a linear channel at a fixed distance (5 mm) from an isotropic point source. Diffuse light is collected by an isotropic detector whose position is determined by a computer-controlled step motor, with a positioning accuracy of better than 0.1 mm. The system automatically records and plots the light fluence rate per unit source power as a function of position. The result is fitted with a diffusion equation to determine {mu}{sub a} and {mu}'{sub s}. We use an integrating sphere to calibrate each source-detector pair, thus reducing uncertainty of individual calibrations. To test the ability of this algorithm to accurately recover the optical properties of the tissue, we made measurements in tissue simulating phantoms consisting of Liposyn at concentrations of 0.23, 0.53 and 1.14% ({mu}'{sub s} = 1.7-9.1 cm{sup -1}) in the presence of Higgins black India ink at concentrations of 0.002, 0.012 and 0.023% ({mu}{sub a} = 0.1-1 cm{sup -1}). For comparison, the optical properties of each phantom are determined independently using broad-beam illumination. We find that {mu}{sub a} and {mu}'{sub s} can be determined by this method with a standard (maximum) deviation of 8% (15%) and 18% (32%) for {mu}{sub a} and {mu}'{sub s}, respectively. The current method is effective for samples whose optical properties satisfy the requirement of the diffusion approximation. The error caused by the air cavity introduced by the catheter is small, except when {mu}{sub a} is large ({mu}{sub a} > 1 cm{sup -1}). We presented in vivo data measured in human prostate using this method.

  12. An ensemble method with hybrid features to identify extracellular matrix proteins.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Runtao; Zhang, Chengjin; Gao, Rui; Zhang, Lina

    2015-01-01

    The extracellular matrix (ECM) is a dynamic composite of secreted proteins that play important roles in numerous biological processes such as tissue morphogenesis, differentiation and homeostasis. Furthermore, various diseases are caused by the dysfunction of ECM proteins. Therefore, identifying these important ECM proteins may assist in understanding related biological processes and drug development. In view of the serious imbalance in the training dataset, a Random Forest-based ensemble method with hybrid features is developed in this paper to identify ECM proteins. Hybrid features are employed by incorporating sequence composition, physicochemical properties, evolutionary and structural information. The Information Gain Ratio and Incremental Feature Selection (IGR-IFS) methods are adopted to select the optimal features. Finally, the resulting predictor termed IECMP (Identify ECM Proteins) achieves an balanced accuracy of 86.4% using the 10-fold cross-validation on the training dataset, which is much higher than results obtained by other methods (ECMPRED: 71.0%, ECMPP: 77.8%). Moreover, when tested on a common independent dataset, our method also achieves significantly improved performance over ECMPP and ECMPRED. These results indicate that IECMP is an effective method for ECM protein prediction, which has a more balanced prediction capability for positive and negative samples. It is anticipated that the proposed method will provide significant information to fully decipher the molecular mechanisms of ECM-related biological processes and discover candidate drug targets. For public access, we develop a user-friendly web server for ECM protein identification that is freely accessible at http://iecmp.weka.cc.

  13. Effect of Matrix Metalloproteinase-inhibiting Solutions and Aging Methods on Dentin Bond Strength.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Perote, Letícia C C Costa; Kamozaki, Maria Beatriz Beber; Gutierrez, Natália C; Tay, Franklin R; Pucci, Cesar R

    2015-08-01

    This study examined the effects of matrix metalloproteinase-inhibiting solutions and aging methods on the bond strength between resin composite and human dentin. Crown segments of 105 human non-carious molars were bonded using simulated pulpal pressure at 20 cm water pressure. The teeth were randomly split into 5 groups according to the solution applied: CG (control, no solution), CHX (0.2% chlorhexidine), EPE (10% ethanolic propolis extract), APE (aqueous propolis extract), and E (70% ethanol). Each solution was left on the acid-etched dentin for 1 min. Adper Single Bond 2 and resin composite (Filtek Z350 XT) were applied to all specimens. The 5 groups were subdivided according to the aging method: SI (sectioned immediately); S (storage in artificial saliva for 6 months); and T (thermomechanical aging with 240,000 mechanical cycles and 1000 thermal cycles). Specimens were sectioned into sticks and subjected to microtensile testing. Bond strength data were analyzed by two-factor ANOVA followed by a post-hoc Tukey's test (α=0.05). For the factor "solution", there was no significant difference among the groups (p=0.32). For the factor "aging method", significant differences were found (pmatrix metalloproteinase-inhibiting solutions on dentin as an adjunct to the application of an etch-and-rinse adhesive does not prevent the loss of bond strength after aging. Nevertheless, these solutions have no adverse effect on adhesion to tooth structure.

  14. Many-body expansion of the Fock matrix in the fragment molecular orbital method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fedorov, Dmitri G.; Kitaura, Kazuo

    2017-09-01

    A many-body expansion of the Fock matrix in the fragment molecular orbital method is derived up to three-body terms for restricted Hartree-Fock and density functional theory in the atomic orbital basis and compared to the expansion in the basis of fragment molecular orbitals (MOs). The physical nature of many-body corrections is revealed in terms of charge transfer terms. An improvement of the fragment MO expansion is proposed by adding exchange to the embedding. The accuracy of all developed methods is demonstrated in comparison to unfragmented results for polyalanines, a water cluster, Trp-cage (PDB: 1L2Y) and crambin (PDB: 1CRN) proteins, a zeolite cluster, a Si nano-wire, and a boron nitride ribbon. The physical nature of metallicity is discussed, and it is shown what kinds of metallic systems can be treated by fragment-based methods. The density of states is calculated for a fully closed and a partially open nano-ring of boron nitride with a diameter of 105 nm.

  15. Fast and accurate generation method of PSF-based system matrix for PET reconstruction

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Xiao-Li; Liu, Shuang-Quan; Yun, Ming-Kai; Li, Dao-Wu; Gao, Juan; Li, Mo-Han; Chai, Pei; Tang, Hao-Hui; Zhang, Zhi-Ming; Wei, Long

    2017-04-01

    This work investigates the positional single photon incidence response (P-SPIR) to provide an accurate point spread function (PSF)-contained system matrix and its incorporation within the image reconstruction framework. Based on the Geant4 Application for Emission Tomography (GATE) simulation, P-SPIR theory takes both incidence angle and incidence position of the gamma photon into account during crystal subdivision, instead of only taking the former into account, as in single photon incidence response (SPIR). The response distribution obtained in this fashion was validated using Monte Carlo simulations. In addition, two-block penetration and normalization of the response probability are introduced to improve the accuracy of the PSF. With the incorporation of the PSF, the homogenization model is then analyzed to calculate the spread distribution of each line-of-response (LOR). A primate PET scanner, Eplus-260, developed by the Institute of High Energy Physics, Chinese Academy of Sciences (IHEP), was employed to evaluate the proposed method. The reconstructed images indicate that the P-SPIR method can effectively mitigate the depth-of-interaction (DOI) effect, especially at the peripheral area of field-of-view (FOV). Furthermore, the method can be applied to PET scanners with any other structures and list-mode data format with high flexibility and efficiency. Supported by National Natural Science Foundation of China (81301348) and China Postdoctoral Science Foundation (2015M570154)

  16. Many-body expansion of the Fock matrix in the fragment molecular orbital method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fedorov, Dmitri G; Kitaura, Kazuo

    2017-09-14

    A many-body expansion of the Fock matrix in the fragment molecular orbital method is derived up to three-body terms for restricted Hartree-Fock and density functional theory in the atomic orbital basis and compared to the expansion in the basis of fragment molecular orbitals (MOs). The physical nature of many-body corrections is revealed in terms of charge transfer terms. An improvement of the fragment MO expansion is proposed by adding exchange to the embedding. The accuracy of all developed methods is demonstrated in comparison to unfragmented results for polyalanines, a water cluster, Trp-cage (PDB: 1L2Y) and crambin (PDB: 1CRN) proteins, a zeolite cluster, a Si nano-wire, and a boron nitride ribbon. The physical nature of metallicity is discussed, and it is shown what kinds of metallic systems can be treated by fragment-based methods. The density of states is calculated for a fully closed and a partially open nano-ring of boron nitride with a diameter of 105 nm.

  17. GSMA: Gene Set Matrix Analysis, An Automated Method for Rapid Hypothesis Testing of Gene Expression Data

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chris Cheadle

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available Background: Microarray technology has become highly valuable for identifying complex global changes in gene expression patterns. The assignment of functional information to these complex patterns remains a challenging task in effectively interpreting data and correlating results from across experiments, projects and laboratories. Methods which allow the rapid and robust evaluation of multiple functional hypotheses increase the power of individual researchers to data mine gene expression data more efficiently.Results: We have developed (gene set matrix analysis GSMA as a useful method for the rapid testing of group-wise up- or downregulation of gene expression simultaneously for multiple lists of genes (gene sets against entire distributions of gene expression changes (datasets for single or multiple experiments. The utility of GSMA lies in its flexibility to rapidly poll gene sets related by known biological function or as designated solely by the end-user against large numbers of datasets simultaneously.Conclusions: GSMA provides a simple and straightforward method for hypothesis testing in which genes are tested by groups across multiple datasets for patterns of expression enrichment.

  18. Scale-Dependent Fracture-Matrix Interactions and Their Impact on Radionuclide Transport: Development of efficient particle-tracking methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rajaram, Harihar [University of Colorado, Boulder; Brutz, Michael [University of Colorado, Boulder; Klein, Dylan R [University of Colorado, Boulder; Mallikamas, Wasin [University of Colorado, Boulder

    2014-09-18

    at different scales, and track transport across fracture-matrix interfaces based on rigorous local approximations to the transport equations. This modeling approach can incorporate aperture variability, multi-scale preferential flow and matrix heterogeneity. We developed efficient particle-tracking methods for handling matrix diffusion and adsorption on fracture walls and demonstrated their efficiency for use within the context of large-scale complex fracture network models with variability in apertures across a network of fractures and within individual fractures.

  19. An extension of the transfer matrix method to analyzing acoustic resonators with gradually varying cross-sectional area

    Science.gov (United States)

    Min, Qi; He, Wan-Quan; Wang, Quan-Biao; Tian, Jia-Jin

    2016-11-01

    The transfer matrix method was used to analyze the acoustical properties of stepped acoustic resonator in the previous paper. The present paper extends the application of the transfer matrix method to analyzing acoustic resonators with gradually varying cross-sectional area. The transfer matrices and the resonant conditions are derived for acoustic resonators with four different kinds of gradually varying geometric shape: tapered, trigonometric, exponential and hyperbolic. Based on the derived transfer matrices, the acoustic properties of these resonators are derived, including the resonant frequency, phase and radiation impedance. Compared with other analytical methods based on the wave equation and boundary conditions, the transfer matrix method is simple to implement and convenient for computation.

  20. Scattering from randomly oriented scatterers with strong permittivity fluctuations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yueh, S. H.; Kong, J. A.; Shin, R. T.

    1990-01-01

    Strong permittivity fluctuation theory is used to solve the problem of scattering from a medium composed of completely randomly oriented scatterers under a low frequency limit. Gaussian statistics are not assumed for the renormalized scattering sources. Numerical results on effective permittivity are illustrated for oblate and prolate spheroidal scatterers and compared with the results for spherical scatterers. The results are consistent with discrete scatterer theory. The effective permittivity of a random medium embedded with nonspherical scatterers shows a higher imaginary part than the spherical scatterer case with equal correlation volume. Under the distorted Born approximation, the polarimetric covariance matrix for the backscattered electric field is calculated for half-space randomly oriented scatterers. The nonspherical geometry of the scatterers shows significant effects on the cross-polarized backscattering returns, and the correlation coefficient between HH and VV returns. The polarimetric backscattering coefficients can provide useful information in distinguishing the geometry of scatterers.

  1. Constructing stage-structured matrix population models from life tables: comparison of methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fujiwara, Masami; Diaz-Lopez, Jasmin

    2017-01-01

    A matrix population model is a convenient tool for summarizing per capita survival and reproduction rates (collectively vital rates) of a population and can be used for calculating an asymptotic finite population growth rate ( λ ) and generation time. These two pieces of information can be used for determining the status of a threatened species. The use of stage-structured population models has increased in recent years, and the vital rates in such models are often estimated using a life table analysis. However, potential bias introduced when converting age-structured vital rates estimated from a life table into parameters for a stage-structured population model has not been assessed comprehensively. The objective of this study was to investigate the performance of methods for such conversions using simulated life histories of organisms. The underlying models incorporate various types of life history and true population growth rates of varying levels. The performance was measured by comparing differences in λ and the generation time calculated using the Euler-Lotka equation, age-structured population matrices, and several stage-structured population matrices that were obtained by applying different conversion methods. The results show that the discretization of age introduces only small bias in λ or generation time. Similarly, assuming a fixed age of maturation at the mean age of maturation does not introduce much bias. However, aggregating age-specific survival rates into a stage-specific survival rate and estimating a stage-transition rate can introduce substantial bias depending on the organism's life history type and the true values of λ . In order to aggregate survival rates, the use of the weighted arithmetic mean was the most robust method for estimating λ . Here, the weights are given by survivorship curve after discounting with λ . To estimate a stage-transition rate, matching the proportion of individuals transitioning, with λ used for discounting

  2. Constructing stage-structured matrix population models from life tables: comparison of methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Masami Fujiwara

    2017-10-01

    Full Text Available A matrix population model is a convenient tool for summarizing per capita survival and reproduction rates (collectively vital rates of a population and can be used for calculating an asymptotic finite population growth rate (λ and generation time. These two pieces of information can be used for determining the status of a threatened species. The use of stage-structured population models has increased in recent years, and the vital rates in such models are often estimated using a life table analysis. However, potential bias introduced when converting age-structured vital rates estimated from a life table into parameters for a stage-structured population model has not been assessed comprehensively. The objective of this study was to investigate the performance of methods for such conversions using simulated life histories of organisms. The underlying models incorporate various types of life history and true population growth rates of varying levels. The performance was measured by comparing differences in λ and the generation time calculated using the Euler-Lotka equation, age-structured population matrices, and several stage-structured population matrices that were obtained by applying different conversion methods. The results show that the discretization of age introduces only small bias in λ or generation time. Similarly, assuming a fixed age of maturation at the mean age of maturation does not introduce much bias. However, aggregating age-specific survival rates into a stage-specific survival rate and estimating a stage-transition rate can introduce substantial bias depending on the organism’s life history type and the true values of λ. In order to aggregate survival rates, the use of the weighted arithmetic mean was the most robust method for estimating λ. Here, the weights are given by survivorship curve after discounting with λ. To estimate a stage-transition rate, matching the proportion of individuals transitioning, with λ used

  3. Evaluation of the transport matrix method for simulation of ocean biogeochemical tracers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kvale, Karin F.; Khatiwala, Samar; Dietze, Heiner; Kriest, Iris; Oschlies, Andreas

    2017-06-01

    Conventional integration of Earth system and ocean models can accrue considerable computational expenses, particularly for marine biogeochemical applications. Offline numerical schemes in which only the biogeochemical tracers are time stepped and transported using a pre-computed circulation field can substantially reduce the burden and are thus an attractive alternative. One such scheme is the transport matrix method (TMM), which represents tracer transport as a sequence of sparse matrix-vector products that can be performed efficiently on distributed-memory computers. While the TMM has been used for a variety of geochemical and biogeochemical studies, to date the resulting solutions have not been comprehensively assessed against their online counterparts. Here, we present a detailed comparison of the two. It is based on simulations of the state-of-the-art biogeochemical sub-model embedded within the widely used coarse-resolution University of Victoria Earth System Climate Model (UVic ESCM). The default, non-linear advection scheme was first replaced with a linear, third-order upwind-biased advection scheme to satisfy the linearity requirement of the TMM. Transport matrices were extracted from an equilibrium run of the physical model and subsequently used to integrate the biogeochemical model offline to equilibrium. The identical biogeochemical model was also run online. Our simulations show that offline integration introduces some bias to biogeochemical quantities through the omission of the polar filtering used in UVic ESCM and in the offline application of time-dependent forcing fields, with high latitudes showing the largest differences with respect to the online model. Differences in other regions and in the seasonality of nutrients and phytoplankton distributions are found to be relatively minor, giving confidence that the TMM is a reliable tool for offline integration of complex biogeochemical models. Moreover, while UVic ESCM is a serial code, the TMM can

  4. Investigation on the properties of nano copper matrix composite via vacuum arc melting method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Yi; Leng, Jinfeng; Wu, Qirui; Zhang, Shaochen; Teng, Xinying

    2017-10-01

    Copper and copper matrix composites (CMCs) are widely used as electrical contact materials in electrical switch systems due to their excellent electrical properties. Graphene has great mechanical, physical and electrical properties, which is competent as an attractive reinforcing material for fabricating CMCs. Therefore, graphene was added to CMCs to improve the mechanical properties. In this study, graphene-reinforced copper matrix composites (Gr/Cu composites) were obtained. The xGr/Cu (x  =  0, 0.1, 0.3 and 0.5 wt.%) composites were fabricated via the vacuum arc melting method and compared the performance of them. The mechanical properties and electrical properties were obtained by measuring the hardness and conductivity. The microstructure of Gr/Cu composites was observed by optical microscopy (OM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). With the addition of graphene from 0 wt.% to 0.5 wt.%, the densities of materials decreased from 97.0% to 95.7%. With the increasing of graphene content, the hardness of composites increased at beginning and then decreased. In this range of adding amount, the hardness of 0.3Gr/Cu composite was up to 66.8 HB and increased by 15.4% compared to Al2O3/Cu composites without graphene. With the addition of graphene powder, the international annealing copper standard IACS% of Gr/Cu composites decreased from 86.16 to 69.86. The range of decline and the percentage of decline range are middle and 18.9%, respectively.

  5. A Brief Research Review for Improvement Methods the Wettability between Ceramic Reinforcement Particulate and Aluminium Matrix Composites

    Science.gov (United States)

    Razzaq, Alaa Mohammed; Majid, Dayang Laila Abang Abdul; Ishak, M. R.; B, Uday M.

    2017-05-01

    The development of new methods for addition fine ceramic powders to Al aluminium alloy melts, which would lead to more uniform distribution and effective incorporation of the reinforcement particles into the aluminium matrix alloy. Recently the materials engineering research has moved to composite materials from monolithic, adapting to the global need for lightweight, low cost, quality, and high performance advanced materials. Among the different methods, stir casting is one of the simplest ways of making aluminium matrix composites. However, it suffers from poor distribution and combination of the reinforcement ceramic particles in the metal matrix. These problems become significantly effect to reduce reinforcement size, more agglomeration and tendency with less wettability for the ceramic particles in the melt process. Many researchers have carried out different studies on the wettability between the metal matrix and dispersion phase, which includes added wettability agents, fluxes, preheating the reinforcement particles, coating the reinforcement particles, and use composting techniques. The enhancement of wettability of ceramic particles by the molten matrix alloy and the reinforcement particles distribution improvement in the solidified matrix is the main objective for many studies that will be discussed in this paper.

  6. Investigation of cholesterol bias due to a matrix effect of external quality assurance samples: how true is your cholesterol method?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pretorius, Carel J; Klingberg, Sandra; Johnson, Leslie; Park, Rodney; Wilgen, Urs; Ungerer, Jacobus P J

    2012-11-01

    Comparability of cholesterol measurement is clinically required and external quality assurance (EQA) programmes are important to verify the trueness of routine methods. We developed a gas chromatography-isotope dilution mass spectrometry (GC-IDMS) total cholesterol assay to investigate the cause of a suspected matrix-related negative bias with the Beckman Coulter enzymatic method discovered in an EQA programme. The GC-IDMS method was calibrated with certified reference material and verified against a secondary reference method. Bias between the GC-IDMS and Beckman Coulter methods was estimated according to Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) protocol EP9-A2 with 40 clinical samples. At clinically important decision levels, no significant bias was demonstrated on patients' samples (all results within a ±3% limit). A matrix effect confined to the EQA material that affected the Beckman Coulter total cholesterol method was confirmed. The GC-IDMS method is suitable as a higher order total cholesterol method in a routine clinical laboratory. Matrix effects defeat the objectives of EQA schemes by preventing the verification of trueness. Given the importance of obtaining a true cholesterol result without systematic error, we recommend that EQA material without matrix effects should be used.

  7. Application of the extended boundary condition method to Monte Carlo simulations of scattering of waves by two-dimensional random rough surfaces

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tsang, L.; Lou, S. H.; Chan, C. H.

    1991-01-01

    The extended boundary condition method is applied to Monte Carlo simulations of two-dimensional random rough surface scattering. The numerical results are compared with one-dimensional random rough surfaces obtained from the finite-element method. It is found that the mean scattered intensity from two-dimensional rough surfaces differs from that of one dimension for rough surfaces with large slopes.

  8. A precise and accurate acupoint location obtained on the face using consistency matrix pointwise fusion method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yanq, Xuming; Ye, Yijun; Xia, Yong; Wei, Xuanzhong; Wang, Zheyu; Ni, Hongmei; Zhu, Ying; Xu, Lingyu

    2015-02-01

    To develop a more precise and accurate method, and identified a procedure to measure whether an acupoint had been correctly located. On the face, we used an acupoint location from different acupuncture experts and obtained the most precise and accurate values of acupoint location based on the consistency information fusion algorithm, through a virtual simulation of the facial orientation coordinate system. Because of inconsistencies in each acupuncture expert's original data, the system error the general weight calculation. First, we corrected each expert of acupoint location system error itself, to obtain a rational quantification for each expert of acupuncture and moxibustion acupoint location consistent support degree, to obtain pointwise variable precision fusion results, to put every expert's acupuncture acupoint location fusion error enhanced to pointwise variable precision. Then, we more effectively used the measured characteristics of different acupuncture expert's acupoint location, to improve the measurement information utilization efficiency and acupuncture acupoint location precision and accuracy. Based on using the consistency matrix pointwise fusion method on the acupuncture experts' acupoint location values, each expert's acupoint location information could be calculated, and the most precise and accurate values of each expert's acupoint location could be obtained.

  9. Research on Improved Control Strategy for STATCOM Based on Virtual Matrix Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Wang Xudong

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Fast and accurate detection of reactive current is the precondition for the realization of static synchronous compensator (STATCOM reactive power compensation and harmonic suppression. Aiming at deviation and delay of the traditional reactive current detection algorithm with phase-locked loop (PLL and low-pass filter (LPF of STATCOM, a novel improved reactive current detection algorithm without PLL is proposed, in which the virtual matrix (VM is built to replace the original PLL, and improved current average value filter is used to realize the function of LPF, so as to improve the real-time performance and robustness of reactive current detection. The realization process of VM detection method is derived in this paper, and improved control strategy for STATCOM is designed based on the VM detection method. Simulation analysis of the proposed detection algorithm and control strategy is conducted in Matlab platform so as to verify the correctness and effectiveness of the control strategy. The VM detection has the advantages of simple structure, fast response and easy for digital realization, which provides reference for the improvement of reactive power compensation precision for STATCOM.

  10. The supersymmetry method for chiral random matrix theory with arbitrary rotation-invariant weights

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kaymak, Vural; Kieburg, Mario; Guhr, Thomas

    2014-07-01

    In the past few years, the supersymmetry method has been generalized to real symmetric, Hermitian, and Hermitian self-dual random matrices drawn from ensembles invariant under the orthogonal, unitary, and unitary symplectic groups, respectively. We extend this supersymmetry approach to chiral random matrix theory invariant under the three chiral unitary groups in a unifying way. Thereby we generalize a projection formula providing a direct link and, hence, a ‘short cut’ between the probability density in ordinary space and that in superspace. We emphasize that this point was one of the main problems and shortcomings of the supersymmetry method, since only implicit dualities between ordinary space and superspace were known before. To provide examples, we apply this approach to the calculation of the supersymmetric analogue of a Lorentzian (Cauchy) ensemble and an ensemble with a quartic potential. Moreover, we consider the partially quenched partition function of the three chiral Gaussian ensembles corresponding to four-dimensional continuum quantum chromodynamics. We identify a natural splitting of the chiral Lagrangian in its lowest order into a part for the physical mesons and a part associated with source terms generating the observables, e.g. the level density of the Dirac operator.

  11. Controller Parameters Tuning Based on Transfer Matrix Method for Multibody Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hossam Hendy

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Transfer matrix method for multibody systems (MS-TMM is a rife method to multi-rigid-flexible-body systems dynamics model deduction due to that there are no needs to establish the global dynamics equations of the system. Its basic idea is transferring a state vector between the body input(s and output(s; this idea is close to the linear theories in control analysis and design. In this paper, three controllers’ parameters tuning techniques for the proposed system model using MS-TMM are utilized; one technique is applied to get the stability regions via the frequency response of MS-TMM derived model. Another technique considers a classical PID controller design through the analysis of step input response of the system, and the last technique can be applied in both time and frequency domains if the model has a known mathematical model. A car suspension system is considered to represent modeling and tuning problems. In-depth study of MS-TMM with control techniques and defining the controllers’ parameters stability regions provide an opportunity to formulate a relationship between MS-TMM and control design for novel control applications due to the powerful strength of MS-TMM dealing with more complex problems of the controlled multibody systems.

  12. Application of the Finite-Element Z-Matrix Method to e-H2 Collisions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huo, Winifred M.; Brown, David; Langhoff, Stephen R. (Technical Monitor)

    1997-01-01

    The present study adapts the Z-matrix formulation using a mixed basis of finite elements and Gaussians. This is a energy-independent basis which allows flexible boundary conditions and is amenable to efficient algorithms for evaluating the necessary matrix elements with molecular targets.

  13. An Alternative Method for Computing Mean and Covariance Matrix of Some Multivariate Distributions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Radhakrishnan, R.; Choudhury, Askar

    2009-01-01

    Computing the mean and covariance matrix of some multivariate distributions, in particular, multivariate normal distribution and Wishart distribution are considered in this article. It involves a matrix transformation of the normal random vector into a random vector whose components are independent normal random variables, and then integrating…

  14. Restricted Closed Shell Hartree Fock Roothaan Matrix Method Applied to Helium Atom Using Mathematica

    Science.gov (United States)

    Acosta, César R.; Tapia, J. Alejandro; Cab, César

    2014-01-01

    Slater type orbitals were used to construct the overlap and the Hamiltonian core matrices; we also found the values of the bi-electron repulsion integrals. The Hartree Fock Roothaan approximation process starts with setting an initial guess value for the elements of the density matrix; with these matrices we constructed the initial Fock matrix.…

  15. Control of Pan-tilt Mechanism Angle using Position Matrix Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hendri Maja Saputra

    2013-12-01

    Full Text Available Control of a Pan-Tilt Mechanism (PTM angle for the bomb disposal robot Morolipi-V2 using inertial sensor measurement unit, x-IMU, has been done. The PTM has to be able to be actively controlled both manually and automatically in order to correct the orientation of the moving Morolipi-V2 platform. The x-IMU detects the platform orientation and sends the result in order to automatically control the PTM. The orientation is calculated using the quaternion combined with Madwick and Mahony filter methods. The orientation data that consists of angles of roll (α, pitch (β, and yaw (γ from the x-IMU are then being sent to the camera for controlling the PTM motion (pan & tilt angles after calculating the reverse angle using position matrix method. Experiment results using Madwick and Mahony methods show that the x-IMU can be used to find the robot platform orientation. Acceleration data from accelerometer and flux from magnetometer produce noise with standard deviation of 0.015 g and 0.006 G, respectively. Maximum absolute errors caused by Madgwick and Mahony method with respect to Xaxis are 48.45º and 33.91º, respectively. The x-IMU implementation as inertia sensor to control the Pan-Tilt Mechanism shows a good result, which the probability of pan angle tends to be the same with yaw and tilt angle equal to the pitch angle, except a very small angle shift due to the influence of roll angle..

  16. ASTM and VAMAS activities in titanium matrix composites test methods development

    Science.gov (United States)

    Johnson, W. S.; Harmon, D. M.; Bartolotta, P. A.; Russ, S. M.

    1994-01-01

    Titanium matrix composites (TMC's) are being considered for a number of aerospace applications ranging from high performance engine components to airframe structures in areas that require high stiffness to weight ratios at temperatures up to 400 C. TMC's exhibit unique mechanical behavior due to fiber-matrix interface failures, matrix cracks bridged by fibers, thermo-viscoplastic behavior of the matrix at elevated temperatures, and the development of significant thermal residual stresses in the composite due to fabrication. Standard testing methodology must be developed to reflect the uniqueness of this type of material systems. The purpose of this paper is to review the current activities in ASTM and Versailles Project on Advanced Materials and Standards (VAMAS) that are directed toward the development of standard test methodology for titanium matrix composites.

  17. Simulation of 12C+12C elastic scattering at high energy by using the Monte Carlo method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guo, Chen-Lei; Zhang, Gao-Long; Tanihata, I.; Le, Xiao-Yun

    2012-03-01

    The Monte Carlo method is used to simulate the 12C+12C reaction process. Taking into account the size of the incident 12C beam spot and the thickness of the 12C target, the distributions of scattered 12C on the MWPC and the CsI detectors at a detective distance have been simulated. In order to separate elastic scattering from the inelastic scattering with 4.4 MeV excited energy, we set several variables: the kinetic energy of incident 12C, the thickness of the 12C target, the ratio of the excited state, the wire spacing of the MWPC, the energy resolution of the CsI detector and the time resolution of the plastic scintillator. From the simulation results, the preliminary establishment of the experiment system can be determined to be that the beam size of the incident 12C is phi5 mm, the incident kinetic energy is 200-400 A MeV, the target thickness is 2 mm, the ratio of the excited state is 20%, the flight distance of scattered 12C is 3 m, the energy resolution of the CsI detectors is 1%, the time resolution of the plastic scintillator is 0.5%, and the size of the CsI detectors is 7 cm×7 cm, and we need at least 16 CsI detectors to cover a 0° to 5° angular distribution.

  18. Theoretical investigations of the Au++H2 reactive scattering by the time-dependent quantum wave packet method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Wentao; He, Haixiang; Chen, Maodu

    2017-03-01

    Employing the state-to-state time-dependent quantum wave packet method, the Au++H2 reactive scattering with initial states v = 0, j = 0 and 1 were investigated. Total reaction probabilities, product state-resolved integral cross-sections (ICSs) and differential cross-sections (DCSs) were calculated up to collision energy of 4.5 eV. The numerical results show that total reaction probabilities and ICSs increase with increasing collision energies, and there is little effect to the reactive scattering processes from the rotational excitation of H2 molecule. Below collision energy of around 3.0 eV, the role of the potential well in the entrance channel is significant and the reactive scattering proceeds dominantly by an indirect process, which leads to a nearly symmetric shape of the DCSs. With collision energy higher than 4.0 eV, the reactive scattering proceeds through a direct process, which leads to a forward biased DCSs, and also a hotter rotational distributions of the products. Total ICS agrees with the results by the quasi-classical trajectories theory very well, which suggests that the quantum effects in this reactive process are not obvious. However, the agreement between the experimental total cross-section and our theoretical result is not so good. This may be due to the uncertainty of the experiment or/and the inaccuracy of the potential energy surface.

  19. Laser scattering method in studies of the turbulence excited by a relativistic electron beam in plasma

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vyacheslavov, L.N.; Kandaurov, I.V.; Kruglyakov, E.P.; Losev, M.V.; Meshkov, O.I.; Sanin, A.L.

    1992-02-01

    Scattering radiation from a CO{sub 2} laser is used to carry out direct observations of Langmuir oscillations associated with the interaction between a high-power relativistic electron beam and a plasma. Experimental data on the frequency spectrum of the turbulence and the first results on studies of the spatial spectra of the oscillations are presented. 4 refs., 2 figs.

  20. Evaluation of back scatter interferometry, a method for detecting protein binding in solution

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jepsen, S. T.; Jørgensen, Thomas Martini; Zong, Weiyong

    2015-01-01

    Back Scatter Interferometry (BSI) has been proposed to be a highly sensitive and versatile refractive index sensor usable for analytical detection of biomarker and protein interactions in solution. However the existing literature on BSI lacks a physical explanation of why protein interactions...

  1. Protein Analysis by Dynamic Light Scattering: Methods and Techniques for Students

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lorber, Bernard; Fischer, Frederic; Bailly, Marc; Roy, Herve; Kern, Daniel

    2012-01-01

    Dynamic light scattering (DLS) analyses are routinely used in biology laboratories to detect aggregates in macromolecular solutions, to determine the size of proteins, nucleic acids, and complexes or to monitor the binding of ligands. This article is written for graduate and undergraduate students with access to DLS and for faculty members who…

  2. An Improved DTC-SVM Method for Sensorless Matrix Converter Drives Using an Overmodulation Strategy and a Simple Nonlinearity Compensation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lee, Kyo Beum; Blaabjerg, Frede

    2007-01-01

    In this paper, an improved direct torque control (DTC) method for sensorless matrix converter drives is proposed, which is characterized by minimal torque ripple, unity input power factor, and good sensorless speed-control performance in the low-speed operation, while maintaining constant switching...... frequency and fast torque dynamics. It is possible to combine the advantages of matrix converters with the advantages of the DTC strategy using space-vector modulation and two PI controllers. To overcome the degrading of dynamic torque response compared with the basic DTC method and the phase...

  3. Optical evaluation of Fricke xylenol orange gel by light scattered at 90 degrees

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Svoboda, J; Alwan, R; Guermeur, F; Makovicka, L; Bailly, Y [IRMA/ENISYS/FEMTO-ST UMR 6174 CNRS, Universite de Franche-Comte, Pole Universitaire, BP 71427, 25211 Montbeliard Cedex (France); Spevacek, V; Cechak, T [Department of Dosimetry and Application of Ionizing Radiation, FNSPE, Czech Technical University in Prague, Brehova 7, Praha 1, 115 19 (Czech Republic); Martin, E [Department of Radiotherapy, CH Belfort-Montbeliard, 25209 Montbeliard (France)], E-mail: svobojir@kmlinux.fjfi.cvut.cz

    2009-05-01

    This communication presents optical method for evaluation of Fricke xylenol gel (FXG) using light scattered at 90 degrees to initial direction. Although Fricke gel is predominantly absorbing, gelatine matrix scatters enough light which could be collected and related to dose delivered to gel. Initials experiments were oriented to determination applicability of this approach.

  4. Matrix Sputtering Method: A Novel Physical Approach for Photoluminescent Noble Metal Nanoclusters.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ishida, Yohei; Corpuz, Ryan D; Yonezawa, Tetsu

    2017-12-19

    Noble metal nanoclusters are believed to be the transition between single metal atoms, which show distinct optical properties, and metal nanoparticles, which show characteristic plasmon absorbance. The interesting properties of these materials emerge when the particle size is well below 2 nm, such as photoluminescence, which has potential application particularly in biomedical fields. These photoluminescent ultrasmall nanoclusters are typically produced by chemical reduction, which limits their practical application because of the inherent toxicity of the reagents used in this method. Thus, alternative strategies are sought, particularly in terms of physical approaches, which are known as "greener alternatives," to produce high-purity materials at high yields. Thus, a new approach using the sputtering technique was developed. This method was initially used to produce thin films using solid substrates; now it can be applied even with liquid substrates such as ionic liquids or polyethylene glycol as long as these liquids have a low vapor pressure. This revolutionary development has opened up new areas of research, particularly for the synthesis of colloidal nanoparticles with dimensions below 10 nm. We are among the first to apply the sputtering technique to the physical synthesis of photoluminescent noble metal nanoclusters. Although typical sputtering systems have relied on the effect of surface composition and viscosity of the liquid matrix on controlling particle diameters, which only resulted in diameters ca. 3-10 nm, that were all plasmonic, our new approach introduced thiol molecules as stabilizers inspired from chemical methods. In the chemical syntheses of metal nanoparticles, controlling the concentration ratio between metal ions and stabilizing reagents is a possible means of systematic size control. However, it was not clear whether this would be applicable in a sputtering system. Our latest results showed that we were able to generically produce a

  5. Parallel Programming Application to Matrix Algebra in the Spectral Method for Control Systems Analysis, Synthesis and Identification

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    V. Yu. Kleshnin

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available The article describes the matrix algebra libraries based on the modern technologies of parallel programming for the Spectrum software, which can use a spectral method (in the spectral form of mathematical description to analyse, synthesise and identify deterministic and stochastic dynamical systems. The developed matrix algebra libraries use the following technologies for the GPUs: OmniThreadLibrary, OpenMP, Intel Threading Building Blocks, Intel Cilk Plus for CPUs nVidia CUDA, OpenCL, and Microsoft Accelerated Massive Parallelism.The developed libraries support matrices with real elements (single and double precision. The matrix dimensions are limited by 32-bit or 64-bit memory model and computer configuration. These libraries are general-purpose and can be used not only for the Spectrum software. They can also find application in the other projects where there is a need to perform operations with large matrices.The article provides a comparative analysis of the libraries developed for various matrix operations (addition, subtraction, scalar multiplication, multiplication, powers of matrices, tensor multiplication, transpose, inverse matrix, finding a solution of the system of linear equations through the numerical experiments using different CPU and GPU. The article contains sample programs and performance test results for matrix multiplication, which requires most of all computational resources in regard to the other operations.

  6. Electric Field-Assisted Matrix Coating Method Enhances the Detection of Small Molecule Metabolites for Mass Spectrometry Imaging.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guo, Shuai; Wang, Yanmin; Zhou, Dan; Li, Zhili

    2015-06-16

    Small molecule metabolites (SMMs, typically matrix and/or low sensitivity. Herein, we develop an electric field-assisted scanning-spraying (EFASS) matrix coating system to deposit matrix on tissue with crystal sizes of matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization-mass spectrometry imaging (MALDI-MSI) in negative ion mode. A comparison with other matrix deposition methods (i.e., airbrush and sublimation) using common matrixes (i.e., N-(1-naphthyl) ethylenediamine dihydrochloride (NEDC), 9-aminoacridine (9-AA), 2,5-dihydroxybenoic acid (DHB)) indicated that the EFASS system could effectively enhance detection sensitivity and the number of tissue SMMs detected. MSI of five gastric cancer tissues coated with NEDC by the EFASS system demonstrated that significantly increased levels of fatty acids (i.e., palmitic acid and oleic acid) and nucleosides monophosphate (i.e., uridine monophosphate, adenosine monophosphate, and guanosine monophosphate) and significantly decreased levels of nucleosides (i.e., inosine, guanosine, and uridine) and N-acetylneuraminic acid were observed in cancerous areas.

  7. A computational method for prediction of matrix proteins in endogenous retroviruses.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ma, Yucheng; Liu, Ruiling; Lv, Hongqiang; Han, Jiuqiang; Zhong, Dexing; Zhang, Xinman

    2017-01-01

    Human endogenous retroviruses (HERVs) encode active retroviral proteins, which may be involved in the progression of cancer and other diseases. Matrix protein (MA), in group-specific antigen genes (gag) of retroviruses, is associated with the virus envelope glycoproteins in most mammalian retroviruses and may be involved in virus particle assembly, transport and budding. However, the amount of annotated MAs in ERVs is still at a low level so far. No computational method to predict the exact start and end coordinates of MAs in gags has been proposed yet. In this paper, a computational method to identify MAs in ERVs is proposed. A divide and conquer technique was designed and applied to the conventional prediction model to acquire better results when dealing with gene sequences with various lengths. Initiation sites and termination sites were predicted separately and then combined according to their intervals. Three different algorithms were applied and compared: weighted support vector machine (WSVM), weighted extreme learning machine (WELM) and random forest (RF). G - mean (geometric mean of sensitivity and specificity) values of initiation sites and termination sites under 5-fold cross validation generated by random forest models are 0.9869 and 0.9755 respectively, highest among the algorithms applied. Our prediction models combine RF & WSVM algorithms to achieve the best prediction results. 98.4% of all the collected ERV sequences with complete MAs (125 in total) could be predicted exactly correct by the models. 94,671 HERV sequences from 118 families were scanned by the model, 104 new putative MAs were predicted in human chromosomes. Distributions of the putative MAs and optimizations of model parameters were also analyzed. The usage of our predicting method was also expanded to other retroviruses and satisfying results were acquired.

  8. A computational method for prediction of matrix proteins in endogenous retroviruses.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yucheng Ma

    Full Text Available Human endogenous retroviruses (HERVs encode active retroviral proteins, which may be involved in the progression of cancer and other diseases. Matrix protein (MA, in group-specific antigen genes (gag of retroviruses, is associated with the virus envelope glycoproteins in most mammalian retroviruses and may be involved in virus particle assembly, transport and budding. However, the amount of annotated MAs in ERVs is still at a low level so far. No computational method to predict the exact start and end coordinates of MAs in gags has been proposed yet. In this paper, a computational method to identify MAs in ERVs is proposed. A divide and conquer technique was designed and applied to the conventional prediction model to acquire better results when dealing with gene sequences with various lengths. Initiation sites and termination sites were predicted separately and then combined according to their intervals. Three different algorithms were applied and compared: weighted support vector machine (WSVM, weighted extreme learning machine (WELM and random forest (RF. G - mean (geometric mean of sensitivity and specificity values of initiation sites and termination sites under 5-fold cross validation generated by random forest models are 0.9869 and 0.9755 respectively, highest among the algorithms applied. Our prediction models combine RF & WSVM algorithms to achieve the best prediction results. 98.4% of all the collected ERV sequences with complete MAs (125 in total could be predicted exactly correct by the models. 94,671 HERV sequences from 118 families were scanned by the model, 104 new putative MAs were predicted in human chromosomes. Distributions of the putative MAs and optimizations of model parameters were also analyzed. The usage of our predicting method was also expanded to other retroviruses and satisfying results were acquired.

  9. Simulation of long-wave phonon ({lambda}> b) scattering at geometric imperfections in nanowires by FDTD method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Salamatov, E.I. [Physico-Technical Institute, UrB RAS, 132 Kirov Street, Izhevsk (Russian Federation)

    2012-01-15

    Elementary acts of acoustic phonon scattering in nanowires are studied numerically by the FDTD method. The points of bifurcation of the main waveguide are considered as defects. The particularities of the reflection/transmission coefficient of phonons of different polarizations are studied as a function of the frequency and geometrical parameters of the problem. (Copyright copyright 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH and Co. KGaA, Weinheim)

  10. EVALUATION OF NEUTRON SCATTERING CORRECTION USING THE SEMI-EMPIRICAL METHOD AND THE SHADOW-CONE METHOD FOR THE NEUTRON FIELD OF THE KOREA ATOMIC ENERGY RESEARCH INSTITUTE.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Seung Kyu; Kim, Sang I; Lee, Jungil; Chang, Insu; Kim, Jang-Lyul; Kim, Hyoungtaek; Kim, Min Chae; Kim, Bong-Hwan

    2017-10-19

    When neutron survey metres are calibrated in neutron fields, the results for room- and air-scattered neutrons vary according to the distance from the source and the size, shape and construction of the neutron calibration room. ISO 8529-2 recommends four approaches for correcting these effects: the shadow-cone method, semi-empirical method, generalised fit method and reduced-fitting method. In this study, neutron scattering effects are evaluated and compared using the shadow-cone and semi-empirical methods for the neutron field of the Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute (KAERI). The neutron field is constructed using a 252Cf neutron source positioned in the centre of the neutron calibration room. To compare the neutron scattering effects using the two correction methods, measurements and simulations are performed using respectively KAERI's Bonner sphere spectrometer (BBS) and Monte Carlo N-Particle code at twenty different positions. Neutron spectra are measured by a europium-activated lithium iodide [6LiI(Eu)] scintillator in combination with the BBS. The calibration factors obtained using each methods show good agreement within 1.1%. © The Author 2017. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  11. Analytical nuclear derivatives for the parametric two-electron reduced density matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Valentine, Andrew J. S.; Mazziotti, David A.

    2017-10-01

    Efficient and accurate nuclear gradients are essential to performing molecular optimizations. Here for the first time we present analytical nuclear gradients for the parametric two-electron reduced-density-matrix method (p2-RDM), which uses the 2-RDM as the primary variable in calculations in lieu of the many-electron wavefunction. While numerical gradients require six energy evaluations for each atom, analytical gradients require only a single calculation for each geometry sampled. We present benchmark p2-RDM geometry optimizations that show analytical gradients reduce CPU times by as much as 80%, even for small molecules. We also use p2-RDM to evaluate the bond length alternation (BLA), or the difference in length between adjacent single and double bonds, of trans-polyacetylene (PA). We find that the BLA in the extrapolated limit to be 0.080 Å, in agreement with experiment and closely mirroring the prediction of the more expensive coupled-cluster with single and double excitations with perturbative triples (CCSD(T)).

  12. spam: A Sparse Matrix R Package with Emphasis on MCMC Methods for Gaussian Markov Random Fields

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Reinhard Furrer

    2010-10-01

    Full Text Available spam is an R package for sparse matrix algebra with emphasis on a Cholesky factorization of sparse positive definite matrices. The implemantation of spam is based on the competing philosophical maxims to be competitively fast compared to existing tools and to be easy to use, modify and extend. The first is addressed by using fast Fortran routines and the second by assuring S3 and S4 compatibility. One of the features of spam is to exploit the algorithmic steps of the Cholesky factorization and hence to perform only a fraction of the workload when factorizing matrices with the same sparsity structure. Simulations show that exploiting this break-down of the factorization results in a speed-up of about a factor 5 and memory savings of about a factor 10 for large matrices and slightly smaller factors for huge matrices. The article is motivated with Markov chain Monte Carlo methods for Gaussian Markov random fields, but many other statistical applications are mentioned that profit from an efficient Cholesky factorization as well.

  13. Diagonalization Matrix Method of Solving the First Basic Problem of Hidden Markov Model in Speech Recognition System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    R. Gnanajeyaraman

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper proposes a computationally efficient method of solving evaluation problem of Hidden Markov Model (HMM with a given set of discrete observation symbols, number of states and probability distribution matrices. The observation probability for a given HMM model is evaluated using an approach in which the probability evaluation is reduced to the problem of evaluating the product of matrices with different powers and formed out of state transition probabilities and observation probabilities. Finding powers of a matrix is done by using the computationally efficient diagonalization method thereby reducing the overall computational effort for evaluating the Evaluation problem of HMM.The proposed method is compared with the existing direct method. It is found that evaluating matrix power by diagnolisation method is more suitable than that of the direct, method.

  14. Determination of Oxygen Saturation and Photoplethysmogram from Near Infrared Scattering Images

    CERN Document Server

    Ri, Yong-U; Sin, Kye-Ryong

    2016-01-01

    The near infrared scattering images of human muscle include some information on bloodstream and hemoglobin concentration according to skin depth and time. This paper addressed a method of determining oxygen saturation and photoplethysmogram from the near infrared (NIR) scattering images of muscle. Depending on the modified Beer-Lambert Law and the diffuse scattering model of muscular tissue, we determined an extinction coefficient matrix of hemoglobin from the near infrared scattering images and analyzed distribution of oxygen saturation of muscle with a depth from the extinction coefficient matrix. And we determined a dynamic attenuation variation curve with respect to fragmentary image frames sensitive to bloodstream from scattering image frames of muscle with time and then obtained the photoplethysmogram and heart rate by Fourier transformation and inverse transformation. This method based on the NIR scattering images can be applied in measurement of an average oxygen saturation and photoplethysmogram even...

  15. Metal matrix coated fiber composites and the methods of manufacturing such composites

    Science.gov (United States)

    Weeks, Jr., Joseph K.; Gensse, Chantal

    1993-01-01

    A fiber coating which allows ceramic or metal fibers to be wetted by molten metals is disclosed. The coating inhibits degradation of the physical properties caused by chemical reaction between the fiber and the coating itself or between the fiber and the metal matrix. The fiber coating preferably includes at least a wetting layer, and in some applications, a wetting layer and a barrier layer between the fiber and the wetting layer. The wetting layer promotes fiber wetting by the metal matrix. The barrier layer inhibits fiber degradation. The fiber coating permits the fibers to be infiltrated with the metal matrix resulting in composites having unique properties not obtainable in pure materials.

  16. Three forms of omnidirectional acoustic invisibility engineered using fast elastodynamic transfer-matrix method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bowen, Patrick T.; Urzhumov, Yaroslav A.

    2016-04-01

    Acoustic metamaterial structures with discrete and continuous rotational symmetries attract interest of theorists and engineers due to the relative simplicity of their design and fabrication. They are also likely candidates for omnidirectional acoustic cloaking and other transformation-acoustical novelties. In this paper, we employ a stratified description of such structures, and develop the theory and an efficient symbolic/numerical algorithm for analyzing the scattering properties of such structures immersed in homogeneous fluid environments. The algorithm calculates the partial scattering amplitudes and the related scattering phases for an arbitrary layered distribution of acoustic material properties. The efficiency of the algorithm enables us to find approximate solutions to certain inverse scattering problems through quasi-global optimization. The scattering problems addressed here are the three forms of cloaking: (1) extinction cross-section suppression, the canonical form of cloaking, (2) monostatic sonar invisibility (backscattering suppression), and (3) acoustic force cloaking (transport cross-section suppression). We also address the efficiency-bandwidth tradeoff and design approximate cloaks with wider bandwidth using a new optimization formulation.

  17. A new matrix assisted ionization method for the analysis of volatile and nonvolatile compounds by atmospheric probe mass spectrometry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chakrabarty, Shubhashis; Pagnotti, Vincent S; Inutan, Ellen D; Trimpin, Sarah; McEwen, Charles N

    2013-07-01

    Matrix assisted ionization of nonvolatile compounds is shown not to be limited to vacuum conditions and does not require a laser. Simply placing a solution of analyte dissolved with a suitable matrix such as 3-nitrobenzonitrile (3-NBN) or 2,5-dihydroxyacetophenone on a melting point tube and gently heating the dried sample near the ion entrance aperture of a mass spectrometer using a flow of gas produces abundant ions of peptides, small proteins, drugs, and polar lipids. Fundamental studies point to matrix-mediated ionization occurring prior to the entrance aperture of the mass spectrometer. The method is analytically useful, producing peptide mass fingerprints of bovine serum albumin tryptic digest consuming sub-picomoles of sample. Application of 100 fmol of angiotensin I in 3-NBN matrix produces the doubly and triply protonated molecular ions as the most abundant peaks in the mass spectrum. No carryover is observed for samples containing up to 100 pmol of this peptide. A commercial atmospheric samples analysis probe provides a simple method for sample introduction to an atmospheric pressure ion source for analysis of volatile and nonvolatile compounds without using the corona discharge but using sample preparation similar to matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization.

  18. Agar/gelatin bilayer gel matrix fabricated by simple thermo-responsive sol-gel transition method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Yifeng; Dong, Meng; Guo, Mengmeng; Wang, Xia; Zhou, Jing; Lei, Jian; Guo, Chuanhang; Qin, Chaoran

    2017-08-01

    We present a simple and environmentally-friendly method to generate an agar/gelatin bilayer gel matrix for further biomedical applications. In this method, the thermally responsive sol-gel transitions of agar and gelatin combined with the different transition temperatures are exquisitely employed to fabricate the agar/gelatin bilayer gel matrix and achieve separate loading for various materials (e.g., drugs, fluorescent materials, and nanoparticles). Importantly, the resulting bilayer gel matrix provides two different biopolymer environments (a polysaccharide environment vs a protein environment) with a well-defined border, which allows the loaded materials in different layers to retain their original properties (e.g., magnetism and fluorescence) and reduce mutual interference. In addition, the loaded materials in the bilayer gel matrix exhibit an interesting release behavior under the control of thermal stimuli. Consequently, the resulting agar/gelatin bilayer gel matrix is a promising candidate for biomedical applications in drug delivery, controlled release, fluorescence labeling, and bio-imaging. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. Thermal neutron scattering evaluation framework

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chapman, Chris; Leal, Luiz; Rahnema, Farzad; Danon, Yaron; Arbanas, Goran

    2017-09-01

    A neutron scattering kernel data evaluation framework for computation of model-dependent predictions and their uncertainties is outlined. In this framework, model parameters are fitted to double-differential cross section measurements and their uncertainties. For convenience, the initial implementation of this framework uses the molecular dynamics model implemented in the GROMACS code. It is applied to light water using the TIP4P/2005f interaction model. These trajectories computed by GROMACS are then processed using nMOLDYN to compute the density of states, which is then used to calculate the scattering kernel using the Gaussian approximation. Double differential cross sections computed from the scattering kernel are then fitted to double-differential scattering data measured at the Spallation Neutron Source detector at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. The fitting procedure is designed to yield optimized model-parameters and their uncertainties in the form of a covariance matrix, from which new evaluations of thermal neutron scattering kernel will be generated. The Unified Monte Carlo method will be used to fit the simulation data to the experimental data.

  20. A novel method for morphological pleomorphism and heterogeneity quantitative measurement: Named cell feature level co-occurrence matrix.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Saito, Akira; Numata, Yasushi; Hamada, Takuya; Horisawa, Tomoyoshi; Cosatto, Eric; Graf, Hans-Peter; Kuroda, Masahiko; Yamamoto, Yoichiro

    2016-01-01

    Recent developments in molecular pathology and genetic/epigenetic analysis of cancer tissue have resulted in a marked increase in objective and measurable data. In comparison, the traditional morphological analysis approach to pathology diagnosis, which can connect these molecular data and clinical diagnosis, is still mostly subjective. Even though the advent and popularization of digital pathology has provided a boost to computer-aided diagnosis, some important pathological concepts still remain largely non-quantitative and their associated data measurements depend on the pathologist's sense and experience. Such features include pleomorphism and heterogeneity. In this paper, we propose a method for the objective measurement of pleomorphism and heterogeneity, using the cell-level co-occurrence matrix. Our method is based on the widely used Gray-level co-occurrence matrix (GLCM), where relations between neighboring pixel intensity levels are captured into a co-occurrence matrix, followed by the application of analysis functions such as Haralick features. In the pathological tissue image, through image processing techniques, each nucleus can be measured and each nucleus has its own measureable features like nucleus size, roundness, contour length, intra-nucleus texture data (GLCM is one of the methods). In GLCM each nucleus in the tissue image corresponds to one pixel. In this approach the most important point is how to define the neighborhood of each nucleus. We define three types of neighborhoods of a nucleus, then create the co-occurrence matrix and apply Haralick feature functions. In each image pleomorphism and heterogeneity are then determined quantitatively. For our method, one pixel corresponds to one nucleus feature, and we therefore named our method Cell Feature Level Co-occurrence Matrix (CFLCM). We tested this method for several nucleus features. CFLCM is showed as a useful quantitative method for pleomorphism and heterogeneity on histopathological image